Pht
iis
eerie)
ey
A
434
ayer
ie)
Wier
ae)
had
sky Va
Wt TA de pu
WMA SF
et
a
‘]
Ha»
AUS
Hi)
cy
AMG)
VEE
’
1M ORY
i; Ati
i ee
yt?
ree Pope weer
i
ya Ue
Vert)
i
i
beet )
MOOT,
0) "s
)
AANA
in
"6 CA
? Weare 7
wed
ayy
poet
mann
ET ae
deaths
rH ih
tea Mae
f} Mae)
oY ate ye
‘ |
ae 7 iY
ee ae
Rested
Pe ey
viene
Ae, uy
heh)
vi
AKAN,
Nome,
nn ia! K
oe
oe
bm
"1
Meith
nel:
b
¥
‘{
SS
Sct
<
(A
4
as
353 p>
ceryate
=3-tetsts
*
eh Ne
Ene tesa
DF 8s 8
Neier)
tite it
i
tit
tt |
fe
ntl
ant |
Hatt
ite
meee
2 wt + Saas
ner : ¥
sities baat yhi ls
diaeiste ne
Print
4 Mitt
‘4 a
vy t
ah sete
DEN
Lp pegheetery
ss savararg
eta stieahawiatanies
Peve
seuecat ati esy:
paanerengee ss
Ph eh test
i beh pds ang th
jeter atoraien erste ie
retalteteaeretan
iwi eh wi mheh
;
if
it
aa
phd be
3 ay” Z \“ — Se r + "~ tye . as
Wr Mh Tos re ws Nes rs fies Or 0 wet w ole rw eee s Ne eh wae
WYy Wh 5 % kA {ys as \ wwe
WV [7oa-~ Sf Mi were we Be Shy eae
~ un ‘ aN Ne tie, . ‘ @g of Pp wd : é }
~ ; 4 J Aa Dhondt O__fe . - =
| Parse: * Sv! Lk “Veer 75 = ef reese ae | 33 N Vn,”
4 mS eee ass : ’ .
_= ry 5 Scene R é
‘> arryy¥ eryrived ; | w ar,
rv evi, a] v = Nee 7. a HALE > Ziv ove re woe “wor = a wile. = i
PEt iu cuee Nobel hoi Bx wre wt! “IVa wire! Wgvlyy nel
aa j so” a : Qo ' “ws
“ha | Way, AUN eY
nia) ee Ae
3 Bariittest< 4 sree }iveems
Geave o Nab : AAS
Nee AN ry we'Wl TMAAA
“ile eet man
Pe 2b eee v
ey . Vutweren~
y "bab ener HMA yy Shee
a
A adel belt thn RN
Sa Ms i wet Te eer
ad &
dal NR vo we, rere Awa > ect eae i pear
e~gp7
‘ . : PA .
he iye + tpt) 4 ; See
Nas = Wee A cower weer eet RAL E WO “MS (ad UE a S Dugitls G4 ’ pAAS |
| Wie!
jee" FEeese cuvee WE tH
te ig en fe, e :
1} a ARL aa th “ren. S\N
1g 4 a) ‘= ey receen.
eet AL ide
SSE i
Y—~ +
ed
ing WUUEE
we v wi me =" Sh
Seyyarl
mee ot ba
eyes weveyry® we
Shae _~ eS DS OD fe
jon
ee zs Be
Toth ree.
AA jeedy
ay Seared te) aac S20
aos a ae hit, hdd.
Tew SC Ue. 2) tires
j ~< :
: wr er Iw inpi == spi Sc eft
ry
it |
pM Coli i Le as ve o yiet wee ee
[| we reeer:
4s, | iS vy eee : ti y?
me Pe Vee tebe tobi TLL [OM Net Nvegeres |
St PMO atm y ste eY ¥v yeewany, Veuned tliat enwene raat "mM veyatn
db ayer yay ee By | Th Ashe Pl TTT At
455 3 } gills Seat AT Ne STITUTE ere. |
amt async? mrevenitrver Mitt ttmmet It yatgseste TL i a
iy OTT i veel tena TH TCD T ET ee waver sender nme rrr ufone nein WELD
tt ¥ , 44
Vere ee iwanseive -* Fahd) LL ee ere aed eT Ad LA
<7 : Re nd a =
Ap Ow sa few a ~*~ a 3 > ah, ee Oe at ey VEL en Ie eA > in «= CUM,
a. | Par wy
o2 5 ieee Pay 3 ;
OFF a
AGRICULTURE, on
Cipert oof 3k ‘
ahs
wer ht
/
it Fe
B ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
BY
© RB. E. SNODGRASS,
Agent and Expert. Ly
Issuep May 28, 1910. °
Ral, AAS HEINGTON: 9852 2) i Peek
ae GOVERNMENT PRINTING ORMEOE. <5 % : As
Gene RC anes Age om mea g Lae cs te
A ee . : \
sot
By wets
ie
ONES
ame
Aes
TECHNICAL SERIES, No. 18.
Cpe eB PARTMENT OF “AGRICULTURE,
BUREAU OF ENTOMOLOGY.
L. O. HOWARD, Entomologist and Chief of Bureau.
THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
BY
R. E. SNODGRASS,
Agent and Expert.
Issurp May 28, 1910.
WASHINGTON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE,
1910.
BUREAU OF ENTOMOLOGY.
L. O. Howarp, Hntomologist and Chief of Bureau.
C. L. Martatr, Assistant Entomologist and Acting Chief in Absence of Chief.
R. 8. Cuirton, Hxecutive Assistant. . s
W. F. Taster, Chief Clerk.
F. H. CHITTENDEN, in charge of truck crop and stored product insect investigations.
A. D. Hopkins, in charge of forest insect investigations.
W. D. Hunter, in charge of southern field crop insect investigations.
F. M. WesstTeER, in charge of cereal and forage insect investigations.
A. L. QUAINTANCE, in charge of deciduous fruit insect investigations.
BK. F. PHILvies, in charge of bee culture.
D. M. Rogers, in charge of preventing spread of moths, field work.
Roiua P. Curriz, in charge of editorial work.
MABEL CoucorD, librarian.
INVESTIGATIONS IN BEE CULTURE.
EK. FE. PHILLIPS, in charge.
G. F. WHITE, J. A. NELSON, B. N. Gates, R. HE. SNoperAss, A. H. McCray, agents
and experts.
ELLEN DASHIELL, preparator.
JESSIE E. Marks, clerk.
T. B. Symons, collaborator for Maryland.
H. A. Surrace, collaborator for Pennsylvania.
J. C. C. Price, collaborator for Virginia,
2
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
U. S. DeparrMentT or AGRICULTURE,
Bureau or Enromoroey,
Washington, D. C., October 19, 1909.
Sir: I have the honor to transmit herewith a manuscript entitled
“The Anatomy of the Honey Bee,” by Mr. R. E. Snodgrass, agent
and- expert, of this Bureau. It embodies the results of detailed
studies made by Mr. Snodgrass and should prove of value as bring-
ing to the bee keeper reliable information concerning an insect of
such great economic importance, and also as furnishing a sound
basis in devising new and improved practical manipulations. I
recommend its publication as Technical Series, No. 18, of the Bureau
of Entomology.
Respectfully, L. O. Howarp,
Entomologist and Chief of Bureau.
Hon. JAmrs WILson,
Secretary of Agriculture.
LV.
CONTENTS.
MTNLOCNTCULOIEIERE eB remct ee city to nee ee Se AT eee
mCenerinexternal siruebure: Ol insectss --o. - 6620 - e seek dhe oaceee cece
Lee
The head of the bee and its appendages... =... 2... 2.2 ces e cee ee eee
foe Wie srnlenmrect the head.) 60029 oe Saat epee ee bese
2. the antennce and their sense organs... ----:.==---.-----.--:---
ane mandimles and their claude s.. .2:osc25. 5.68. .2. oe. kk ee
EM RO MEOR ORES E rao 2c ose i Wad CC OM yo ee eed lu ain Bee be
ime bnewirienite a tne thorax: o7 0622. y. Jase ee 3. ode eee oe
ne Wines AnGwUneir SrieiighiOl, <2 say. 2 oe lene hn pek Sek
Shes AEUAVE Iie IS IES et ee Og Pod PD OE SRA” Ss a eee
the abdomen, wax glands, and sting.......:-....-..-..-
oneaimentary canal and ite clands 2.252.222. So 225-2 Ses es
1. The general physiology of digestion, assimilation, and excretion.
Foye BI DES Se gg C03 PG 6 eg eee
Drieive, qhinmertaryrcanall: (0 foe Us Seles Jot Cees wee.
»SRLTES! Gites PURE AGHSPS SNS) C1 ese ge a ec a ee
Peebles PNM TOUVCHV SUCH Re Gehry cia ess x paca doaee oy sv nal tee
pe bos tab Wey. atid the GenOC yes 2. 2c lS = ook os ded oe nade node wa 2
peline menvols nyse amd the @yeats.. s2 scrs~ <<). te cees dso
Rene LONTOOUGHVC BYStEMUS 22... METS) 68 San soteek olen Co ee en
Pear into pian esta eet eyo Oped a ey eh nd os BS oe ig a
PLEIN ALE QEPAIS 2-5 54s SSE e eee a wat ob ad g ete eene ata'sn we
Explanation of the symbols and letters used on the illustrations... ...-
LEST SLUG Coe ANIC (ae ey a ei es RY yk ee ee re
ROSS OSE OE aD OS eee ee ee er ee eS
Fic.
bo b bo
wo Nr &
bo bo
oe
41
ILLUSTRATIONS.
. Median longitudinal section of body of worker..
. Diagram of generalized insect embryo...........-
. Example of generalized insect mouth parts.....--
. Diagram of generalized thoracic segment........-
. Typical insect leg.
. Diagram of generalized insect wing and its articulation.............-..
. Diagram of terminal abdominal segments of a female insect and early
stage in development of gonapophyses.........
. Example of a swordlike ovipositor
Head of worker bee
worker
. Epipharynx and labrum of warker..............
. Sense organs of epiphatyux..) 5.222.522 2-0
. Median longitudinal section of head of worker....
. Dorsal view of ventral walls of body of worker...
. Thorax of worker
. Lateral view of mesotergum of worker
Sh OracieneraarOlnwOnke ieee a eee een
. Upper part of left mesopleurum of worker. . . - - .
. Wings of Hymenoptern. 72s: 15-2 neers
. Basal elements of wings of Hymenoptera - . -..--
. Median section through thorax of drone.........
. Internal view of right pleurum of mesothorax of drone. ........---.--
. Legs of worker, queen, and drone.............--
. Claws and empodium of foot of worker........--
. Tarsal claws of worker, queen, and drone. .....-
32.
Lateral view of abdomen of worker. ........-.---
Sections of alkaline gland of sting. ............-
. Tip of abdomen of worker with left side removed
6
. Heads of worker, queen, and drone..............
. Median longitudinal sections of heads of worker and drone
. Antennal hairs and sense orgams................-
. Mandibles of worker and drone.................
. Internal mandibular elind of worker... <1 98> soe ee ee
. Mouth parts of worker
. Median section through distal half of mentum and base of ligula of
}. Semidiagrammatic view of left side of sting of worker............-...-
. Ventral view of sting of worker...............-
. Section of small piece of wall of poison sac... .-.
oo.
> Detailsiof stim olaworker- see eee ae eee
Page.
_
“Ibo ©
Www ee
a>)
bo
ILLUSTRATIONS.
moMiMen tary Galial Ol WORKEL.... =... =. ooeccbe cl ecc see oss ose cee eee
. Details of pharyngeal and salivary glands .......... Be aie
. Honey stomach of worker, queen, and drone ..............--.-------
. Longitudinal section of honey stomach and proventriculus of queen .
. Histological details of alimentary canal of worker ............-----.-
. Dorsal diaphragm of drone, from one segment ...........---...-----
penal part ot dorsal diaphragm @idrone 2:2. - 2225-5 - ieee. 5. eo
. Pericardial chamber of one segment in worker ........---...-------
eS etcieal ey scoM won WOLKET.!. 052.2. aite ion cess yee eceh see
Se PAG NPM STELl Ol WOLKOR a... nos as ieets cc ke eet tee Ade goes es ae 2
PVGEV His BN STO Ol WOlKOnne ..2 5 Scere. < ktes tes Sorcha Pcie ae ek oe ee
. Brain and subcesophageal ganglion of worker -.......-..--.---------
. Horizontal section of compound eye and optic lobe cf worker .......
. Histological details of compound eye of worker ...............-.-----
mRenroduchine oreanaiOl GTONG =... -eacsme coos. oo5 ee eee oe ee
-meproduetive orean and sting of queen .: .:-. 2. <2 25 ce we seen see
.
‘(OF) B]10B pue (2A) JABvOT JO Surjstsuoo Jessea [BSa1op pue ‘(ydqdA pue ydqqd) Uswmopqe jo smsvaydeip [eajueA pue [eBsiop
‘(QI-T ‘ogn4,) Wo sds [wooed ‘(6up1-TdOQ) Woajsks SNOAIoU SulMoYsS ‘1oyxIOM Jo ApoOd o11JUe JO WOLJOIS [BOT}IVA ‘UBIPeM ‘[BUIPNIIsu0 T—T ‘p17
a
j
é
z
THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
I, INTRODUCTION.
The anatomy of the honey bee has been for years a subject of much
interest to those engaged in bee keeping both for pleasure and for
profit. This interest is due not only to a laudable curiosity to know
more of the bee, but to the necessity of such information in order
to understand fully what takes place in the colony. All practical
manipulations of bees must depend on an understanding of the be-
havior and physiology of bees under normal and abnormal circum-
stances, and those bee keepers who have advanced bee keeping mo&t
by devising better manipulations are those, in general, who know
most of bee activity. In turn, a knowledge of bee activity must rest
largely on a knowledge of the structure of the adult bee.
Studies on the anatomy of the bee have not been lacking, for
many good workers have taken up this subject for investigation.
The popular demand for such information, however, has induced
untrained men to write on the subject, and most accounts of bee
anatomy contain numerous errors. This is probably to a greater
extent true of the anatomy of the bee than of that of any other
insect. Frequently the illustrations used by men not trained in
anatomical work are more artistic than those usually found in papers
on insect anatomy, and they consequently bear the superficial marks
of careful work, but too often it is found that the details are in-
accurate. It has therefore seemed the right time for a new presenta-
tion of this subject based on careful work.
The drawings given in the present paper are original, with the
exception of figures 12, 54, and 55, and have been prepared with
a thorough realization of the need of more accurate illustrations of
the organs of the bee, especially of the internal organs. Mistakes
will possibly be found, but the reader may be assured that all the
parts drawn were seen. Most of the dissections, moreover, were
verified by Dr. E. F. Phillips and Dr. J. A. Nelson, of this Bureau,
before the drawings were made from them. An explanation of the
abbreviations and lettering is given on pages 139-147.
It is hoped that the work will furnish the interested bee keeper
with better information on the anatomy of the bee than has hereto-
fore been offered to him, that it may provide a foundation for more
detailed work in anatomy and histology, and, finally, that it will be
9
10 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
of service to future students of the embryology and physiology of
the bee. With this last object in view the writer has tried to sum
up under each heading the little that is at present known of insect
physiology in order to bring out more clearly what needs to be done
in this subject.
II. GENERAL EXTERNAL STRUCTURE OF INSECTS.
When we think of an animal, whether a bee, fish, or dog, we uncon-
sciously assume that it possesses organs which perform the same vital
functions that we are acquainted with in ourselves. We know, for
example, that an insect eats and that it dies when starved; we realize
therefore that it eats to maintain life, and we assume that this involves
the possession of organs of digestion. We know that most insects see,
smell, and perform coordinated actions, and we recognize, therefore,
that they must have a nervous system. Their movements indicate to
us that they possess muscles. These assumptions, moreover, are en-
tirely correct, for it seems that nature has only one way of producing
and maintaining living beings. No matter how dissimilar two
animals may be in shape or even in fundamental constitution, their
life processes, nevertheless, are essentially identical. Corresponding
organs may not be the same in appearance or action but they accom-
plish the same ends. The jaws may work up and down or they may
work sidewise, but in either case they tear, crush, or chew the food
before it is swallowed. The stomach may be of very different shape
in two animals, but in each it changes the raw food into a soluble and
an assimilable condition. The blood may be red or colorless, con-
tained in tubes or not, but it always serves to distribute the prepared
food which diffuses into it from the alimentary canal. The situa-
tion of the central nervous system and the arrangement of its parts
may be absolutely unlike in two organisms, but it regulates the fune-
tions of the organs and coordinates the actions of the muscles just
the same.
Hence, in studying the honey bee we shall find, as we naturally
expect to find, that it possesses mouth organs for taking up raw food,
an alimentary canal to digest it, salivary glands to furnish a digestive
liquid, a contractile heart to keep the blood in circulation, a respira-
tory system to furnish fresh oxygen and carry off waste gases, ex-
cretory organs for eliminating waste substances from the blood, a
nervous system to regulate and control all the other parts, and, finally,
organs to produce the reproductive elements from which new indi-
viduals are formed to take the places of those that die.
The study of anatomy or the structure of the organs themselves
is inseparably connected with a study of physiology or the life
functions of the animal. While physiology is a most interesting
and important subject, and, indeed, in one sense might be said to be
Deke ze
GENERAL EXTERNAL STRUCTURE OF INSECTS. A ba
the object of all anatomical research, yet the mere study of the
structure of the organs alone, their wonderful mechanical adapta-
tions, and their modifications in different animals forms a most fasci-
nating field in itself, and besides this it gives us an insight into the
blood relationships and degrees of kinship existing between the
multitudes of animal forms found in nature. In the study of com-
parative anatomy we are constantly surprised to find that structures
in different animals which at first sight appear to be entirely differ-
ent are really the same organs which have been simply changed in
a superficial way to serve some new purpose. For example, the
front wing of a bee and the hard shell-like wing cover of a beetle are
fundamentally the same thing, both being front wings—that of the
beetle being hardened to serve as a protection to the hind wing.
Again, the ovipositor of a katydid and the sting of a bee are identical
in their fundamental structure, differing in details simply because
they are used for different purposes. Hence, in the study of anat-
omy we must always be alert to discover what any special part cor-
responds with in related species. In order to do this, however, it
is often necessary to know the development of an organ in the
embryo or in the young after birth or after hatching, for many
complex parts in the adult have very simple beginnings in an imma-
ture stage.
Thus it becomes evident that the structural study of even one
organism soon involves us in the subjects of anatomy, physiology,
and embryology, and, if we add to this a study of its senses, its
behavior, and its place in nature, the field enlarges without limit.
The student of the honey bee realizes that a lifetime might be spent
in exploiting this one small insect.
The differences between animals are much greater on the outside
than on the inside. In the descriptions of the organs of the honey bee
anyone will know what is meant by the “alimentary canal,” the
“nervous system,” or the “respiratory system,” but the external
parts are so different from those of animals with which we are more
familiarly acquainted that no general reader could be expected to
know what is meant by the names apphed. Moreover, the bee and its
allies are so modified externally in many ways that, at first sight,
their parts look very different even from those of other insects.
Hence, we shall give a preliminary account of the external structure
of insects in general, for it is hoped that the reader will then more
easily understand the special structure of the honey bee, and that the
application of the terms used will appear more reasonable to him.
Since all animals originate in an egg, the change into the adult
involves two different processes: One is growth, which implies
merely an increase in size, the addition of material to material; the
other is development, which means change in shape and the produc-
12 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
tion of a form with complex organs from the simple protoplasmic
mass of the egg. The part of development that takes place in the
eggshell is known as embryonic development, that which takes place
subsequent to hatching is known as postembryonic development. In
insects there are often two stages in the postembryonic development,
an active one called the larval stage and an inactive one called the
pupal stage. During the first of these the young insect is termed a
larva; during the second, a pupa. When there is no resting stage the
immature creature is often called a nymph. The final and fully de-
veloped form is an adult, or imago.
Since this paper is to deal only with the anatomy of the adult, the
attractive fields of embryonic and postembryonic development must
be passed over, except for a few statements on
fundamental embryonic structure, a knowledge
of which is necessary to a proper understanding
of the adult anatomy.
When the embryo, in its course of development,
first takes on a form suggestive of the definitive
insect, it consists of a series of segments called
metameres, or somites, and shows no differentia-
tion into head, thoracic, and abdominal regions.
Typically, each segment but the first is provided
with a pair of latero-ventral appendages, hav-
ing the form of small rounded protuberances.
These appendages are of different sizes and take
on different shapes in different parts of the
body, for some of them are destined to form the
ye antenni, some the mouth parts, others the legs
An~ and perhaps the cerei, while the rest of them
Fig. 2. Diagram of 4 remain very small and finally disappear. What
generalized insect em-
bryo, showing the see- we know of the embryology of insects is based
mentation of the head, 2
thoracic, and abdom. ON the observations of a number of men who
inal regions, and the have worked mostly on the development of dif-
segmental appendages. y : e ;
ferent species. Their observations are not all
alike, but this is probably due in large part to the fact that the
embryos of different insects are not all alike. Embryos have a very
provoking habit of skipping over or omitting little and yet im-
portant things in their development, but fortunately they do not
all omit the same things. Therefore, by putting together all the
reliable information we possess, we can make up an ideal embryo
which would be typical of all insects. Such a generalized embryo is
represented diagrammatically by figure 2.
The first six or seven metameres very early begin to unite with
one another and continue to fuse until their borders are lost. These
consolidated embryonic segments form the head of the adult insect.
GENERAL EXTERNAL STRUCTURE OF INSECTS. 13
-
Observers differ concerning the fate of the seventh segment, but it
is most probable that a part of it fuses with the sixth segment, thus
taking part in the formation of the head, and that a part of it forms
the neck or some of the neck plates of the adult.
The appendages of these first seven segments form the antennz
and mouth parts, except one or two pairs that disappear early in
embryonic life. It is not certain that the first segment ever possesses
appendages, but from it arise the large compound eyes and appar-
ently also the upper lip, or labrum (Zm). The appendages of the
second segment form the feelers, or antenne (/Ant) of the adult,
those of the third (2An¢) disappear in insects, but they correspond
with the second antennz of shrimps and lobsters. The appendages
of the fourth segment form the mandibles (J/d). Those of the
fifth segment (S/in), when present, fuse with a median tonguelike
lobe (Zin) of the following segment, and the three constitute the
hypopharynx, or lingua of the adult. The next pair (/J/7) form the
maxille, while the last (24/7), or those of the seventh segment,
coalesce with each other and constitute the adult labium, or lower lip.
The bodies of the head metameres fuse so completely that it is
impossible to say positively what parts of the adult head are formed
from each. The last, as already stated, possibly takes part in the
formation of both the head and the neck. Some embryologists at-
tribute the plates which usually occur in this region to the last em-
bryonic head segment, while others believe they come from the next
segment following. Sometimes these plates are so well developed
that they appear to constitute a separate segment in the adult, and
this has been called the microthorax. If this name, however, is
given to the embryonic segment from which these plates are said to
be derived, it must be remembered that it is not “thoracic” at all
and belongs partly to the head. The name cervicum has been ap-
plied to the neck region with greater appropriateness since it does
not imply any doubtful affiliation with adjoining regions. What
we really need, however, is not so much a name as more information
concerning the development of the rear part of the head and the
neck plates in different insects.
The next three segments remain distinct throughout life in nearly
all insects, but, since they bear the legs and the wings, they become
highly specialized and together constitute the thorav. The indi-
vidual segments are designated the prothorax, the mesothorax, and
the metathorax. 'The legs are formed from the embryonic ap-
pendages (fig. 2, /L, 2Z, 3L) of these segments, but the wings are
secondary outgrowths from the mesothorax and metathorax and
are, hence, not appendages in the strict embryological sense.
The remaining segments, nearly always 10 in number, constitute
the abdomen. The appendages of these segments, except possibly
14 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
those of the tenth, disappear early in embryonic life in all inseets,
except some of the very lowest species, in which they are said to form
certain small appendages of the abdominal segments in the adults.
An adult insect is often described as being “ divided ” into a head, a
thorax, and an abdomen, but this is not true in most cases. While all
insects consist of these parts, the divisions of the body are usually
not coincident with them. The prothorax in the adult is separated
from the head by the neck and is very commonly separated from the
mesothorax by a flexible membranous area. On the other hand, the
mesothorax and metathorax are almost always much more solidly at-
tached to each other, while, in most insects, the metathorax is solidly
and widely joined to the first abdominal segment, though in the flies
these latter two segments are usually separated by a constriction. In
such insects as ants, wasps, and bees a slender, necklike peduncle
occurs between the first and second segments of the abdomen, the
first being fused into the metathorax so that it appears to be a part
of the thorax. This is the most distinctive character of the order
Hymenoptera, to which these insects belong.
The body wall of insects is hard on account of the thick layer of
chitin which exists on the outer side of the true skin. Chitin is a sub-
stance similar to horn, being brittle, though tough and elastic. It
gives form and rigidity to the body and affords a solid attachment for
the muscles within, since insects have no internal framework of bones
such as vertebrate animals have. The skin between the segments is
soft and unchitinized and thus forms a flexible intersegmental mem-
brane which is often very ample and, in the abdomen, allows each seg-
ment to telescope into the one in front of it.
The chitin of each segment is not continuous, but is divided into
plates called sclerites. The most important of these are a tergum
above and a sternum below, but, in the case of the thorax, these two
plates are separated on each side by another called the plewrum, which
lies between the base of the wing and the base of the leg. Pleural
plates are sometimes present also on the abdominal segments. These
principal segmental plates are usually separated by membranous
lines or spaces, which permit of more or less motion between them.
Such lines are called sutures in entomology, though strictly this term
should be applied only to the lines of fusion between adjoining parts.
The terga, pleura, and sterna of each segment are furthermore
subdivided into smaller sclerites, which may be termed ¢ergztes, pleu-
rites, and sternites, respectively. The sutures between them are
sometimes membranous also, but most frequently have the form of
impressed lines or narrow grooves. In such cases they are generally
nothing more than the external marks of ridges developed on the
inside of the body wall to strengthen the parts or to give attachment
to muscles. Since these sutures are conspicuous marks on the outside
GENERAL EXTERNAL STRUCTURE OF INSECTS. 15
of an insect, they are usually regarded as morphologically impor-
tant things in themselves, representing a tendency of the tergum, pleu-
rum, or sternum to separate into smaller plates for some reason. The
truth about them would appear to be just the opposite in most cases—
they are the unavoidable external marks of an internal thickening
and strengthening of the plates. In a few cases they may be the
confluent edges of separate centers of chitinization. Hence, most. of
the sutural lines in insects appear to signify a bracing or solidifying
of the body wall rather than a division of it.
Since the body wall of insects is continuous over all the surface it
contains no articulations of the sort that occur between the bones in
the skeleton of a vertebrate. Although insects and their allies be-
long to the class of animals known as the Articulata, yet an articu-
late articulation is simply a flexibility—two chitinous parts of the
exoskeleton are movable upon each other simply by the intervention
of a nonchitinized, flexible, membranous part. While there are often
special ball-and-socket joints developed, these are always produced
on the outside of the membranous hinge and simply control. or limit
the movement of the articulation.
The head of an adult insect is a thin-walled capsule containing the
brain, the ventral head ganglion of the nervous system, the pharynx
and anterior part of the csophagus, the tracheal tubes, and the
muscles that move the antenne and the mouth parts. Its shape varies
a great deal in different insects, being oval, globular, elongate, or
triangular. In some it is flattened dorso-ventrally so that the face is
directed upward and the mouth forward, but in most, including
the bee, it is flattened antero-posteriorly so that the face looks for-
ward and the mouth is directed ventrally. In a few it is turned so
that the face is ventral. The walls of the head are usually divided
by sutures into a number of sclerites, which in general are located
and named as follows: The movable transverse flap forming the
upper lip is the Jabrum. Above it is a sclerite called the clypeus,
which is a part of the solid wall of the head and carries the anterior
articulations of the mandibles. The clypeus is sometimes divided
transversely into an anteclypeus (“clypeus anterior,’ “ epistoma ”)
and into a post-clypeus (“clypeus posterior”). Above the clypeus
is the front, a plate usually occupying the upper half of the face
between the compound eyes and carrying the antenne. The top of
the head is called the vertex, but does not constitute a separate scle-
rite. The sides of the head below the compound eyes are often sepa-
rated by sutures from the anterior and posterior surfaces and are
known as the gene. The back of the head is formed by the occiput,
which surrounds the large opening or foramen magnum that leads
from the cavity of the head into that of the neck. The parts pos-
terior to the genx, carrying the posterior mandibular articulations,
16 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
are sometimes separated from both the occiput and the gene and are
known as the postgene. In a few insects, especially beetles, one or
two median plates occur in the ventral wall of the head posterior to
the base of the labium. These are the gular sclerites. Finally, small
plates are sometimes found about the bases of the antenne and be-
tween the bases of the mandibles and the gene. The latter have
been termed the trochantins of the mandibles. The term epicranium
is often used to include all the immovable parts of the head, but is
frequently applied only to the dorsal parts. Most of these sclerites
preserve a pretty definite arrangement in the different orders, and
they are probably homologous throughout the entire insect series,
though they are in some cases very much distorted by special modi-
fications and are often in part or wholly obliterated by the disap-
pearance of the sutures. Embryologists are coming to the conclu-
sion that the sclerites of the head have no relation to the primitive
segments. The latter very early consolidate into a head with a con-
tinuous wall, while the sutures defining the sclerites are formed
later. Some of the older entomologists were led, from a study of
the sclerites, to suppose that the head consisted of a number of seg-
ments, but it has been shown that these anatomical segments do not
correspond with the embryonic ones.
The appendages growing from the front of the face are the
antenne (fig. 9A, Ant) or “ feelers” and consist of a series of joints
or segments.
At the lower edge of the face is the front lip or labrum (fig. 9A,
Lm), behind which are the median epipharyna, the paired mandibles
(Id) and maville, the median hypopharynx, and the /abiuvm or under
lip. All these organs together constitute what are known as the
mouth parts or trophi. They vary greatly in shape and appearance
in different insects according to the nature of the food, but their
typical form is usually taken to be that shown by the lower insects
which feed on solid food and have biting mouth parts. Figure 3,
representing the jaws and lips of the common black cricket, is given
as an example of generalized insect mouth parts.
The labrum (fig. 9A, 2m) is usually a simple transverse flap in front
of the mouth, being developed, as already shown, from a similarly
situated lobe on the first segment of the embryo (fig. 2, Lm).
The epipharynx (fig. 19, HX phy) is a sort of dorsal tongue, and is
situated on the membrane leading into the mouth from behind the
labrum.
The mandibles (figs. 3A; 9A, M/d) are typically formed for
biting, being heavy organs situated immediately behind the labrum
and working sidewise on a hinge articulation with the head. Their
cutting edges are usually notched and toothed, though smooth in the
worker bee.
GENERAL EXTERNAL STRUCTURE OF INSECTS. Et
The maxille (fig. 3 B and B) are complicated appendages in their
typical form. Each consists of a principal piece called the stipes (SZ),
which is hinged to the head by means of a smaller basal piece, the
cardo (Cd). Terminally the stipes bears an outer lobe, the galea
(Ga), and an inner lobe, the lacinia (Zc). On the outer side, at the
base of the galea, it carries a jointed appendage called the maadlary
palpus (Pip).
The hypopharynx (fig. 3 C and D, Hphy) is a median, ventral,
tonguelike organ, called also the /ingua, situated either on the upper
surface of the labium or on the membrane between this organ and the
mouth. It is de-
veloped principally
from a median lobe
of the head of the
embryo behind the
mouth (fig. 2, Zn),
but some entomol-
ogists claim that it
is compounded of
this lobe and two
smaller lateral ones
developed from the
appendages of the
fifth embryonic
head segment (fig.
2, Slin), the super-
lingue.
The labium (fig.
3 C and D) consti-
tutes the under lip
1 Fic. 38.—Example of generalized insect mouth parts, from
of the adult, but it common black cricket (Gryllus pennsylvanicus) : A, man-
: dibles; B, B, maxillw, ventral view; C, labium or second
1S formed from the maxille, ventral view; D, labium, lateral view.
two appendages of
the seventh segment in the embryo, which fuse with each other. For
this reason it is often called the second maville. It consists of a basal
submentum (Smt) bearing the mentum (Mt), which in turn carries
three parts, a median ligula (Lg) and two lateral palpigers (Piq).
The latter support the labial palpi (Pip), while the ligula bears four
terminal lobes, of which the median ones are called the glosse (Gls)
and the lateral ones the paraglosse (Pgl). If we should cut the
labium into two parts along its midline we should see that even in
the adult stage each half is very similar to one maxilla. The only
discrepancy to be noticed in the example given (fig. 3) is that there
22181—No. 18—10 2
18 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
is no maxillary palpiger, but many insects possess a corresponding
part in the maxilla, frequently distinguished as the palpifer.
The neck or cervicum is usually a short membranous cylinder which
allows the head great freedom of motion upon the thorax. In nearly
all insects its lateral walls contain several small plates, the cervical
sclerites, while, in many of the lower species, dorsal, ventral, and
lateral sclerites are present and highly developed. As already stated,
the origin of these plates is doubtful. Some entomologists would
derive them from the prothorax, others think they come from the
last head segment, while still others think that they represent a
separate segment. Only pure anatomists, however, entertain this
last view and call this supposed segment the ‘“ microthorax,” for
embryologists have not yet reported a metamere between the labial
segment and the prothoracic segment. Most embryologists who have
studied the subject admit that some of the cervical sclerites may be
formed from the last embryonic head somite which carries the labium
and probably forms a part of the back of the head. Therefore, if
it is desirable to retain the word microthorar as a name for a true
segment, it can be applied only to this labial metamere.*
The thorax, as has already been stated, is a distinct anatomical
region of the body rather than a “ division” of the body, since it car-
ries both the legs and the wings and contains the large muscles for
each. Since the prothorax does not possess wings, it is not so highly
developed otherwise as the two wing-bearing segments, and is, indeed,
generally reduced in some ways, some of its parts being frequently
rudimentary. Therefore we shall base the following description of
a typical segment on the structure of the wing-bearing segments.
A typical thoracic segment, then, presents four surfaces, as does also
the entire body. These are a dorsum above, a venter below, and a
latus® on each side. From these names we have the terms “ dorsal,”
“Tn a former paper on the thorax of insects (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXVI,
1909, pp. 511-595) the writer probably drew a too definite conclusion on the
subject of the “microthorax.” The origin of the neck sclerites has probably
never yet been actually observed. Comstock and Kochi (Amer. Nat., XXXVI,
1902, pp. 18-45), in summarizing the segmentation of the head, accredited
the gular and cervical sclerites to the labial segment, but did not recognize the
latter as taking part in the formation of the true head capsule. Riley, how-
ever, in his study of the development of the head of a cockroach (Amer. Nat.,
XXXVIIT, 1904, pp. T77-810), states that in Blatta the labial segment does
form a part of the back of the head and that the posterior arms of the
tentorium are derived from it. Bé6rner (Zool. Anz., XXVI, 1903, pp. 290-315)
and Crampton (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1909, pp. 8-54) believe that the
cervical sclerites are derived principally from the prothoracic segment. The
notion that they constitute a separate segment, the “ microthorax,”’ equivalent
to the maxilliped segment of the centipedes, has been elaborated principally
by Verhoeff in his numerous writings on the Chilopoda and Dermaptera.
>The writer introduces this word here because he knows of no other term
applied to the side of the segment in this sense.
af
GENERAL EXTERNAL STRUCTURE OF INSECTS. 19
“ventral,” and “lateral.” The chitinous parts of the dorsum con-
stitute the tergum; of the venter, the sternum, and of the latus, the
pleurum.
The tergum of the wing-bearing segments usually consists of
two plates—a front one or true notwm (fig. 4, NV) carrying
the wings, and a posterior one, which the writer has termed the
postnotum or pseudonotum (PN), having no connection with the
wings. The first is often more or less distinctly marked into three
transverse parts called the prescutum (Psc), scutum (Sct), and sev-
tellum (Scl). In such cases the exposed part of the postnotum is
called the postscutellum (Pscl). From either the anterior or the pos-
terior margin of the tergum, or from
both, a thin transverse plate projects
downward into the interior of the
thorax for the attachment of muscles.
These plates are the phragmas (Aph
and Pph). The notum supports the
wing on each side by two small lobes,
the anterior and posterior notal wing
processes (ANP and PNP). Behind
the latter is the attachment of the
axillary cord (AwC) or basal ligament
of the wing. A large V-shaped ridge
on the under surface of the notum hav-
ing its apex forward is the “ entodor-
sum.” (A _ better name would be
entotergum.)
The pleurum consists principally of
two plates, the episternum (fig. 4, L'ps) Fic. 4.—Diagram of generalized
and the epimerum (E'pm) lying before i ualie ar i
and behind a vertical groove, the pleural suture (PS), which extends
from the pleural coxal process (CxvP) below to the pleural wing
process (WP) above. The pleural suture marks the position of a
heavy internal ridge, the pleural ridge or entopleurum. The epi-
merum is connected with the postnotum (PV) behind the base of the
wing. These parts occur in almost all insects. In some of the lower
ones another plate is present in front of the episternum which may
be called the preepisternum, (Peps).* Lying along the upper edge of
“Objection may be made to the use of the term “ preepisternum” on the
ground that it combines a Latin prefix with a word compounded of Greek ele-
ments. The same may be urged against ‘‘ prephragma,” “ postphragma,” ‘ pre-
paraptera,” and ‘“ postparaptera,”’ words introduced by the present writer in a
former paper on the thorax (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXVI, 1909, pp. 511-595).
However, we are barred from making up equivalent terms with the Greek pre-
fixes pro and meta because these are used to designate the first and the third
20 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
the pleurum and associated with the under surface of the wing base
are several small plates known as the paraptera (P).* Two lie above
the episternum in front of the pleural wing process and are the
episternal paraptera or preparaptera (1P and 2P), while one or
occasionally two are similarly situated behind the wing processes
and are the epimeral paraptera or postparaptera (3P and 4P). The
preparaptera afford insertion for the muscle concerned in the exten-
sion and pronation of the wing.
The cova (Cx), or basal segment of the leg, is hinged to the seg-
ment by a dorsal articulation with the pleural coxal process (CwP),
and by a ventral articulation (ZC) with a plate called the trochan-
tin (Tn) lying in front of it and connected above with the lower
end of the episternum (/’ps). Hence, while the leg is of course con-
tinuous all around its base, by means of membrane, with the body-
wall, its movement is limited to a hinge motion by these two special
articulations of the chitin.
The sternum or ventral plate of the segment is not so complicated as
are the tergum and pleurum. It is often divided transversely into
three parts, however, and some authors say typically into four. These
parts have been named the presternum (Ps), sternum proper (8),
segments of the thorax or their respective parts. Entomologists have already
established the system of referring a part to the front or back of any individual
segment by the Latin prefixes pre (or pre) and post as used in “ prescutum,”
“presternum,” ‘* postscutellum,” and ‘ poststernellum.” Furthermore, pre and
post are so indiscriminately used in English combined with Latin, Greek, and
even Anglo-Saxon words that they may be regarded as general property.
Hence, in order not to sacrifice an anatomical system, which certainly needs
to be fostered in every way, the writer has preferred to sacrifice strict gram-
matical rules by applying pre and post, regardless of the origin of the noun
in the case, to designate anterior and posterior parts of the same segment. We
already use such hybrid terms as “ presternum,” “ mesotergum,” and ‘* meta-
tergum.”
The name “ preepisternum”’ has been applied by Hopkins (Bul. 17, Pt. I,
technical series, Bur. Ent., U. 8. Dept. Agr., 1909) to a part of the mesepister-
num of Dendroctonus—a plate apparently not homologous with the preepisternal
element of the thorax in primitive insects.
@The name “parapterum” is taken from Audouin’s term paraptere (Ann.
des Sci. Nat., I, 1824, pp. 97-185, 416-482), and its application, as used by the
present writer, is based on Audouin’s definition given in his Chapter III,
“ Considerationes generales sur le Thorax,” where he says (p. 122): “ Finally
there exists a piece but little developed and seldom observed, connected with
both the episternum and the wing. It is always supported by the episternum
and is sometimes prolonged ventrally along its anterior margin, or again,
becoming free, passes in front of the wing and may even come to lie above
the base of the latter. At first we designated this sclerite by the name of
Hypoptere but on account of its change of position relative to the wing base
we now prefer the name of PARAPTERE.” The first part of his description leaves
no doubt that Audouin referred to the little pleural plate beneath the front
of the wing which is usually very inconspicuous except in carefully dissected
GENERAL EXTERNAL STRUCTURE OF INSECTS. 21
sternellum (Sl), and poststernellum (Psl). In some of the lower
insects a plate (xv) occurs at each side of the presternum or of the
sternum which seems to fall in line with the preepisternum of the
pleurum. This has been variously called a part of the presternum,
the cowosternum, an accessory sternal plate, and the sternal laterale.
The inner surface of the
sternum carries a large
two-pronged process
called the furca or ento-
sternum.
This plan of structure
for the mesothorax and
the metathorax prevails
throughout all insects.
The honey bee probably
presents the greatest de- Emp la
parture from it, but even Se ae ea
bere the modification consists principally of a suppression of the
sutures of the pleurum resulting from a condensation of the parts.
The leg (fig. 5) of an adult insect consists of a number of joints
or segments. It is attached to the body, as just described, by a thick
specimens. In such preparations, however, one finds that there are in most
cases two sclerites here instead of one, and, furthermore, that one or ocea-
sionally two others are similarly situated beneath the rear part of the wing
base behind the pleural wing process. The present writer has, therefore,
made the term “ paraptera” cover this whole row of little plates, distinguish-
ing those before and those behind the pleural wing process by the designations
given above.
In the latter part of Audouin’s definition it would seem that he may have
confused the rudimentary tegula as it exists in some insects with the parapte-
rum, but even this is not probable since he says it is always connected with
the episternum, which is never true of the tegula. In his description of the
thorax of beetles, Dytiscus, Carabus, Buprestis, and Curculio, it is evident
that he regards the anterior upper part of the episternum as the parapterum
fused with the latter plate. In fact, in each case he definitely states that such
is the case and, in describing Dytiscus circumflerus, he says (p. 420): ‘The
episternum, the parapterum, and the epimerum all fuse dorsally and constitute
a support for the wings and tergum.” While Audouin is undoubtedly mis-
taken in this homology, especially in the mesothorax, he at least shows that
his “ paraptére” is a part of the pleurum. Hence modern writers such as
Packard and Folsom who make the term “ paraptera’’ synonymous with
“tegule” are certainly wrong. The tegula is a dorsal scale or its rudiment
at the humeral angle of the wing, while the parapterum is a co-existent scle-
rite below this part of the wing base. The present writer agrees with Comstock
and Kellogg, who, in their Elements of Insect Anatomy (first edition), define
the little sclerite in front of the base of the wing in the locust, articulated to
the dorsal extremity of the episternum, as the ‘“ parapteron,” though in this
insect there are here really two of these parapteral plates instead of one.
oe THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
basal joint called the cova (Cw). Beyond this is a smaller joint
called the trochanter (77), this is followed by a long and strong
segment, the femur (2), which extends outward from the body, while
bending downward from its distal end is the long and slender tibia
(7b), followed finally by the foot, or tarsus (Tar). The tarsus itself
consists typically of five small segments of which the last bears a pair
of claws (Cla). The under surfaces of the tarsal joints are often
provided with small cushions or pads called pulvilli. Those between
the claws are generally specially prominent and are called the
empodia (Imp). The leg varies greatly in shape in different in-
sects but usually preserves all of these parts. The segments of the
tarsus, however, are frequently reduced in number.
The adult wing is a thin expanse of membrane supported by hollow
branching rods called veins. It originates as a hollow outgrowth of
the body-wall, but soon becomes flattened out dorso-ventrally and the
Fic. 6.—Diagram of generalized insect wing and its articulation to first plate (N) of
the tergum.
contained trachez or air tubes mark out the courses of the veins.
These veins form various patterns in different insects, but they can all
be derived by modification from one fundamental plan. This plan is
shown diagrammatically by figure 6. The first vein, which usually
forms the anterior margin of the adult wing, is the costa (C). The
next vein is the subcosta (Sc), which in typical cases divides into
two branches (Sc, and Sc,). The third and usually the principal
vein is the radius (f#). It divides dichotomously into five branches
(?, to &,), the anterior branch of the first fork remaining single.
The next vein is the media (J/), which forms four branches (J/, to
M,). The fifth is the cubitus (Cw), which again is two-branched.
The remaining veins are called the ana/s and are designated indi-
vidually as the first anal (1A), second anal (2A), ete.
Several cross-veins of common recurrence should be noted. The
first is situated near the base of the wing between the costal and
subcostal veins and is known as the humeral cross-vein. A second
GENERAL EXTERNAL STRUCTURE OF INSECTS. 23
occurs between the radius and the media near the center of the wing
and is called the radio-medial cross-vein. Another one, the medio-
cubital, is similarly located between the media and the cubitus,
while a fourth, called the median, occurs between the second and
third branches of the media. The areas of the wing surface inclosed
by the veins, the cross-veins, and the margins of the wing are known
as the cells.
A great many different names are applied by different entomolo-
gists to the veins of the wings, both of the same and of different
insects. The nomenclature here given is the one first consistently
applied by Comstock and Needham and now used by a large number
of entomologists working in different orders of insects.
The wing is articulated at its base (except in mayflies and dragon-
flies) to the anterior and posterior wing protesses of the notum
(fig. 6, ANP and PNP) and to the wing process of the pleurum (fig.
4, WP) by several small articular sclerites called axillaries. ‘Two
of these, the first (7A) and the fourth (44x), form a hinge with the
anterior and the posterior notal wing processes, respectively, while
the second (2A) articulates below with the wing process of the
pleurum, constituting thus a sort of pivotal element. The third avxil-
lary (Aw) intermediates between the bases of the anal veins and the
fourth axillary—except when the latter is absent (as it is in nearly
all insects except Orthoptera and Hymenoptera), in which case it
articulates directly with the posterior notal process. The thin mem-
brane of the wing base may be called the axillary membrane (Awvd).
On its anterior edge is a hairy pad, the tegula (77), which is some-
times a large scale overlapping the humeral angle of the wing. The
posterior margin of the axillary membrane is thickened and may be
valled the axillary cord (AwC) or basal ligament of the wing.
The base of the costa is not directly associated with any of the
axillaries, but is specially connected by tough membrane below with
the episternal paraptera. The subcosta abuts against the end of
the curved neck of the first axillary. The radius is either attached
to or touches upon the anterior end of the second. The media and
cubitus are usually associated with each other at their bases and also
more or less closely with one or two median plates (m) in the wing
base. These plates, however, are not of constant shape and occur-
rence as are the articulating axillaries. The anals are generally
attached to the outer end of the third axillary, which acts as a lever
in the folding of the wing.
A few insects have a generalized wing almost identical with the
diagram (fig. 6), but most of them depart from it in varying degrees.
Few go so far, however, as the honey bee, whose venation is very
different, but yet the fundamental basal structure is the same even
24 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
here, as will be shown in the special description of the wing of the
bee.
The abdomen consists almost always of 10 segments. There are
hever any more than this number well developed in adult insects, and
if there are fewer the reduction is due to a modification of the ter-
minal segments to accommodate the external organs of reproduction.
The posterior opening of the alimentary canal is at the end of the
tenth segment, which carries also two small appendages at the sides of
the anus. These are called the cerci (fig. 8, Cer). In some insects they
are short, styletlike processes, in others they are long and many
jointed, while in many they are absent. The cerci are supposed to
be developed from the embryonic appendages of the tenth segment,
although, on the other segments, these appendages disappear before
the embryo hatches, except in some members of the lowest wingless
order of insects, which have a pair of cercuslike appendages on each
segment of the abdomen.
Each abdominal segment presents a tergum above and a sternum
below; the former usually also reaches far down on the sides and
overlaps the edges of the sternum. In some insects one or more small
pleural plates intervene between the tergum and the sternum, but
the abdominal pleura are never developed in any way suggestive of
a thoracic pleurum. Very frequently there is present an upper
pleural plate, or epipleurite, adjoining the edge of the tergum and a
lower, or hypopleurite, adjoining the edge of the sternum. The line
separating these two sclerites, however, is horizontal and can not
correspond with the vertical suture of a thoracic pleurum between the
episternum and the epimerum extending from the base of the leg
to the base of the wing.
The most complicated structures on the abdomen are the external
organs of reproduction. In the male these serve as clasping organs
and take on a great variety of forms in different species. The organs
in the female form an ovipositor and are of much more definite and
constant structure.
The ovipositor (fig. 8), in its most perfect development, consists of
three pairs of long, closely appressed bladelike processes called
gonapophyses (14, 2G, 3G). These six pieces fit neatly together and
form an organ by means of which the female makes a hole in the
ground or in the bark of a tree, or punctures some other insect, and
then places her eggs in the cavity thus produced. An interesting fact
in this connection is that the sting of a wasp or bee is simply a modi-
fied ovipositor. This can be proved by a comparison of the organs
themselves or by a study of their development. Each is formed from
six little peglike processes that grow out from the sterna of the eighth
and ninth abdominal segments of the larva or young soon after hatch-
GENERAL EXTERNAL STRUCTURE OF INSECTS. 25
ing (fig. 7, 7G, 2G, and 3G). At first there is only one pair of these
processes on each of the two segments, but those on the ninth soon
split each into two, thus producing two pairs on this segment. The
opening of the oviduct (Ov@) is on the
eighth segment between the bases of the
first gonapophyses.
The ovipositor of the longhorned grass-
hopper, shown by figure 8, may be taken as
a typical example of this organ. The
median pair of gonapophyses on the ninth
segment (2G) remain slender and fuse at
their bases into a small bulblike swelling
open below (SAB). The pair from the
eighth segment (/G') form two long blade- age
=
.
0
><
~ “Cer
\
. . ° ° 7 . \ \
like pieces, which fit by sliding articula- An 3G
] a eae ees yp. Hie. 1.—Diagram of terminal
tions upon the lower edges of the corre SET ce ance cE A” ie:
sponding second gonapophyses (2G). The male insect and early stage in
5 ae eS development of gonapophyses
first can therefore be worked back and oer ind: sey drein
forth while they are braced and held in — which is formed the ovi-
Bap : ieus : positor of most insects and
position by the second pair. The third fee ink AE Wepe ae EES,
gonapophyses (3G'), or the outer pair of
the ninth segment (the left one in figure 8 is shown as if cut off near
its base), form two long flat blades which are closely appressed
against the outer surfaces of the others. In the detailed study of
the bee it will be shown how closely the structure of the sting corre-
sponds in every way with that of this ovipositor.
cephalus sp.), illustrating the fundamental similarity of structure with the sting of the
bee, fig. 36.
Some entomologists have supposed that the original two pairs of
gonapophyses represent the embryonic appendages of the eighth and
ninth segments, and they would thus establish a homology between
the ovipositor or sting and the legs and mouth parts. It has been
shown, however, that the true appendages of the abdominal segments
disappear in embryonic life while the gonapophyses appear much
later, during early nymphal or larval life. Furthermore, each pair
26 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
of gonapophyses arises in a median depression on the ventral side of
the segment while the true appendages are latero-ventral. Hence,
the evidence is very much against this theory and the gonapophyses
appear to be special secondary processes of the body wall.
All insects do not have ovipositors of the sort described above.
Flies, beetles, moths, and butterflies do not. Such insects simply
drop their eggs from the orifice of the oviduct or deposit them in
masses upon the external surfaces of various objects. In some of
the flies, however, the terminal segments are long and tubular and
entirely telescoped into one another. They are hence capable of
being protruded in the form of a long tapering tube having the open-
ing of the oviduct near the tip. This enables the insect to deposit its
egos in deep crevices, but the structure is not a true ovipositor—it is
simply the abdomen itself stretched out. ;
Insects breathe through a series of small holes situated along each
side of the body. These breathing apertures are called spiracles and
they lead into a system of internal air tubes called trachew. There
are nearly always 10 spiracles present on each side of the body. Two
are located on the thorax, the first between the prothorax and the
mesothorax, the second between the mesothorax and the metathorax,
while the other eight are situated on the first eight abdominal seg-
ments. Some embryologists believe that the spiracles of the pro-
thorax move forward in early embryonic life and unite with each
other in front of the hypopharynx to form the salivary opening, their
trachez constituting the salivary ducts.
After this review of the general external structure of insects we
may proceed to a more detailed account of the parts and organs of
the honey bee.
III. THE HEAD OF THE BEE AND ITS APPENDAGES.
The head of an insect, as already explained, is a composite organ
formed of six or seven primitive segments, each of which, except the
first, typically bears a pair of appendages (fig. 2). The antenne are
developed from the embryonic appendages of the second segment,
the mandibles from the fourth, the maxille from the sixth, and the
second maxille, or labium, from the seventh. The appendages of
the third segment disappear in early embryonic life while those of
the fifth segment, when the latter is present, fuse with a median
tonguelike lobe of the next segment to form the hypopharynx of
the adult.
1. THE STRUCTURE OF THE HEAD.
The general appearance and outline of the head of a worker bee
are shown from before and behind by figure 9, A and B. In facial
view the head is triangular, with the apex below. The side angles
THE HEAD OF THE BEE AND ITS APPENDAGES. Ot
are rounded and capped by the large compound eyes (/’). In the
opposite direction the head is very much flattened, the greatest diame-
ter being crosswise through the middle of the eyes. The face is con-
vex, while the posterior surface is somewhat hollowed out and fits
snugly upon the anterior end of the thorax.
The large lateral eyes (fig. 9 A, #’) are called the compound eyes,
because each is composed of a large number of separate eye elements
forming the little hexagonal facets visible on the surface. All of
these facets together constitute the cornea, or the transparent outer
surface of the eye, which in the bee is densely clothed with long hairs.
The dark color of the eye is located in the deeper parts, but these will
be described in the section dealing with the nervous system. On the
Fic. 9.—A, front view of head of worker bee with mouth parts (Prb) cut off a short
distance from their bases; B, corresponding view of posterior surface of head.
top of the head between the compound eyes are the three simple eyes,
or ocelli (0), arranged in a triangle with the median ocellus in front.
Between the lower halves of the large eyes and near the center of the
face arise the antenne (Ant), each of which is inserted into a small,
circular, membranous socket of the head wall, and consists of a long,
basal, 1-segmented stalk carrying a terminal 11-jointed arm movably
articulated to the stalk and generally hanging downward from it.
(In the drone the terminal arm consists of 12 joints.)
The mouth parts are attached at the lower part of the head, and
consist of the mandibles (Md) laterally and the maxille (Mx)
and labium (Lb) mesially. The latter two include the set of elongate
bladelike organs surrounding the protrusible “ tongue,” which to-
gether constitute what is commonly known as the proboscis (Prd).
28 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
When not in use the parts of the proboscis are bent back beneath
the head. By referring to figure 9B, giving a posterior view of the
head, it will be*seen that the basal parts of both the maxille (Sf)
and the labium (J/¢) are suspended in a large hollow on the back of
the cranium. This may be called the cavity or fossa of the proboscis
(PrbFs). Between the mandibles on the front of the head (fig.
9A) is a transverse movable flap, the labrum (Lm), attached to the
lower edge of the front wall of the head and constituting the upper
hp. The mouth (Mth) lies behind the labrum and the mandibles
close beneath it.
Below the antennal sockets is a transverse, slightly arched suture
(a) which turns downward on each side and extends to the inner
angles of the bases of the mandibles. The area bounded by this
suture is the clypeus (Clp) and the suture itself may be called the
clypeal suture.
On the posterior surface of the head (fig. 9B) is seen the pen-
tagonal foramen magnum (For) by means of which the cavity of
the head communicates with that of the thorax and through which
pass the nerves, cesophagus, blood vessel, and tracheal tubes. A
small rod (ten) inside the head arches transversely over the fora-
men magnum, cutting it into a dorsal and a ventral half. At each
side of the foramen is a large pit (¢) which marks the base of an
internal chitinous beam of the head known as the mesocephalic pillar.
The opposite end of this pillar unites with the front wall of the
head on the clypeal suture below the antenne, where it produces
another smaller pit (0).
Below the foramen magnum and separated from it by a wide trans-
verse bridge of the cranial wall is seen the large fossa of the proboscis
(fig. 9B, PrbFs) having the shape of an inverted U. The side walls
of this cavity are chitinous and from their upper edges are suspended
the maxille, while the base of the labium is contained in the mem-
branous floor of the fossa. The base of the labium projects from the
head beneath or behind the mouth opening and its dorsal surface
forms the floor of a preoral cavity surrounded by the bases of the
mouth parts and labrum.
It will be seen from the above description that the head wall of the
bee contains no suture except that bounding the clypeus and the one
which separates the labrum from the latter. Many of the ‘higher
insects have the head wall completely continuous, showing no division
at. all into sclerites, but, in such forms as a grasshopper or cockroach,
and, in fact, most of the lower insects, the head as well as the other
parts of the body is made up of a number of plates. Hence this may
be regarded as the primitive condition, and it is presumed that the
head of the bee has been produced from one whose wall was divided
by sutures into a number of distinct parts. Therefore the different
THE HEAD OF THE BEE AND ITS APPENDAGES. 29
regions of the bee’s head may be named according to the sclerites with
which they correspond in other insects. Thus, the part of the face
above the clypeus and between the compound eyes may be called the
front (fig. 9A, Ft), the parts below the compound eyes the genw (Ge),
and the top of the head the vertex
(Vz). The area on the back of the
head around the foramen magnum
may likewise be termed the occipital
region (fig. 9B, Oc) and the parts be-
hind the gene and the lower halves
of the compound eyes the postgene
(Pge).
The worker, queen, and drone differ
conspicuously in the shape and size of
the head, as will be seen by comparing
A, B, and C of figure 10. In these
drawings the front has been removed
in order to show various internal
parts, which will be described later.
While the head of the worker (A) is
triangular in facial view, that of the
queen (B) is more rounded and wider
in proportion to its length. The head
of the drone (C) is much larger than
that of the female and is nearly cir-
cular in outline. In shape the head
of the queen is intermediate between
that of the worker and that of the
drone, but in size it is somewhat
smaller than the head of the worker.
The eyes (Z’) of the worker and queen
are about equal, but those of the drone
are enormously. enlarged and are
broadly contiguous on the vertex and
the upper part of the front. On this
account the ocelli (0) of the drone are
crowded down on the front nearer the
bases of the antenne and the frent
Fic. 10.—A, anterior view of head of
itself is very much narrowed above. worker, with front, antennm, and
Tl : ; Pits proboscis remoyed; B, correspond-
ye antenne of the drone consist of ing view of head of queen; C, same
13 segments, while those of the females —°f_ drone.
have but 12 segments. The mandibles are largest proportionately in
the queen and are very small in the drone. Those of the worker have
a smooth terminal edge, while this edge is notehed in the queen and
the drone. The parts of the proboscis are much longer in the worker
30 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
and capable of much more action than in the queen and drone, which
are almost entirely dependent upon the workers for their food.
The internal structure of the cranium may be studied best in a longi-
tudinal section of the head (fig. 11). In order to prepare a section
for this purpose imbed the head in paraffin and then carefully slice
off one side with a sharp knife or razor just outside of the bases of
the mandible and antenna. Holding the remainder in the block of
paraffin or fastening the whole in a dish of water or alcohol, care-
fully dissect away the soft parts from the head cavity so as to expose
Fic. 11.— LbPip
Fic. 19.—Median longitudinal section of head of worker, but with entire labium attached,
showing internal organs except muscles and brain.
and in most works on general insect anatomy and the sense organs.
Wolff, however, regarded the sensory cones as having an olfactory
function, and this led him to erroneous conclusions regarding the
functions of several other organs. For example, he thought that
the mandibular glands poured a liquid upon the surface of the
> ee ee
4
_ particles, while he ex-
_ plained the inhalation
‘the mouth. Wolff’s
the contraction of the
THE “THORAX AND ITS APPENDAGES. 58
epipharynx which kept it moist and capable of absorbing odor
Gu
of the latter into the
preoral cavity as
brought about through
air sacs situated about
anatomical researches
are without doubt
some of the best. ever
made on the bee, and
it is due to his mis-
taken idea of the loca-
tion of the sense of
smell, which, as al-
ready explained, is on
the antenna, that we
have received from
him a most excellent
account and detailed
drawings not only of
the epipharynx but of
the mandibular glands,
the mouth parts, the
salivary “ pump,” and
the respiratory organs.
IV. THE THORAX AND
ITS APPENDAGES.
1. THE STRUCTURE OF
THE THORAX.
The apparent thorax
of the bee (fig. 20,
T,-IT, and fig. 21)
and of most other
Hymenoptera is not
exactly the equivalent
of the thorax in other
insects. The middle
division of the body,
so conspicuous in this
order, consists not only of the three leg-bearing segments, which alone
SN
Uf}
Z)
Fie, 20.—Dorsal view of ventral walls and internal skele-
ton of body of worker.
54 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
constitute the thorax of all other insects, but also of the first ab-
dominal segment. ‘The conspicuous necklike constriction posterior to
the base of the hind legs (fig. 21, Pd) is, therefore, between the first
and the second abdominal segments (fig. 1, 77’ and //7').
The thorax of the honey bee at first sight looks entirely different
in structure from that of all other insects except related Hymenoptera,
in the higher families of which group it is more highly modified than
in any other order of the whole series of insects. When, however, we
examine the thorax of one of the lowest members of the Hymenop-
tera, such as a sawfly, we are surprised to find that, in each segment,
the structure agrees very closely with our ideal diagram of a general-
ized thoracic
segment (fig. 4).
The three seg-
ments are per-
fectly distinct,
and the first
abdominal seg-
ment, while it
may be clearly
separated from
the rest of the
abdomen, is not
fused into the
thorax so as to
appear to be a
part of 1, “it,
now, we exam-
ine representa-
tives of several
Fig. 21.—Thorax of worker, left side, with intersegmental lines eae 7
somewhat exaggerated, showing prothorax (7, Epsi, Ca), families inter-
mesothorax (To, E/pso, Epmo, Se, Cao), metathorax (Ts, Pls, mediate between
pls, C#z,) and propodeum or first abdominal segment (/7). :
the sawflies and
the bees, the line of specialization that has produced the bee thorax
becomes perfectly evident. The principal features in these modifi-
cations are the following: |
(1) The lateral and ventral parts of the prothorax (figs. 20 and 21,
Eps, and S,) are suspended loosely in a large membranous area
which is continuous anteriorly as the neck. They thus form a sort
of suspensorium for the front legs, which appears detached from the
rest of the thorax. (2) The protergum (7’,) 1s solidly attached to
the anterior edge of the mesothorax and its lateral parts extend
downward till they meet on the venter behind the prosternum (figs.
20 and 21). (3) The postnotum (postscutellum) of the mesothorax
(figs. 22, PN; 23 A, PN.) is entirely invaginated into the cavity of
the thorax and is reduced to the form of two lateral arms of the large
THE THORAX AND ITS APPENDAGES. 55
internal pos.phragma (?p/) which has no median tergal connection
at all. (4) The metatergum (figs. 21 and 23 A, 7',) consists of a
single narrow plate. (5) The metapleurum (fig. 21, P/, and p/,)
shows no trace of a division into episternum and epimerum, but is
divided into an upper (P/,) and a lower (p/,) pleural plate. (6)
The first abdominal tergum (fig. 21, 77’) is solidly attached to the
metathorax and forms an intimate part of the thoracic mass.
We shall now proceed with a more detailed account of the thorax.
and the reader should occasionally turn back to figure 4 (p. 19) in
order to keep clearly in mind the parts that make up a generalized
thoracic segment.
The parts of the prothorax are so separated from each other that
they appear to belong to different segments. The protergum (fig. 21,
7) forms a collar completely encircling the front of the mesothorax.
On each side a large lobe (w) projects posteriorly as far as the base
of the front wing and constitutes a protective shield over the first
thoracic spiracle. The tergum presents a median transverse groove,
dividing it into an anterior and a posterior part, which parts may
be called the scutum (fig. 23 A, 7’,, Sct) and scutellum (Sc). The
propleurum (figs. 20, 21, Z’ps,) consists of a large plate presenting
both a lateral surface (fig. 21) and a ventral surface (fig. 20). On
account of the position of the coxal articulation (fig. 21) this plate
would seem to be the anterior pleural plate alone (see fig. 4), which
is the episternum. In some Hymenoptera the epimerum is repre-
sented by a very small plate on the rear edge of the episternum.
The anterior ends of the two episterna form knobs which loosely
articulate with the occipital region of the head (figs. 11 B, 20, and
21). Lying just ventrad of each is a slender cervical sclerite (fig. 21,
mi). The prosternum (S,) is shown by figure 20. It carries a large
entosternum (/’7,), forming a bridge over the nervous system behind
the prothoracic ganglion (fig. 52).
The mesotergum, as seen in its natural position (fig. 21, 7’,), consists
of a large anterior scutum (Sct,) and of a smaller but very prominent
posterior scutellum (Sc/,), separated by a very distinct suture (7).
The scutellum has two latero-anterior areas partially separated from
the median area by sutures. When the mesotergum is detached from
the rest of the thorax (fig.22) it is discovered that there is attached
laterally to the seutellum a large posterior internal part, which does
not show on the surface at all. This is the representative of the
postscutellum (Psc7) and its phragma (Pph) constituting the post-
notum (PV) of our diagrammatic segment (fig. 4). The proof of
this, again, is to be derived from a study of the lower Hymenopteran
families. In some of the horntails (Siricide) the postnotum or
postscutellum is a prominent plate on the surface of the dorsum be-
hind the seutellum. In Sirex (Siricide) this plate is sunken below
56 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BER.
the general surface and mostly concealed between the mesothorax
and the metathorax. In higher families such as the Pompilide the
postnotum of the mesotergum is entirely concealed by invagination,
but it still carries a very large phragma. When, now, we come to
the highest members of the order we find that the median part of the
postnotum in the mesothorax is gone entirely and that it is repre-
sented only by the lateral arms (figs. 22, PV; 23 A, PN.) carrying
the large, purely internal postphragma (ph).
The mesopleurum is large and consists principally of the episternum
(fig. 21, H’ps,), which, however, is continuously fused with the meso-
sternum (figs. 20 and 21, S,). The pleural suture (fig. 21, PS,) is
short and sinuous and does not reach more than half way from the
wing process to the base of the middle leg. The epimerum is reduced
to a small double plate lying above the episternum and _ posterior: to
the wing process (figs. 21, #pm., and 24 A, Hpm and Epm). The
pleural ridge (fig. 24 B, PR)
is weak, but the wing process
(WP) is well braced by a num-
ber of accessory internal ridges.
One preparapterum (2P) and
one postparapterum (3P) are
present. Lying behind the
postparapterum is another
larger sclerite (fig. 24 A and
B, pn), whose anterior end is
Fig. 22. eatoral view of imesobens uns of articulated to the edge of the
worker, removed from the rest cf thorax to ; :
show large internal postscutellum (post- eplmerulmM and whose posterior
co PN) and its phragma (ere) not tapering end is loosely asso-
visible normally in the bee from exterior. " g haae
ciated with the terminal arms
of the postnotum (fig. 22, PV and pn). This sclerite might be
regarded as the fourth parapterum, but it is much more probably
the representative of a small terminal bar of the postnotum present in
other Hymenoptera, such as Pepsis, which connects this tergal plate
with the epimerum, though in this genus it is not detached from the
main postnotal sclerite.
Both the mesosternum (fig. 20, S,) and the metasternum (S.) con-
tribute to the formation of a large entosternum (/'w,+,), which forms
a protecting bridge over the combined mesothoracic and metathoracic
ganglia (fig. 52) and affords attachment for the ventral longitudinal
muscles of the thorax (fig. 27, lmcl).
The metathorax consists of a very narrow series of plates (fig. 21,
T,, Pl,, and pl,) compressed between the mesothorax and the first
abdominal tergum (/7'). Its back plate is a single, narrow, transverse
selerite (figs. 21 and 23A, 7.,) widening on the sides, where it carries
the wings by the two wing processes (fig. 23 A, AVP and PVP). The
(3
THE THORAX AND ITS APPENDAGES. 57
ordinary tergal divisions seem to be entirely obliterated. The meta-
pleurum consists of a dorsal plate (fig. 21, P7,) supporting the hind
wing and of a ventral plate (p/,) carrying the hind leg. These two
functions certainly identify these two plates as constituting together
the metapleurum, but there is absolutely no trace of a division into an
episternum and an epimerum. Once more, therefore, we have to go
back to the generalized Hymenoptera to find out what has happened.
, CTT
cy a
SN
Fic. 23.—A, thoracic terga of worker separated from one another, showing protergum
(T,), mesotergum (7's) and its internal postscutellum (postnotum PN.) and phragma
(Pphz), metatergum (7's) and propodeum or first abdominal tergum (/7) ; B, ventral
view of principal or notal plate of mesotergum.
The answer is simple. Sivex has a typical metapleurum consisting of
an episternum and epimerum separated by a complete pleural suture.
In the higher forms this suture simply disappears, and consequently
the pleurum shows no traces of its original component plates. The
division into a wing-bearing and a leg-bearing plate is, therefore, a
purely secondary one.
None of the Hymenoptera has separate trochantinal sclerites (see
fig. 4, Zn), but, since the coxz are articulated ventrally to knobs
58 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
(figs. 20 and 21, 2) apparently belonging to the sterna, it might be
supposed that the trochantins have fused with the latter plates.
The posterior part of the thoracic mass (fig. 21) consists of the
first abdominal tergum (/7’), which fits into the deeply concave pos-
terior edges of the metathorax and forms the peduncle (Pd) that
carries the rest of the abdomen (fig. 32). It consists of a single large,
strongly convex sclerite (figs. 21 and 23 A, 7/7) bearing the first
abdominal spiracles laterally (JSp) and having its surface divided
into several areas by incomplete sutures.
Many entomologists find it difficult to believe that this plate, which
so apparently belongs to the thorax, is really derived from the abdo-
men. But the proof is forthcoming from a number of sources. In
the first place, the thorax is complete without it and the abdomen is
incomplete without it, the latter having otherwise only nine seg-
ments. Again, if the plate is reckoned as a part of the thorax we
SS
Fic. 24.—A, upper part of left mesopleurum of worker, external; B, inner view of same.
should have the anomaly of a thorax with three pairs of spiracles—
there being the normal two on each side situated, as they always are,
between the true thoracic segments. Furthermore, comparative anat-
omy shows us that in some of the sawflies (Tenthredinide) the first
abdominal tergum, while separated by a wide membranous space
from the second, is not at all incorporated into the thorax. In a horn-
tail such as S7rex (Siricide) the entire first abdominal segment is
fused to the posterior edge of the metathorax and is only loosely
joined to the next abdominal segment by membrane. This insect
affords, therefore, a most complete demonstration of the transference
of this segment from the rest of the abdomen to the thorax. Finally,
we have absolute proof of its abdominal origin based on a knowledge
of development, for it has been shown by Packard from a study of the
bumblebee that the first abdominal segment of the larva is trans-
ferred during the pupal metamorphosis to the thorax and forms the
THE THORAX AND ITS APPENDAGES. 59
part under discussion. We hence see that not only the first abdomi-
nal tergum but the entire segment has undergone transposition,
though the ventral part has disappeared in all the higher families.
This transferred part has been named both the median segment and
the propodeum by writers who recognize it as belonging to the abdo-
men and not to the thorax.
The names current among systematists for the back plates of
Hymenoptera afford an excellent example of the errors that ento-
mologists may be led into through an ignorance of the comparative
anatomy of insects. They recognize the protergum as such and then,
knowing that there are yet two segments to be accounted for, they
call the mesoscutum the “mesonotum,” the mesoscutellum the
“scutellum,” the metatergum the “ postscutellum” (being unaware
that the true postscutellum is deeply concealed within the thorax),
while the first abdominal tergum is called the metathorax. Such
a nomenclature assigns both pairs of wings to the mesothorax. Too
many systematists working in only one order of insects do not care
whether their names are applied with anatomical consistency or not.
2. THE WINGS AND THEIR ARTICULATION.
In the study of insects the wings always form a most interesting
subject because by them insects are endowed with that most coveted
function—the power of flight. It has already been stated that the
wings are not primary embryonic appendages, but are secondary out-
growths of the body wall from the second and third thoracic seg-
ments. Therefore it is most probable that the early progenitors of
insects were wingless, yet for millions of years back in geological time
they have possessed these organs in a pretty well developed condition.
Nearly all of the insect orders have some characteristic modifica-
tion of the wing-veins and their branches. None of them, however,
departs nearly so far from the normal type as do the Hymenoptera,
even the lowest members of this group possessing a highly specialized
venation. Before beginning a study of the Hymenopteran series
which leads up to the bee the student should first turn back to figure
6 (p. 22) and again familiarize himself with the generalized condi-
tion of the veins and the articular elements of the wing. By com-
paring, now, with this diagram the basal parts of the wing of a
sawfly (Itycorsia discolor, fig. 26 A) it will be easy to identify the
parts of the latter. Vein @ has two little nodules (C, C) cut off from
its basal end which lie free in the axillary membrane. Vein Sc articu-
lates by an enlarged and contorted base (Sc) with the first axillary
(1Aa), while vein # is continuous with the second (24a). The next
two veins that come to the base and unite with each other are appar-
ently not the media and cubitus but the first and third anals (74 and
60 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
3A), since they are associated with the third axillary (Aw). In this
species the subcosta (Sc) is entirely normal, but in the related horntail
(Strex flavicornis, fig. 26 B) the enlarged basal part of the subcosta is
almost separated from the shaft of the vein, while the latter (fig. 25.A,
Sc) is short and weak. A study of the venation of this wing leads
us to believe that the vein which arises from the radius a short dis-
tance from its base is the cubitus (Cw). Therefore the basal part
3A AA D
Tig. 25.—Wings of Hymenoptera and their basal articular sclerites (14A@—44@7): A, Sirex
flavicornis, front wing; B, Pepsis sp., front wing; C, honey bee, front wing; D, honey
bee, hind wing.
of the media is either gone or is fused with the radius. Since we dis-
cover its branches in the distal field of the wing, arising from the
trunk of the radius, we conclude that the latter is the case. By this
sort of reasoning we may arrive at the Comstock and Needham inter-
pretation of the wing illustrated at A, fig. 25. From this it is evident
that the branches of both the radius and the media have been bent
back toward the posterior margin of the wing.
+
THE THORAX AND ITS APPENDAGES. 61
Fic. 26.—Basal elements of wings of Hymenoptera: A, base of front wing of a sawfly
(Itycorsia discolor) showing comparatively generalized arrangement of veins and
axillaries; B, bases of anterior “veins of front wing of a horntail (NSirez flavicornis),
showing detachment of base of subcostal vein (Sc¢) from its shaft; C, corresponding
view of anterior veins in front wing of a tarantula-killer (Pepsis sp.), showing com-
plete absence of shaft of subcosta, but presence of basal part (Sc) fused with base of
radius (R); D, axillaries of anterior wing of honey bee worker; E, tegula of worker ;
I’, base of anterior wing of worker showing absence of shaft of subcosta but presence
of scale (Sc) derived from its base; G, axillaries of hind wing of worker, the fourth ab-
sent in bee; H, base of hind wing of worker, showing absence of costal and subcostal veins
and fusion of bases of subeosta (Sc) and radius () into large humeral mass; I, attach-
ment of front wing to secutum (Seto) and scutellum (Nels) of mesotergum ;J, under view
of end of mesoscutellum (Sclo) showing attachment of both first (247) and fourth
axillaries (44) to posterior wing process (PNP), an unusual connection for first axillary.
62 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
Taking this wing of Strev as a foundation let us proceed a little
higher and examine the wing of a Pompilid, such as Pepsis (figs.
26 C and 25 B). We observed that in Sirex (fig. 26 B) the basal
part of vein Sc is almost separated from the distal shaft. In Pepsis
(fig. 26 C) it is entirely a separate piece, to which is fused also the
base of vein 22. Moreover, the shaft of Sc has disappeared entirely
(fig. 25, B). Thus there is at the humeral angle of the wing a large
chitinous mass (fig. 26 C, Sc and 7) representing the fused bases
of both the subcosta and the radius, which is associated with
both the first axillary (74a) and the second axillary (2A).
If now we proceed to a study of the front wing of the bee we
find that its basal characters (fig. 26 F) are more similar to those of
Strex (B), while its venation (fig. 25 C) resembles more closely that
of Pepsis (B). The subcostal scale at its base (fig. 26 F, Sc) is
not fused with the base of the radius, but the distal part of the
subcosta is gone (fig. 25 C), as in Pepsis. In the hind wing of the
bee (fig. 26 TI) the bases of the subcosta and radius are fused into
one large humeral mass articulating with the first two axillaries
(1Ae and 2Aaz). The third axillary (Aa) is well developed but
the fourth is absent. The venation (fig. 25 D) is reduced to a very
sunple condition, but to one just the opposite from primitive.
The details of the axillaries in the two wings are shown by figure
26 Dand G. The fourth (4A) is well developed in the front wing
(D) and has a large accessory sclerite (vy) connected with it, upon
which is inserted a long slender muscle (fig. 28, cc). A very small
accessory sclerite (aa) occurs close to the muscle plate of the third
axillary (34a). These are called “accessory ” sclerites because
they are of irregular occurrence in the wing bases of insects generally
and are developed in connection with the muscle attachments. Simi-
lar ones occur in the hind wing (G, az) in connection with the
second (24a) and third axillaries (3A@).
The front wing is attached to the posterior half of the side of
the mesonotum. The anterior notal wing process is bilobed (figs.
22, 23 A, T,, ANP) and is carried by the scutum, while the pos-
terior process (?VP) is carried by the scutellum and is mostly
hidden beneath the anterior wing process. The two wing processes,
in fact, are so close together that the first axillary articulates not
only with the first but also with the second (fig. 26 J). The axillary
cord (fig. 26 Fy AwvC) arises from a lobe of the scutellum overlapped
by the lateral margin (I and J, Av@). In the hind wing, where the
fourth axillary is absent, the third articulates directly with the
posterior notal wing process of the metatergum (fig. 23 A, 7,, PVP).
The base of the front wing is overlapped by a large scale (fig. 26,
Ii and I, 7'7) called the tegula. It is carried by the axillary mem-
_-
THE THORAX AND ITS APPENDAGES. 63
brane, to which it is attached between the humeral angle of the wing
base and the edge of the notum. The tegulw are present in most in-
sects, generally on the base of each wing, but they usually have the
form of small inconspicuous hairy pads, as shown in the diagram
(fig. 6, 7g). In the flies, moths, butterflies, and Hymenoptera,
however, the tegule of the front wings develop into large conspicu-
ous scales overlapping the humeral angles of the bases of these
wings.
The motion of the wing in flight consists of both an up-and-down
movement and a forward-and-backward movement, which two com-
bined cause the tip of the wing to describe a figure-eight course if
the insect is held stationary. Corresponding with these four move-
ments are four sets of muscles. In the dragonflies nearly all of the
wing muscles are inserted directly upon the base of the wing itself,
but in other insects, excepting possibly the mayflies, the principal
muscles are inserted upon the thoracic walls and move the wing
secondarily. In the lower insects, such as the grasshoppers, crickets,
stoneflies, net-winged flies, etc., the two wing-bearing segments are
about equal in their development and each is provided with a full
equipment of muscles. In these insects the wings work together by
coordination of their muscles, although each pair constitutes a sepa-
rate mechanism. In such insects, however, as the true flies and the
wasps and bees the metathorax, as we have seen in the case of the
bee, is greatly reduced, and what is left of it is solidly attached to
the mesothorax. In the flies the hind wings are reduced to a pair
of knobbed stalks having no function as organs of flight, while in
the bees the hind wings, which are very small, are attached to the
front wings by a series of hooklets on their anterior margins (fig.
25 D, Hk) which grasp a posterior marginal thickening of the
front wings. Moreover, when we examine the interior of the bee’s
thorax we find that the muscles of the metathorax are greatly
reduced or partly obliterated and that the great mesothoracic mus-
cles serve for the movement of both wings, thus assuring a perfect
synchrony in their action. Hence, it is clear that the union and
consolidation of the thoracic segments in the higher insects is for
the purpose of unifying the action of the wings.
The muscles of flight in the bee may be very easily studied by cutting
the thorax of a drone into lateral halves. The cavity of the thorax
is occupied almost entirely by three great masses of muscles. One
of these is longitudinal, median, and dorsal (fig. 27, ZJ/cl,), extend-
ing from the mesoscutum (Sc¢,) and the small prephragma (4A ph)
to the large mesothoracic postphragma (Pph,). A small set of
muscles (ZM/c/,) then connects the posterior surface of this phragma
with the lower edge of the propodeum (7). On each side of the
64 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
anterior end of this great longitudinal muscle is a thick mass of
dorso-ventral fibers (VJ/cl) extending from the lateral areas of the
mesoscutum (Sct,) to the lateral parts of the mesosternum (S,). A
contraction of the vertical muscles must depress the tergal parts,
at the same time expanding the entire thorax in a longitudinal direc-
tion and stretching the longitudinal muscles. A contraction, then,
of the latter muscles (ZJ/cl) restores the shape of the thorax and
elevates the tergal parts. Remembering, now, that the wings are
: supported from be-
low upon the
pleural wing proc-
esses and that each
is hinged to the
back by the notal
wing processes, it
is clear that a de-
pression of the
dorsum of the
thorax must ele-
rate the wings and
that an elevation
of the dorsum de-
presses them—the
pleural wing proc-
esses acting as the
fulera. Hence, the
chief up-and-down
movements of the
Fic. 27.—Median section through thorax of drone, showing
longitudinal muscles (ZMcl.) of mesothorax going from
mesotergal scutum (Sct.) and small anterior phragma
(Aph) to posterior phragma (Pphz) of internal postscutel- wings are pro-
lum (postnotum) of same segment, also showing vertical 1
mesothoracic muscles (VMcl), and ventral longitudinal mus- duced by these
cles (Imel), and longitudinal muscles of metathorax
oreat thoracic mus-
(LMcl,) going from postphragma of mesothorax (Pphz) to ny ;
posterior edge of propodeum or first abdominal tergum (/7’).
By alternate contraction of dorsal longitudinal muscles and
vertical muscles, roof of thorax is elevated and depressed,
causing wings to beat downward and upward respectively,
being supported on fulcra formed by pleural wing processes
cles acting upon
the shape of the
thorax as a whole
and not directly
(fig. 28, WP.) of side walls of thorax. :
upon the wings
themselves. The vertical muscles are the elevators and the longi-
tudinal the depressors.
But besides being moved up and down the wings can also, as before
stated, be extended and flexed, i. e., turned forward and backward in
a horizontal plane upon the pleural wing process. The muscles
which accomplish these movements lie against the inner face of the
pleurum (fig. 28), and each wing is provided with a separate set.
The extensor muscle (PJ/cl) is the most anterior and is inserted by
a long neck upon the preparapterum (2P). The latter is closely
THE THORAX AND ITS APPENDAGES. 65
connected with the anterior part of the base of the wing so that a
contraction of the muscle turns the wing forward and at the same
time depresses its anterior margin. For this reason the parapterum
and the extensor muscle have been called the pronator apparatus, and
the muscle is known also as the pronator muscle. In some insects
which fold the wings back against the body this muscle is a great
deal larger than in the bee. The flexor muscle (Mcl) consists of
three parts situated upon the anterior half of the pleurum and in-
serted upon the third axillary (347) by long tendonlike necks.
These muscles are antagonistic
to the extensor and by their
contraction pull the wing
back toward the body.
The mechanism which pro-
duces the wing motion thus
seems to be a very simple one
and may be summarized as
follows: Each wing rests and
turns upon the wing process
of the pleurum (figs. 24 and
28, WP) by means of the
pivotal sclerite or second axil-
lary in its base (figs. 26 F and
28, 2Ax). It is hinged to the \
back by the first and fourth ~ \
axillaries (fig. 26 F, 7A and
WP, 2Ax 3Ax
Ps
S
AS
\
Q
p
if
Ml
(((
AW
\\
\
hh
A
tl
«
‘len (
4Az) which articulate with a
the anterior and_ posterior
notal wing processes (fig. 23
mit, ANP, and PNP). re-
spectively. The large vertical
muscles (fig. 27, Vicl) of
it =
AES
ye (eS
a Po ><
aeete
Fic. 28.—Iinternal view of right pleurum of
mesotkorax of drone, showing muscles in-
serted upon parapteral plates (2P and 3P)
and upon third axillary (347). The wing
rests upon wing process of pleurum (WP2)
by second axillary (24a); it is turned for-
ward and downward by the pronator muscle
(PMcl), inserted upon anterior parapterum
(2P) which is attached to costal head of
wing, and is turned back toward body by
flexor muscle (RMcl) inserted upon third
axillary (3A@).
the thorax depress the ter-
gum, which pulls down with
it the base of the wing and
hence elevates the distal part—
the fulerum being the pleural wing process. The dorsal longitudinal
muscle (Z.J/cl) restores the shape of the thorax, elevates the tergum,
and consequently depresses the wing. Extension and flexion of the
wing are produced by special muscles (fig. 28, PJ/cl and ?J/cl) acting
upon its base before and behind the pleural wing process, respectively.
Besides these muscles there are several others (fig. 28) associated
with the wing whose functions are less evident. Most conspicuous
of these is a muscle occupying the posterior half of the mesopleurum
(aa) and inserted upon the outer end of the scutellum. This may
22181—No. 18—10 a)
66 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
be simply accessory to the large vertical sterno-scutal muscle (fig. 27,
Vi/cl). Another is a long slender muscle (02) attached toethe upper
end of the mesocoxa and inserted upon the postparapterum (JP).
This is sometimes termed the cowo-avillary muscle. A third (cc) is
inserted upon the tip of the accessory sclerite (y) of the fourth
axillary and is attached to the lateral arm of the large entosternum
of the mesothorax and metathorax.
3}. THE LEGS.
The legs of the honey bee are highly modified for several special
purposes besides that of walking, but they are so well known and
have been so often described that it will not be necessary to devote
much space to them here.
The front legs (fig. 29 A) have a structure formed by the adjoining
ends of the tibia and the first tarsal joimt, which is called, on account
of its use, the antenna cleaner. -It consists (fig. 29 C) of a semi-
circular notch (dd) in the base of the first tarsal joint (/Zar) pro-
vided with a comblike row of bristles. A specially modified, flat,
movable spur (ee), shown in ventral view at B, is so situated on the
end of the tibia that it closes over the notch when the tarsus is bent
toward the tibia. By grasping an antenna between the notch and
the spur and drawing it through the inclosure the bee is able to re-
move from this sensitive appendage any pollen or particles of dirt
that may be adhering to it.
The middle legs (fig. 29 D) present no special modifications of any
importance. It will be observed, however, that they, as well as the
other legs (A and F), have the first joint a the tarsus (77'ar) very
greatly enlarged.
The hind legs of all three forms, the worker (I), the queen (E), and
the drone (H), have both the tibia and the large basal segment of
the tarsus very much flattened. In the queen and drone there seems
to be no special use made of these parts, but in the worker each of
these two segments is modified into a very important organ. The
outer surface of the tibia (F, 7) is fringed on each edge by a row of
long curved hairs. These constitute a sort of basket (Cb) in which
the pollen collected from flowers is carried to the hive. The struc-
tures are known as the pollen baskets, or corbicula. The inner sur-
face of the large, flat, basal segment of the tarsus (/7ar) is pro-
vided with several rows of short stiff spines (G) forming a brush by
means of which the bee gathers the pollen from its body, since it
often becomes covered with this dust from the flowers it visits for
the purpose of getting nectar. When a sufficient amount is accumu-
lated on the brushes it is scraped off from each over the edge of the
tibia of the opposite hind leg and is thus stored in the pollen baskets.
Hence the worker cften flies back to the hive with a great mass of
THE THORAX AND ITS APPENDAGES. 67
si
: i
Yj mS
L if
K
\
Hy,
NM ee
AN
1g. 29.—A, left front leg of worker, anterior view, showing position of notch (dd) of
antenna cleaner on base of first tarsal joint (47'ar) and of closing spine (ec) on end
of tibia (Tb); B, spine of antenna cleaner (ec) in flat view; C, details of antenna
cleaner ; D, left middle leg of worker, anterior view; BH, left hind leg of queen, anterior
or outer view; F, left hind leg of worker, anterior or outer view, showing the pollen
basket (Cb) on outer surface of tibia (7b) ; G, inner view of first tarsal joint of hind
leg of worker showing rows of pollen-gathering hairs and the so-called ‘‘ wax shears”
(ff) ; H, left hind leg of drone, anterior or outer view.
68 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
pollen adhering to each of its hind legs. The pollen baskets are
also made use of for carrying propolis.
Between the ends of the hind tibia (7b) and the first tarsal joint
(17ar) is a sort of pincerlike cleft (IF and G, ff) guarded by a row
of short spines on the tibial edge. This is popularly known as the
“wax shears” and it is supposed to be used for picking the plates
of wax out of the wax pockets of the abdominal segments. The
writer, however, has watched bees take the wax from their abdomen
and in these observations they always poked the wax plates loose
Fic. 30.—A, dorsal view of end of last tarsal joint of first foot (Tar), the claws (Cla),
and empodium (Hmp) of worker; B, ventral view of same; C, lateral’ view of same,’
showing empodium in ordinary position when not in use.
with the ordinary hairs or spines of the tibiz or tarsi and then by
means of the feet passed them forward beneath the body to the
mandibles.
The last tarsal joint of each leg bears a pair of claws (KE, Cla) and
a single median empodium (Hmp). Each one of the claws is bi-
lobed, consisting of a long tapering outer point and a smaller inner
one (figs. 30 and 31). The claws of the worker (fig. 31 A) and the
queen (B) are only slightly different in details of outline, although
the claws of the queen are much greater in size than those of the
:
THE ABDOMEN, WAX GLANDS, AND STING. 69
worker, but the drone’s claws (C) are large and very strikingly
different in shape from those of either the worker or the queen.
The empodium (fig. 30 A, B, and C, “mp) consists of a terminal
lobe bent upward between the claws (C) and deeply cleft on its
dorsal surface (A), and of a thick basal stalk
whose walls contain a number of chitinous
plates. One of these plates is dorsal (A and
C, hh) and bears five very long, thick, curved
hairs projecting posteriorly over the terminal
lobe, while a ventral plate (B and C, 77) is
provided with numerous short thick spines.
A third plate (A, B, and C, gg) almost
encircles the front of the terminal lobe, its
upper ends reaching to the lips of the cleft.
When the bee walks on any ordinary sur-
face it uses only its claws for maintaining a
foothold, but when it finds itself on a smooth,
slippery surface like glass the claws are of no
avail and the empodia are provided for such
Piuereoncieseas this, The terminal lobe -is 5... 91° 4 outer view. of
pressed down against the smooth surface and hind claw of worker; B,
its lateral halves are flattened out and adhere seen Epc
by a sticky liquid excreted upon them by
glands said to be situated in front of them. On the relaxation of
the muscle that flattens the empodial lobes the latter spring back
into their original position by the elasticity of the chitinous band
(gg) in their walls.
V. THE ABDOMEN, WAX GLANDS, AND STING.
The abdomen of the worker and queen appears to consist of six seg-
ments (figs. 1, 32, 33, 7/-V//), but it must be remembered that, as
has already been explained, the thoracic division of the body in the
Hymenoptera includes one segment, the propodeum or median seg-
ment, which really belongs to the abdomen and is its true first seg-
ment according to the arrangement in all other insects. Hence,
counting the propodeum (figs. 21 and 32, 7/7) as the first, we find
seven exposed abdominal segments in the worker and queen and
nine in the drone. Each one except the first consists of a tergum
(7) and a sternum (S), the former reaching far down on the side
of the segment, where it carries the spiracle (Sp) and overlaps the
edge of the sternum. The two plates of the last or seventh segment
in the worker and queen are separated by a cleft on each side, and
if they are spread apart it is seen that the tip of the abdomen
70 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
incloses a cavity which lodges the sting and its accessory parts. The
end of the abdomen of the male (fig. 56 D) is quite different from
that of the female, while in it parts at least of nine segments are
MIGa woos
Lateral view of abdomen of worker, showing the propodeum (/7') as a part
of the abdomen, of which it is the true first segment.
visible, the last is very much modified and is exposed only on the
sides and below.
An internal view of the ventral plates and the lateral parts of the
il
1V
Vv
—--Sp
‘y StnPip ‘Cle iS
Strr 2Clsp-~—
Fig. $5.—Veatral view of abdomen o: rie. 84.—Dorsal view of ab-
worker, showing tip of sting (Stn) and dominal sterna of drone,
palpuslike appendages (StnPlp) pre- showing clasping appendages
jecting from sting chamber’ within (1Clsp and 2Clsp) of ninth
seventh segment (VJ/). segment.
terga in the worker is shown by figure 20, while a corresponding
view of the male sterna is shown by figure 34. It will be seen that
each sternum is very widely underlapped (viewed from above) by the
THE ABDOMEN, WAX CLANDS. AND STING. 71
one next in front of it and that the intersegmental membrane (J/})
is reflected from the middle of the dorsal surface of each to the
anterior edge of the following sternum. By removing an individual
plate (fig. 35 A) this is more easily shown. It is also clearly seen
that the transverse line of attachment of the membrane (J/0) divides
the sternum into a posterior part (/¢d), which is merely a prolonged
reduplication underlapping the following sternum, and into an an-
terior part underlapped by the preceding sternum. The posterior
half is, hence, purely external while the anterior half forms the true
ventral wall of the segment, its dorsal face being internal and its
ventral face external. The anterior part is also very smooth and
shiny and somewhat bilobed and for this reason it is sometimes called
the “ mirrors.” Its edge is bounded by a thickened ridge giving off a
short apodeme (Ap) on each side. The mirrors of the last four
sterna are also, and more appropriately, called the wax plates because
the wax is formed by a layer of cells lying over them. It accumu-
lates on the ventral side in the pocket between the wax plates and the
posterior underlapping prolongation of the preceding sternum. Wax
is formed only on the last four visible segments, 1. e., on segments
IV_-VII, inclusive.
In studying any part of the body wall of an insect it must always
be borne in mind that the chitin is originally simply an external cutic-
ular layer of a true cellular skin or epidermis (erroneously called
“hypodermis” in insects), but that in the adult stage the latter
almost everywhere disappears as a distinct epithelium. Thus the
chitin comes to be itself practically the entire body wall, the cell layer
being reduced to a very inconspicuous membrane. However, in cer-
tain places the epithelium may be developed for special purposes.
This is the case with that over the wax plates which forms a thick
layer of cells that secrete the wax and constitute the so-called wax
glands. The wax is first secreted in a hquid condition and is ex-
truded through minute pores in the wax plates of the sterna, harden-
ing on their under surfaces into the little plates of solid wax with
which every bee keeper is acquainted.
The secretion of the wax has been studied by Dreyling (1903), who
made histological sections through the glands at different times in
the life of the bee. He found that in young, freshly emerged workers
the epidermis of the wax plates consists of a simple layer of ordinary
epithelial cells. As the activities of the bee increase, however, these
cells elongate while clear spaces appear between them and, when the
highest development is reached, the epithelium consists of a thick
luyer of very long cells with liquid wax stored in the spaces between
them. In old age most of the cells become small again and in those
bees that: live over the winter the epithelium degenerates to a simple
sheet of nucleated plasma showing no cell boundaries. It is thus
evident that the secretion of wax is best performed during the prime
79, THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
of life, which in bees is at about 17 days of age or before, and that
old bees can only gather honey and pollen. Bees do not normally
secrete wax while performing the other more ordinary duties of their
life. When comb is needed a large number of young bees or bees
that have not passed their prime hang together in vertical sheets
or festoons within the hive and are fed an abundance of honey. After
about twenty-four hours they begin to construct comb. During this
time the wax is excreted through the wax plates and accumulates in
the external wax pockets below.
It is poked out of these pockets by
means of the spines on the feet
and is passed forward beneath the
body to the mandibles. By means
of these organs it is manipulated
into little pellets and modeled
into the comb. Dreyling describes
the pores of the wax plates as ex-
cessively fine, vertical, parallel
canals only visible in very thin
sections and under the highest
power of the microscope.
Corresponding abdominal sterna
present quite different shapes in
the three forms of the bee (fig. 35
A, B, and C). In the queen (B)
the sterna are much longer than in
the worker (A), while in the
drone (C) they are shorter and
have very long lateral apodemes
Fic. 35.—Dorsal surface of sixth abdominal (1p) :
sternum : A, worker; B, queen; C, drone ; The last three abdominal seg-
showing division of plate by line of at- t tl ET tl : tl ; ]
tachment of intersegmental membrane ments—the eighth, ninth, anc
(Mb) into anterior part with polished tenth—are very different in the
internal surface, in worker bearing wax er 7 ee ; t f th :
glands, and into large posterior external wo : Parase on account 0 e1r
part (Rd) underlapping anterior half of modification in each to acecom-
succeeding sternum.
eo a modate the external organs of re-
production and egg laying. In the female these segments are entirely
concealed within the seventh, but, in the male, parts of both the
eighth and ninth segments are visible externally,
The seventh segment of the drone (counting the propodeum as
the first) is the last normal segment, 1. e., the last one having a com-
plete tergum and sternum resembling those of the anterior part of
the sbdomen (fig. 56 D, V/77 and V//S). Behind the seventh ter-
gum and partly concealed within it is the eighth tergum (V///7)
carrying the last abdominal spiracles (Sp). The eighth sternum is
—
THE ABDOMEN, WAX GLANDS, AND STING. to
almost entirely concealed within the seventh. It is very narrow
below, but is expanded at the upper parts of its sides (V///S), where
it is partly visible below the eighth tergum and behind the seventh
sternum. The dorsal part of the ninth segment is membranous except
for a small apodeme-bearing plate on each side hidden within the
eighth tergum. The ninth sternum, on the other hand, is a well-
developed semicircular band (XS) forming the ventral and ventro-
lateral parts of the ninth segment. It bears on each side two con-
spicuous lobes—one a small, darkly chitinized, dorsal plate (7C/sp)
carrying a large bunch of long hairs, the other a large, thin, ventral
plate (2Clsp). Between these four appendicular lobes is ordinarily a
deep cavity, which is the invaginated penis (fig. 56 E), but in
figure D this organ is shown partly evaginated (Pen). While the
penis is really an external organ, the details of its structure will be
described later in connection with the internal organs of reproduction.
The tenth segment is entirely lacking in segmental form. The anal
opening is situated in a transverse membrane beneath the eighth ter-
eum (VIIIT), and below it is a thin chitinous plate, which may
belong to the tenth segment.
In many insects the modification of the terminal segments of the
males in connection with the function of copulation is much greater
than in the bee. The ninth segment often forms a conspicuous
enlargement called the hypopygium, which is usually provided with
variously developed clasping organs in the form of appendicular
plates and hooks.
The development of the external genital parts of the drone has been
described by both Michaelis (1900) and Zander (1900). A small
depression first appears on the under surface of the ninth segment of
the larva shortly after hatching. Soon two little processes grow
backward from the anterior wall of this pouch and divide each into
two. The part of the larval sternum in front of the pouch become:
the ninth sternum of the adult, while the two processes on each side
form the upper and lower appendicular lobes (the valva externa and
the valva interna of Zander). The penis at first consists of two little
processes which arise between the valve interne, but is eventually
formed mostly from a deep invagination that grows forward between
them. These four processes arising on the ventral side of the ninth
seoment of the male larva are certainly very suggestive of the similar
ones that are formed in the same way on the same segment of the
female and which develop into the second and third gonapophyses
of the sting. If they are the same morphologically we must homol-
ogize the two clasping lobes of the ninth sternum in the male with
the two gonapophyses of this segment in the female. Zander (1900)
argues against such a conclusion on the ground that the genital pouch
is situated near the anterior edge of the segment in the female and
74 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
posteriorly in the male, while the parts in the two sexes develop
later in an absolutely different manner. These arguments, how-
ever, do not seem very forcible—in the earliest stages the processes
certainly look alike in the two sexes.
The sting of the bee is situated in the sting cavity at the end of the
abdomen, from which it can be quickly protruded when occasion de-
mands. This sting chamber contains also the reduced and modified
sclerites of the eighth, ninth, and tenth abdominal segments. In
fact, the sting chamber is formed by an infolding of these three seg-
ments into the seventh. It is consequently not a part of the true in-
terior of the body or body cavity which contains the viscera, but is
simply a sunken and inclosed part of the exterior, in the same sense
that the oven of a stove is not a part of the real inside of the stove.
Consequently the parts of the sting, though normally hidden from
view, are really external structures.
A very gentle pull on the tip of the sting is sufficient to remove it
from its chamber, but a sting thus extracted brings along with it the
ninth and tenth segments, most of the eighth segment, the poison
glands, and the terminal part of the alimentary canal. This is due
to the fact that the inclosed segments are attached to the surround-
ing parts by very delicate membranes. For the same reason they so
easily tear from the living bee as the latter hurriedly leaves its victim
after stinging. The worker thus inflicts a temporary wound and
pain at the cost of its own hfe. Undoubtedly, however, nature re-
gards the damage to the enemy as of more importance to the bee
community as a whole than the loss of one or a dozen of its members.
The entire stinging apparatus with a bag of poison attached is thus
left sticking in the wound while the muscles, which keep on working
automatically, continue to drive the sting in deeper and deeper and
at the same time pump in more poison. Such a provision certainly
produces much more effective results than would a bee giving a thrust
here and another there with its sting and then rapidly flying away
to escape from danger.
The sting itself, when extracted from its chamber, is seen to con-
sist of a straight tapering shaft with its tip directed posteriorly and
its base swollen into a bulblike enlargement. In superficial appear-
ance the shaft appears to be solid, although we shall presently show
that it is not, but the bulb is clearly hollow and is open below by
a distinct median cleft. Several plates of definite shape and arrange-
ment always remain attached to the sting and overlap its base. The
entire apparatus, including the base of the large poison sac, is shown
somewhat diagrammatically in side view by figure.36. The bulb of
the sting (SAB) is connected with the lateral plates by two arms
which curve outward and upward from its base. (Only the left side
is shown in the figure.) Between these arms the two poison glands
THE ABDOMEN, WAX GLANDS, AND STING. 715
(PsnSe and BG) open into the anterior end of the bulb. From the
posterior ends of the plates two whitish fingerlike processes (StnP/p)
project backward. When the sting is retracted these lie at the sides
of the shaft (figs. 33 and 37), but in figure 36 the sting is shown in a
partly protracted position. These appendages, often called the sting
~ palpi, undoubtedly contain sense organs of some sort by means of
which the bee can tell when her abdomen is in contact with the object
upon which she desires to use her sting.
A close examination of the sting shows that it is a much more com-
plicated structure than it at first sight appears to be. The shaft, for
example, is not a simple, solid, tapering, spearlike rod, but is a hollow
organ made of three pieces which surround a central canal. One of
these pieces is dorsal (fig. 36, SAS) and is the true prolongation of
the bulb (SAB), while the other two (Let) are ventral and slide
lengthwise on tracklike ridges of the dorsal piece. Moreover, each
basal arm of the
sting is double, con-
sisting of a dorsal
or posterior piece ( | Hi
(ShA), which is like- {fjti///;
wise a prolongation WY
of the bulb, and a
ventral or anterior
piece (Let), which is
continuous with the
ventral rod of the
Stn Pipl 3G).
ShS€2G)
x
Let: 1G)
shaft on the same pric. 36.—Semidiagrammatic view of left side of sting of
side. Hence the sting’ worker, accessory plates (Tri, Ob, Qd), sting palpus
iGioes (StnPlIp), alkaline poison gland (BGI), and base of large
may be analyzed into poison sac (’snSe) of acid gland.
three elements, which
are characterized as follows: The dorsal piece, known as the sheath,
consists of a prominent basal swelling or bulb (ShB) containing a
large cavity, of a terminal tapering shaft (SAS), and of two curved
basal arms (ShA). The ventral part consists of two long slender
rods, called the lancets or darts (Let), which slide freely upon two
tracks on the ventral edges of the sheath and diverge upon continua-
tions of these tracks along the basal arms of the latter (ShA). The
bulb is hollow, containing a large cavity formed by invagination
from below, where it is open to the exterior by a lengthwise cleft.
This cavity continues also through the entire length of the shaft of
the sting as a channel ‘nclosed between the dorsal sheath and the
latero-ventral lancets. This channel, as will be explained later, is
the poison canal of the sting.
Each arm of the sheath (SAA) is supported at its end farthest
from the bulb by an oblong plate (fig. 36, Ob), which normally over-
76 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
laps the side of the bulb, and which carries distally the palpi of the
sting (StuPlp). Each lancet is attached at its base to a triangular
plate (Tri) which lies latero-dorsad to the base of the oblong plate
and articulates with a knob on the dorsal edge of the latter by its
ventral posterior angle. By its dorsal posterior angle the triangular
plate is articulated to a much larger guvadrate plate (@d) which
overlaps the distal half of the oblong plate. A thick membranous
lobe (VS), concave below, where it is thickly set with long hairs.
overlaps the bulb of the sting and is attached on each side to the
edges of the oblong plates. AJ] of these parts are shown flattened out
in ventral view by
figure 37.
The presence of
the two basal arms
of the sheath might
suggest that this
part is to be re-
garded as made up
of fused lateral
halves. In this case
we should have six
appendicular — ele-
ments, viz, the two
lancets, the two
halves of the sheath,
and the two pal-
puslike organs. If
now we turn back to
figure 8, showing
the component parts
of the ovipositor of
a longhorned grass-
hopper, we can not
fail to be struck at
once by the great similarity between this organ and the sting of
the bee (fig. 36). The first gonapophyses (/G) of the ovipositor are
identical with the lancets (Zct) of the sting, and their sliding connec-
tion, by means of longitudinal tracks, with the second gonapophyses
(2G) suggests at once that the latter represent the sheath of the
sting (ShS). The identity is still more strongly suggested when we
observe the small bulb (SAB) formed by the fused bases of these
gonapophyses. The third gonapophyses (3G), which inclose between
them the other parts of the ovipositor, represent the palpi of the
sting (StnPlp). If, finally, we study the development of the parts of
the sting we are convinced that this similarity between the sting and
an ovipositor means something more than an accidental resemblance
Fic. 37.—Ventral view of sting of worker and accessory parts,
flattened out.
THE ABDOMEN, WAX GLANDS, AND STING. be
between two different organs—in fact we can not doubt that the sting
is simply an ovipositor which, being no longer needed for egg-laying
purposes, has been modified into a poison-injecting apparatus. Zan-
der (1899, 1900) and others have shown that the sting of the bee
arises from six little abdominal processes of the larva, two of which
arise on the eighth segment and four on the ninth. Those of the first
pair develop into the lancets, those of the middle pair on the ninth
segment fuse to form the sheath, while those of the outer pair be-
come the palpi. The ovipositor, it will be remembered, develops in
the lower insects from two pairs of processes arising on the eighth
and ninth abdominal sterna, the second pair of which very soon
splits into four processes. The simultaneous appearance of six on
the bee larva is simply an example of the hurrying process or accelera-
tion that the embryos and young of most higher forms exhibit in
their development.
It is only the higher members of the Hymenoptera, such as the
wasps and the bees and their close relatives, that possess a true sting.
The females of the lower members have ovipositors which closely re-
semble those of such insects as the katydids, crickets, and cicadas, but
which, at the same time, are unquestionably the same as the sting of
the stinging Hymenoptera. It is said that the queen bee makes use
of her sting in placing her eggs in the cells, but both the wasps and
the bees deposit their eggs in cells or cavities that are large enough to
admit the entire abdomen, and so they have but httle use for an egg-
placing instrument. But the females of the katydids and related
forms like Conocephalus (fig. 8) use their ovipositors for making a
slit in the bark of a twig and for pushing their eggs into this cavity.
The cicada and the sawfly do the same thing, while the perasitic
Hymenoptera often have extremely long and slender piercing oviposi-
tors for inserting their eggs into the living bodies of other insects.
An examination of the sting in place within the sting chamber, as
shown by figure 41, will suggest what the accessory plates represent in
other less modified insects. It has already been explained that the last
external segment of the female abdomen (fig. 32, V//) is the seventh.
Within the dorsal part of the sting chamber is a slight suggestion of
the eighth tergum (fig. 41, V///7), which laterally is chitinized as a
conspicuous plate bearing the last or eighth abdominal spiracle (Sp).
The triangular plate (777), as Zander has shown by a study of its
development, is a remnant of the eighth sternum, and the fact that it
carries the lancet (Zct) shows that even in the adult this appendage
belongs to the eighth segment. The quadrate plate (@d), since it is
overlapped by the spiracle plates of the eighth tergum, might appear
to belong to the eighth sternum, but Zander has shown that, by its
development, it is a part of the ninth tergum. In many other adult
Hymenoptera, moreover, the quadrate plates are undoubtedly tergal,
78 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
for they are sometimes connected by a bridge behind the eighth
tergum. The oblong plate (Ob) and its stalk represent the ninth
sternum, and since it carries both the arm of the sheath (SAA) and
the palpus (Stn) it still maintains its original relationships to the
gonapophyses. The membranous lobe arising from between the
oblong plates and overlapping the bulb of the sting (figs. 36 and 37,
7XS) must belong to the median part of the ninth sternum.
The tenth segment (fig. 41, 1°) consists of a short, thick tube having
the anus (Am) at its tip. It takes no part in the formation of the
sting, but is entirely inclosed in the dorsal part of the sting chamber
beneath the seventh tergum.
In the accessory plates of the bee’s sting we have a-most excellent
illustration of how the parts of a segment may become modified to
meet the requirements of a special function, and also an example
of how nature is ever reluctant to create any new organ, preferring
rather to make over some already existing structure into something
that will serve a new purpose.
There are four glands connected with the sting, two of which
are known to secrete the poison, which is forced through the canal
between the sheath and the lancets and ejected into the wound made
by the latter. It is this poison that causes the pain and inflammation
in the wound from a bee’s sting, which would never result from a
mere puncture. The other two glands have been described as “ lubri-
cating glands,” being supposed to secrete a liquid which keeps the
parts of the sting mechanism free from friction. They he within
the body cavity, one on each side against the upper. edge of the
quadrate plate, where they are easily seen in an extracted sting, each
being a small oblong or ovate whitish cellular mass. Transverse
microtome sections through this region show that each of these
glands opens into a pouch of the membrane between the quadrate
plate and the spiracle-bearing plate of the eighth tergum. Each
gland cell communicates with this pouch by a delicate individual
duct. The secretion of the glands is thus poured upon the outer sur-
faces of the quadrate plates and might easily run down upon the
bases of the lancets and the arms of the sheath, but, for all that, the
notion that it is lubricative in function is probably entirely conjectural.
The large, conspicuous poison sac (figs. 36, 37, 41, and 57, PsuSc)
that opens by a narrow neck into the anterior end of the bulb of the
sting is well known to everyone at ali acquainted with bees. The
poison which it contains comes from the delicate branched thread
attached to its anterior end (fig. 57), a minute tube which, if traced
forward a short distance from the sac, will be seen to divide into two
branches, which are long and much coiled and convoluted, each ter-
minating finally in a small oval enlargement (AG/). These terminal
swellings are generally regarded as the true glands and the tubes
THE ABDOMEN, WAX GLANDS, AND STING. 719
(AGI7DP) as their ducts, but the epithelium of the tubes appears to be
of a secretory nature also, and, if it is not, it is hard to see any reason
for their great length. It also does not look
probable that the two little end bodies could
form all the poison that fills the comparatively
enormous sac.
The walls of the poison sac (fig. 38) are lined
by a thick coat of laminated chitin (/n¢) thrown
into numerous high folds. In the neck part of
the sac the folds are arranged very regularly in
a transverse direction and form interrupted
chitinous rings, holding the neck rigidly open.
The epithelium (/’pth) contains nuclei (Vw),
but the cell boundaries are very slightly marked. \
There is a distinct basement membrane (BJ/), wie. 38. —Section of
forming a tunica propria externally, but there small piece of wall of
are no muscle fibers of any sort present except ie een red
a few which are inserted upon the sac from some of the surrounding
ergans and which apparently act as suspensoria.
The poison found in the sac has an
acid reaction and is supposed to consist
principally of formic acid. Hence its
gland is known as the acid gland (AGI)
of the sting.
The other sting gland is a short, very
inconspicuous, and slightly convoluted
whitish tube (figs. 36, 37, 41, and 57,
BG) opening directly into the base of
the bulb ventrad to the opening of the
poison sac. Its walls consist of a thick
epithelium of distinct cells (fig. 39,
Epth) lined with a thin chitinous in-
tima (/nt) and surrounded by a distinct
basement membrane (B.J/), but, as in
the other gland, there are no muscles
present. The secretion of this gland is
said to be alkaline and the gland is
therefore known as the alkaline gland
(BGl) of the sting.
ey Experiments made by Carlet (1890)
Fic. 39.—Sections of alkaline gland show that it is only the mixture of the
of sting. : " F
products from the two poison glands
that is fully effective in stinging properties. Carlet’s experiments were
made upon houseflies and blowflies. He shows (1) that flies stung by a
bee die almost instantly, (2) flies artificially inoculated with the secre-
80 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
tion of either gland alone do not die for a long time even in spite of
the necessary mutilation, while (3) successive inoculations of the
same fly first from one gland and then from the other produce death
ina much shorter time than when inoculated from one gland alone—
presumably as soon as the two liquids mix within the body.
The two secretions, one acid and the other alkaline, are poured
together into the base of the sting bulb and mix within the cavity
of the latter. The resulting poison is then driven through the chan-
nel in the shaft to near the tip of the latter, where it makes its exit
into the wound. Since the large poison sac is not muscular, the poison
is not forced through the sting by it, as is often supposed. A glance
at figure 57 (see p. 185) will show that the accessory plates of the sting
support several very compact sets of muscles on their inner faces.
These muscles so act during the process of stinging that the triangular
plates (figs. 86 and 37, 777) turn upon their hinge-joint articulations
with the oblong plates (06). By this motion of the triangular
plates the attached lancets (Zct) are moved back and forth along
the tracks on the lower edges of the sheath and its arms (SA).
Zach of these tracks consists of a ridge with a constricted base which
dovetails into a correspondingly shaped groove on the dorsal surface
of the lancet. This structure, as seen in cross sections through the
shaft and bulb of the sting, is shown by fig. 40 A, B, and C. The
lancets are thus held firmly in place, while at the same time they may
slide back and forth with perfect freedom. The figures show also
that all three parts of the sting are hollow, each containing a pro-
longation (bc) of the body cavity. Between them, however, is in-
closed another cavity through which the poison flows. This is the
poison canal (PsnC). In the bulb (fig. 40 C) the body cavity is
reduced to a narrow cleft (bc) by the great size of the invaginated
poison canal (PsnC).
It will now be most convenient to describe the apparatus by means
of which the poison is ejected from the sting. As before pointed out,
the large poison sac can have no functions in this connection because
its walls are entirely devoid of muscle fibers. On the other hand,
there is an actual pumping apparatus situated within the bulb. This
consists of two pouchlike lobes, having their concavities directed
posteriorly, attached to the upper edges of the lancets (fig. 40 D and
G, Viv) on the anterior ends of the parts of the latter which slide
within the lower edges of the bulb chamber. The lobes le side by
side within the bulb (fig. 40 C, V7v), when the lancets are in the same
position, and each has an accessory lamina against its own inner wall.
When the lancets are pushed backward the walls of the lobes flare
apart against the poison contained in the bulb and drive this liquid
before them into the channel of the shaft, while at the same time they
suck more poison into the front of the bulb from the glands. When,
THE ABDOMEN, WAX GLANDS, AND STING. él
or the other hand, the lancets are retracted the pouches collapse so
that they may be drawn back through the poison-filled buib without
resistance, but they are ready for action again as soon as the move-
ment of the lancets is reversed. The whole apparatus thus consti-
tutes an actual force pump in which the lobes on the lancets alter-
nately act as a piston and as valves. The lancets need not work
together; in fact,
they more often
perhaps work al-
ternately, the lobes
being of such a
size as to be ef-
fective either when
acting together or
separately.
The reader ac-
quainted with
other works on
the anatomy of
the bee, such as
those of Cheshire
(Sse), “Cook
(1904), Cowan
(1904), and Arn-
hart (1906), will
see often repeated
the statement that
the poison leaves Fic. 40.— Details of sting of worker : A, section through tip of
sting showing lancets (Let) and shaft of sheath (ShS) sur-
the sting both by rounding central poison canal (’snC), and each containing
a ventral opening ‘ a prolongation of the body-cavity (bc); B, section of same
near base of bulb; C, section of sting through basal bulb,
between the lan- showing poison canal as large invaginated cavity (PsnC)
cets near their tips in bulb of sheath (ShkB) containing the two valves (Viv)
of lancets (Lect) ; D, part of left lancet carrying valve (Viv),
and by several lat- dorsal view; E, tip of lancet showing pores opening on
eral pores near the bases of barbs (00) coming from body-cavity (be) of lancet
js not from poison canal; F, dorsal view of shaft of sheath
ends of the lancets showing lateral series of pores (00) from prolongation of
opening from the ie a (be); G, lateral view of left valve and part of
poison canal upon
the bases of the barbs. The writer, however, has never been able
to observe the exit of the poison from any such lateral pores, while,
on the other hand, it is very easy to watch it exude from between
the lancets on the ventral side of the sting near the tip. If an
excited bee is held beneath a microscope and the tip of the sting
observed, the poison will be seen to accumulate in little drops near
the tip on the ventral side. If, also, the bulb of an extracted sting
22181—No. 18—10——_6
82 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
be squeezed gently between a pair of forceps the poison will be seen
to emerge in the same way. In fact, it can be actually squirted out
by a sudden compression when the bulb is well filled with poison, but
there is never any evidence of its escape through the sides.
An examination of the end of each lancet does reveal a number of
oblique pores (fig. 40 E, 00) which have been figured by other writ-
ers, and they certainly open on the bases of the barbs as described,
but their inner ends apparently communicate with the body cavity
(dc) of the lancet instead of passing clear through the lancet and
opening into the poison canal. Furthermore, a paired series of
exactly similar pores extends the entire length of the shaft of the
sheath. (fig. 40 IF, 00), opening on its dorsal surface from the body
cavity (bc). No one could possibly claim that the poison emerges
ShA Ti Ob kk
Fic. 41.—Tip of abdomen of worker with left side removed, showing right halves of sev-
enth tergum (V//7) and sternum (VJ/JS), containing the sting chamber (kk) cut open
along the line bw, exposing the eighth tergum (VJ//7'), the rudimentary tenth segment
(X) carrying the anus (47), and the sting and accessory parts shown by fig. 36.
also through these pores, which, very curiously, do not appear to
have been described before, although they are even more conspicuous
as well as more numerous than those of the lancets. The writer has -
not been successful in preparing histological sections of the sting
which show these pores, but they probably constitute the ducts of
some kind of subcuticular glands.
A cross-section through the sting a short distance in front of its
tip shows that the lancets are here separated by a narrow cleft (fig.
40 A), while elsewhere (B and C) they are contiguous. This cleft
between the ends of the lancets forms the exit for the poison from the
channel.
The sting of the queen is much longer than that of the worker
snd is more solidly attached within the sting chamber. Its shaft is
—. o wae
THE ABDOMEN, WAX GLANDS, AND STING. 83
strongly decurved beyond the bulb. The lancets have fewer and
smaller barbs than those of the worker, but the two poison glands
are well developed (fig. 57, AG? and BG/), while the poison sac
(PsnSc) is especially large.
A number of minute unicellular glands open upon the interseg-
mental membrane between the seventh and eighth terga of the ab-
domen. These are sometimes called the glands of Nassanoff, after
their discoverer. Nassanoff suggested that they are sweat glands,
while Zoubareff thought that they form small drops of liquid said
to be excreted by bees during flight derived from the excess of water
in the newly collected nectar. Their function, however, has been
much more carefully investigated by Sladen (1902), who found that
they are scent organs producing a strong odor even when the part
of the back to which they are attached is removed from the rest
of the abdomen. He furthermore identified this smell as the same
that bees give off when a lot of them are shaken from a frame on
the ground close to the front of the hive. Under such circumstances
also, as in natural swarming or during the first flights in the spring
or after a period of bad weather, bees are well known to produce a
peculiar sound called the “joyful hum.” Sladen observed that this
was produced, in the case of bees shaken before the hive, by those
individuals who first found the hive entrance, then by those next to
them, until very soon all the others were informed of the location
of the entrance and proceeded to make their way in. Also, when a
swarm loses sight of its queen, those‘that find her first set up this
“Joyful hum” and immediately the rest of the swarm is attracted
to the spot. In the springtime the young bees seem to be guided
in their flights by this same hum of the old ones. Sladen, however,
observing the odor emitted at the same time, thinks that this and
not the sound is the real means of information, the sound being
simply incidental to the special movement of the. wings produced
for the purpose of blowing the odor away from the body. He argues
that we have no evidence of an acute sense of hearing in bees, while
it is well known that they possess a delicate sense of smell located on
the antenne. This argument certainly seems reasonable, and we
may at least accept: Sladen’s theory as the best explanation of the
function of the glands of Nassanoft.
84 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
VI. THE ALIMENTARY CANAL AND ITS GLANDS.
1. THE GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY OF DIGESTION, ASSIMILATION, AND
EXCRETION.
It is no exaggeration to say that eating is the most important thing
that any animal does and that its alimentary canal is the most im-
portant organ it possesses. The entire system suffers when there is a
deficiency in the food supply or an impairment in the digestive appa-
ratus. Every other function is either subservient to or dependent
upon that which furnishes nourishment to the cells. The senses of
sight, smell, and taste are all more or less concerned in the acquisition
of food. The muscular system enables the animal to hunt for it, to
dig for it, to climb for it, or to chase living prey either on the ground,
in the water, or in the air, and to kill, tear, and chew it when ob-
tained. The blood is the servant of the stomach, for its entire func-
tion in insects is to carry the products of digestion to the body cells.
The heart furnishes the motor power of the blood. The respiratory
function is accessory to that of digestion, inasmuch as it furnishes the
oxygen which unites with the waste materials ejected from the cells
and renders them capable of being removed from the blood. This
removal is accomplished partly by the respiratory system itself and
partly by special excretory organs. Thus we see that the sense organs
and the muscular system are the agents that cooperate in obtaining
the raw food, the digestive tract is the kitchen of the body in which
the food is prepared for use, the blood is the waiter that distributes
it, while the respiratory and excretory systems are the refuse gath-
erers that remove waste products. The nervous system holds the con-
trolling power over all these organs. It regulates them in the per-
formance of their duties and coordinates their actions so that they
all work together. It makes a unified organism out of what would
otherwise be simply a complex mass of variously specialized cells.
The reproductive function alone contributes nothing to the indi-
vidual. In fact, the production of spermatozoa by the male and of
eggs by the female and the nourishing of the embryo and the young
create a demand upon all the other organs for material which is
separated from the individual that produces it. But this is what the
organism exists for; this is its reason for being. At least this is
what it amounts to in the case of the individual, though from a wider
philosophical standpoint the real truth is probably just the reverse,
viz, any species exists because its individuals reproduce themselves.
The writer has already made frequent use of the word “ cell,”
assuming that the reader is familiar with the meaning of this word
as used in anatomy and physiology. The entire body of an animal
or plant is made up of cells or their products. The word, however, is
misleading, for a cell is not a small sac or empty space, as was at
i:
THE ALIMENTARY CANAL AND ITS GLANDS. 8
On
Phy
Sm, | cium”
ge = EG!
k — ‘ ‘
Vent = \\
—— \ Nv: y
AR
I'ic. 42.—Alimentary canal of worker (Phy—Rect), together with pharyngeal glands (1G1),
and salivary glands of head (2G/) and of thorax ($G/1), as seen by cutting body open
from above and pulling the ventriculus (Vent) out to left.
86 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
first supposed from the study of plants, but is a little protoplasmic
body or corpuscle, visible only under the microscope, surrounded by
a membranous cell wall and containing a small internal body called
the nucleus. The different cells of the body are specialized in groups
to do some one particular thing—the salivary cells secrete saliva, the
muscle cells contract, the excretory cells pick out waste substances
from the blood, and so on. But this specialization does not signify
that each cell does not perform its own vital processes in addition to
its specialty. The fact that it remains alive and works means that
the complex chemical components of its body substance or protoplasm
are constantly being reduced to simpler compounds which are ex-
pelled, while new protoplasm is built up from the supply of food
material brought by the blood. This double process of destruction ,
and reconstruction is known as metabolism, while its two phases, the
breaking-down process and the building-up process, are known as
katabolism and anabolism, respectively.
Now, while all the cells of the body must have nourishment, none
of them, except those of the alimentary canal, is capable of utiliz-
ing the raw food materials that an animal obtains in a state of nature.
These materials must therefore be changed into some other form in
order that they may be assimilated by the cells. This change is called
digestion.
The single cell composing the body of a Protozoan, living free in
nature, digests its own food and then assimilates the products of its
own digestion. But, of the cells constituting the body of any mul-
ticellular animal, only those of the alimentary canal are capable of
digesting raw foodstuffs, and, moreover, as digestion is the specialty
of these cells, they have also to digest the food for all the other cells
of the body.
The two most important changes that must be brought about in
the natural food by digestion are those which make it soluble in the
blood and which render it capable of passing through animal tissues.
In the first place, the food must diffuse through the walls of the
alimentary canal as a liquid which mixes with the blood, for there
are no pores or openings of any sort from the alimentary canal into
the body cavity; and in the second place, it must pass through the
walls of the cells themselves. The digestive changes result chiefly in
a breaking down of the complex molecules of the raw food materials
into more simple chemical substances. These are taken up by the
cells and reconstructed into complex protoplasmic molecules which
‘an not escape through the cell membrane until they are again broken
down into simpler forms.
The waste products of the cells consist principally of carbon, hy-
drogen, and nitrogen. These are converted by the oxygen supplied
by the respiratory system into carbon dioxid, water, and compounds of
THE ALIMENTARY CANAL AND ITS GLANDS. 87
urea. The first, being a gas, mixes with the air in the tracheal tubes
and so reaches the exterior during exhalation. Much of the water is
also given off through the tracheal system in the form of vapor which
exhales from the spiracles, but, since insects are covered by their
hard chitinous shell, it is probable that they do not “sweat.” The
compounds of urea, and probably also some water, are sepa rated
from the blood by the excretory glands, called Malpighian tubules
in insects, which empty their products back into the alimentary
canal, whence they are discharged with the feces from the intestine.
Digestion is brought about by substances called enzymes which are
contained in the various liquids mixed with the food in the alimentary
canal. These liquids are secreted by the salivary glands and by the
cellular walls of the stomach.
2. THE SALIVARY GLANDS.
The opening of the salivary duct on the base of the proboscis has
already been described (see pp. 49-51). The true salivary glands, or
those corresponding with the salivary glands of other insects, are
arranged in two pairs, one situated within the head (figs. 19 and 42,
2G) and the other within the thorax (fig. 42, G7). The four ducts
unite into one median tube, which enters the base of the labium (fig.
19, SalD) and opens upon the upper surface of the ligula (fig. 15 F,
and fig. 16, SaDO). The large and conspicuous glands lying within
the anterior and upper parts of the head and opening into the
pharynx will be described later in connection with this organ. They
are special pharyngeal glands in no way homologous with the salivary
glands of other insects, and are by many supposed to secrete the
brood food instead of a digestive liquid like saliva.
The salivary glands of the head (System No. 2 of Cheshire, post-
cerebral glands of Bordas) lie against the posterior walls of the
cranium. In the worker each consists of a loosely arranged mass of
pear-shaped follicles or acini whose individual ducts unite irregu-
larly with one another and eventually form a common duct on each
side (figs. 19, 42, and 43 F, 2G7). Their two ducts unite with the
median duct from the thoracic glands just before the bases of the
mesocephalic pillars (fig. 19). In the drone these glands have a
quite different appearance from those of the female, each consisting
of a compact mass of very small follicles connected by minute ducts
and flattened against the posterior walls of the head (fig. 45 B and C,
2Gl). A large lobe of this gland in the drone extends forward on
each side against the face, between the compound eye and the clypeus
(fig. 10 C, 2G@7), thus occupying the position of the large mandibular
gland in the worker (A, /J/dG@7) and in the queen (B, 1J/dG7).
There is also a prominent triangular mass of glandular cells in the
drone situated just above the ocelli (fig. 10 C, 2G) which has been
88 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
described by Bordas (1895) as a separate gland opening by two ducts
into the esophagus just behind the pharynx. The writer, however,
has been utterly unable to discover any such ducts, though two sus-
pensorial hgaments of the anterior end of the cesophagus are at-
tached to the wall of the head at the posterior ends of these glands
(fig. 11 B, gv) and might easily be mistaken for ducts. These * post-
ocellar glands” of Bordas, moreover, appear to be simply detached
lobes of the postcerebral glands. They are prominent also in the
queen (fig. 10 B, 2G7) and are represented by a few follicles in the
worker.
Fic. 43.— j
avi Nal) A ua
Fic. 46.—Histological details of alimentary canal of worker: A, cross section of ventriculus
showing peritrophic membranes (Pmb); B, section of wall of ventriculus showing
epithelial cups with cells in resting condition and covered by gelatinous mass (pp) ;
C, section of Malpighian tubule; D, cross section of small intestine; E, section of
ventricular epithelium after formation of numerous small digestive or enzyme cells
(Enz) given off into gelatinous matrix (pp); F, section of anterior end of rectum
through rectal glands (RG@I) ; G, part of slightly oblique section through posterior end
of ventriculus and anterior end of small intestine, showing openings of Malpighian
tubules (Mal) into the latter.
ately subsequent to one of greatest secretive activity, in which there
is a large number of little cells (Anz) highly charged with the
enzyme-containing digestive’ juices imbedded in a gelatinous matrix
covering the inner surface of the epithelium. This matrix next
104 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
separates itself from the ends of the remaining epithelial cells, which
at the same time secrete a new intima over their inner surfaces. The
lower part of figure 46 A shows this indisputably. The whole thing,
then, finally contracts about the food and, as the digestive cellules
give up their contents, shrivels and shrinks and becomes a peritrophic
membrane. In figure A the outermost peritrophic layer is still in
both conditions—its dorsal part is shrunken to a thin membranous
form, while its lower part is gelatinous and filled with secretion
cellules, though it is separated from the epithelium by a new intima
and is detached at intervals from the latter. Beneath the new intima,
furthermore, is seen at places the formation of a new gelatinous mass.
Some of the inner peritrophic layers shown in A also retain remnants
of cells.
Figure 46 A is drawn from a specimen which is typical of all in
several series of sections through the ventriculus. The peritrophic
layer partly adhering to the epithelium is no artifact, because the
same condition may often be directly observed in dissections of fresh
specimens. In the opposite end of the series from which the specimen
was selected this layer is entirely free from the epithelium.
The peritrophic membrane has been described in some insects as
being a prolongation from the intima of the proventriculus, the ven-
triculus itself being supposed never to secrete an intima. It is per-
fectly conceivable that the anterior end of the membranes might be
generated by the outer cellular layer of the proventricular funnel and
remain attached to it after the rest of it had become free from the
ventricular wall, and thus give the appearance of belonging to the
proventriculus. The writer, however, has several sets of longitudinal
sections through these parts in the bee, but none of them nor any dis-
sections made show such a condition.
Absorption is commonly supposed to take place largely in the ven-
triculus. If so, the food must pass through the several peritrophic
membranes and then through the thick epithelium. It is entirely
possible that it may do so, but the pollen contained in the ventriculus,
as already stated, shows little or no evidence yet of digestion and does
not begin to do so until it reaches the small intestine. On the other
hand, the dark mucilaginous slime of the ventriculus does not appear
in any quantity in the much drier contents of the small intestine.
Therefore it may be supposed that this slime contains the sugar ele-
ments of the food and that the latter are principally digested in, and
absorbed from, the ventriculus. The absorption of the proteids and
hydrocarbons must take place in the intestine and rectum since these
food elements in the bee’s diet are derived only from the pollen.
However, these conclusions are purely tentative, being based on the
writer’s observation of the contents of the different parts of the ali-
mentary tract, which, while fairly extensive and continued through
THE ALIMENTARY CANAL AND ITS GLANDS. 105
most of a year, are confessedly not nearly adequate to serve as a
basis for conclusive statements on the digestive process. They are
sufficient, however, to show the utter lack of a basis in facts for many
other opinions on this subject.
Cheshire (1886) describes two kinds of cells in the ventricular
epithelium, “one secreting a digestive fluid (gastric juice) from the
surrounding blood into the stomach, so that the pollen grains may be
made fit for assimilation by a transformation not unlike that lique-
fying gluten in our own case; the other absorbing the nutrition as
prepared and giving it up to the blood.” Though Cheshire refers
to his figures to show these two kinds of cells, he does not point out
which are which—in fact, he does not even designate two different
kinds in his drawings nor even represent two kinds.
The small intestine (fig. 42, S/nt) forms a loop upon itself and con-
stitutes a narrow tube connecting the stomach (Vent) with the large
intestine or rectum (fect). Its anterior end is somewhat enlarged
and carries the circle of malpighian tubules (J/al). Its epithelium
(fig. 46 D, H’pth) is very simple and is thrown into six longitudinal
folds that project into its lumen. On the outside is a thick sheath
of transverse muscle fibers (7'J/c/) with distinct nuclei (Vw). The
latter are designated by Cheshire (1886) as “longitudinal muscles”
(see his figure 14 D), but this is a very evident mistake—the small
intestine has no longitudinal muscles at all. It is evident that the
folds of the epithelium permit the ordinarily narrow tube to expand
very considerably when necessary to allow the passage of a large
amount of food. The contents of the small intestine are usually
drier than those of the ventriculus, consisting principally of masses
of partly digested pollen, that is to say, the contents of the grains are
partly dissolved out—presumably signifying that they are under-
going digestion. There is usually only a small amount of the brown
slime present such as fills the ventriculus.
The Malpighian tubules (fig. 42, J/a/) are wrapped and coiled about
one another and about the viscera of the abdominal cavity. There
are about 100 of them in the honey bee and they all open separately
into the anterior end of the intestine. Each is a very long thread-
like tube consisting of a single layer of epithelial cells provided with
a very delicate basement membrane and intima (fig. 46 C). The ends
of many of the cells are clear and bulge into the lumen. Figure
46 G shows a section through the junction of the ventriculus and the
intestine where the tubules open by narrow necks penetrating the
epithelium. The wall of the ventriculus forms a short double-layered
fold (VentVlv) projecting backward into the anterior end of the
intestine, behind which are the orifices of the Malpighian tubules.
The section from which figure G was drawn is cut somewhat obliquely
and takes in this fold only on one side.
106 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
‘The Malpighian tubules are regarded as excretory in function and
are supposed to remove from the blood the nitrogenous waste prod-
ucts resulting from metabolism. Minute crystals of urates are often
to be found in them and they probably perform the work of the
kidneys in vertebrate animals. :
The large intestine (fig. 42, Rect), called the rectum in insects, is
an enormous sac which may le limp and flabby in the rear part
of the body or it may be so immensely distended by the amount of
its solid and hquid contents as to occupy a large part of the abdomi-
nal cavity. The recognizable elements of the material within it
consist mostly of the empty shells of pollen grains or of grains hav-
ing their contents greatly shrunken and distorted—presumably as
a result of the absorption of the protoplasm, although a considerable
number are usually present which are only slightly digested, while
there are always to be observed a few perfect and fresh-looking
grains showing no evidence at all of digestion. The rest of the in-
definite mass of solid rectal material consists of some unrecognizable,
finely triturated substance, probably derived in part from fragments
of the peritrophic membranes. There are always present a few bits
of feathered bee hairs.
The epithelium of the rectum is, like that of the cesophagus, rudi-
mentary, being distinguishable only by the nuclei (fig. 46 F, Vw)
remaining in the outer layer of the thick transparent intima (/nf).
‘Outside of this is an external layer of longitudinal muscle fibers
(ZMcl) and an inner layer of transverse fibers (7/cl). The intima
(/nt) is thrown into numerous folds whose edges converge, forming
pocketlike grooves between them in which are lodged small masses
of the rectal contents. This is very suggestive that absorption takes
place in this part of the alimentary tract, although it is not com-
monly supposed to do so, but if the pollen is not fully digested until
it reaches the rectum, how can it be absorbed by the anterior part
of the alimentary canal?
The so-called rectal glands (fig. 42, RGZ) consist of six hollow
epithelial tubes (fig. 46 F, RG7) and are the only parts of the rectal
epithelium in which the cells are well developed. The cells on the
outside of each “ gland” are small, but the inner ones are very large
and are covered by a thick layer of dark chitin (/n¢). The lumen
is intercellular and does not communicate with that of the rectum.
When the rectum is distended the “ glands” bulge out on the surface
as six short opaque ridges (fig. 42, RG/), but when it is empty they
sink into the walls as in figure 46 F. Nothing is known of the
function of these organs, and their glandular nature is entirely con-
jectural. If they are glands, it is not clear why the intima should
be so especially dense on their inner faces.
THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM. 107
VII. THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM.
The liquid medium that distributes the digested food from the
alimentary canal to the cells of the body tissues is called the blood,
and the contractile organ that keeps the blood in motion is the heart.
In vertebrate animals the blood is contained entirely within tubes
called arteries and veins, but in insects and most other invertebrate
animals the blood simply fills the empty spaces between the viscera
of the body-cavity, which spaces may, however, constitute definite
channels or sénwses, and may even be shut in by special membranes.
Besides carrying and distributing the digested food that is absorbed
into it in solution, the blood of animals generally has also to dis-
tribute oxygen to the tissue cells and carry off their waste products.
Oxygen is obtained from the air and, like any other gas, is soluble
in liquids. Hence it is present in the blood not in the form of small
bubbles of gas but in solution, just as it is in all water exposed to the
air. The respiratory system (see page 116) is simply a special con-
trivance for bringing air into close proximity to the blood so that
its gases may diffuse into the latter, but many soft-bodied* animals
like earthworms absorb air directly through the skin. Vertebrate
animals have a substance in their blood called hemoglobin which is
contained in the red corpuscles and has a great capacity for absorb-
ing oxygen. It, therefore, enables the blood to carry much more of
this gas than could be dissolved simply in its plasma. Invertebrate
animals do not need so much oxygen as vertebrates, and, therefore,
most of them can get along with that which dissolves in the color-
less blood plasma without the special aid of hemoglobin. Most
insects, however, being excessively active creatures, must have a
rapid metabolism in their cell tissues, and consequently they need
much oxygen to consume the product of this metabolism, but they
belong to the class of animals without red blood and, hence, nature
has provided them with another means of obtaining a special supply
of air, namely, a set of air-tubes branching minutely over nearly all
the internal organs, the tissues, and even most of the cells in the
body. (See “ The Respiratory System,” page 112, for discussion of
oxidation and removal of waste products.)
The blood of insects is usually a colorless liquid containing opaque
granular cells or corpuscles floating in it. There are no special blood
vessels, but there are very definite channels between the muscles and.
viscera through which the blood flows, while conspicuous membranes
stretched across the dorsal and ventral walls of the abdomen (fig. 1,
DD ph and VPph) inclose special dorsal and ventral sinuses which
play an important part in the circulation. These membranes, called
diaphragms, are rhythmically contractile, and contribute much to
108 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
maintaining the circulation of the blood. The heart (fig. 1, W77¢) is
located in the dorsal sinus, which latter is therefore often called the
pericardial chamber, The pulsations of the diaphragms are produced
by fine muscle fibers lying in their walls. These are usually ar-
‘anged in a number of fan-shaped bunches on each side radiating
from the edges of the diaphragm (fig. 47, DphJfcl) toward the mid-
dle, where most of them are continuous with the fibers from the oppo-
site side. It used to be supposed that those of the dorsal diaphragm
produced the expansion of the heart, and they were for this reason
called the “ wing muscles of the heart,” but the latter organ is now
known to be a muscular tube and to contract and expand by its own
HiCls DphCls Ht DDph
\ \ 1
\
5
v
i
IN
Yp) yy)
\ \ f
ANN
==Ss )
Fic. 47.—Dorsal diaphragm of drone, from one segment and adjoining parts of two
neighboring segments, showing median heart (Ht) as seen through transparent dia-
phragm (DDph), fan-shaped bunches of diaphragm muscles (DphMcl), and lateral
tracheal sac (TraSe) giving off sac-bearing trunks into pericardial chamber above
diaphragm.
power. In some insects the muscles of the dorsal diaphragm form a
meshwork of fine fibers surrounding numerous large and small holes
in the membrane, which probably permit the entrance of blood into
the sinus above, but in most species the diaphragm is imperforate
and the blood enters the pericardial chamber above its scalloped edges
(figs. 1 and 47).
The heart of insects in general is a long narrow tube (fig. 1, Z¢)
situated in the dorsal sinus or pericardial chamber of the abdomen
along the midline of the body. It is swollen toward the middle of
each segment into a heart chamber (ht) which presents a vertical
slitlike opening or ostiwm (Ost) on each side. Theoretically, in
THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM. 109
generalized insects, there should be a chamber to each segment, but
the heart is variously shortened from both ends so that the chambers
are always fewer than the segments. The posterior end of the heart
is closed, but its anterior end is produced into a long narrow tube
called the aorta (fig. 1, Ado) which extends through the thorax and
opens by a few simple branches into the cavity of the head.
The heart of the bee (fig. 1, Zt) consists of only four chambers
(1ht-4ht) lying in the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth segments of the
abdomen. In the front of this part of the body it bends downward
and forms a large convoluted loop (7) of about 18 folds where it
passes through the abdominal constriction. All of this convoluted
part really belongs to the abdomen, since it lies in the propodeal part
of the apparent thorax, which is the true first abdominal segment.
The aorta (40) extends forward from here as a very fine tube making
a large arch between the muscles of the thorax and then enters the
back of the head. According to Pissarew (1898) the convolutions
of the anterior end of the heart are peculiar to the honey bee, being
absent in its nearest relatives such as Bombus and Megachile. The
heart walls, as before stated, are muscular and produce a rhythmical
contraction of the tube whose pulsations follow each other from be-
hind forward. Thus the contained blood is driven out of the anterior
end of the aorta into the head, where it bathes the brain and the other
organs of this region, and then flows backward, percolating through
the spaces between the organs of the thorax.
From the thorax it enters the cavity of the ventral sinus—not the
general abdominal cavity, at least in the bee—and is pumped back-
ward by the pulsations of the ventral diaphragm and dorsally over
the inner walls of the thorax and through definite channels about all
the viscera, finally collecting in the dorsal sinus where it again enters
the heart through the lateral ostia. The lips of the ostia are pro-
vided with small membranous lobes which project inward and con-
stitute valves that prevent the expulsion of the blood. A similar
valve is placed at the anterior end of each chamber of the heart to
prevent a possible backward flow.
In the bee, both the dorsal and the ventral diaphragms are well
developed, the former (fig. 1, DDph) extending from the third
abdominal segment to the seventh, inclusive, while the latter (VDph)
extends from the abdominal constriction to the eighth segment.
The ventral diaphragm is much more muscular than the dorsal and
its pulsations, which are very strong, follow each cther from before
backward. They may easily be observed by removing the top of
the abdomen from an asphyxiated bee. The ventral sinus is very
ample, inclosing the nerve cord of the abdomen, and receives into
its anterior end the blood channels of the thorax, so that the latter
110 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
communicate with the general cavity of the abdomen only through
the ventral sinus.
The dorsal diaphragm (fig. 1, YDph) ends by a free transverse
edge near the front of the third abdominal segment. Se ee hen Ra ee a cine Rae Po tae ~ 2 Hees ve bbe .als 130
Pea OMe Sete Ae eee hs ako oo eo nk Sus Sees 265 ok ee 137, 138, 139
PNA CIP De OMEN Ment oe ee Oe tek eee setae Sieg Saks = MAS Sh se ate = 136
Piewator muscles of wing of honey bee....-..-..- 26-2... 2552265: cece seeds 64
He UID DL epi A es ote er taake ne ee ag ROL 2 2 aera a eR fo ee 12-14
Paniinvonie Gevelopment, CEUMCG (cee. Siena atcige see c seve see doee es 12
"ESL YO EE CMM S101 20 ke i Ro a 22
Siphon CyB DPC ert pas Mente CEA NI OER doe es ae eR 68, 69
Ppa MAMTA PRE Meee a2 35 25 oS 5 See San ee et eas Bee ae ee ee ee Ss alias
LAU GG CE DuSSTIEIG 8 (EFF 27 EAU RR A eS aA ly 19
PSL STOTT RSC: CEN S026 | a Nae a, ge 19
of mesothorax of honey bee. (See Pleural ridge.)
mcosrermmay (unen) malethmed(s = sonscee eee waa ba. ALE Dbl: ae leet 21
anprowunersx onhoney bees se Sss.2.5:220042 ee. Pied: 55
mesothorax and metathorax of honey bee ......-.-.....-- 56
LAT GT REST OEY IS NG SES a ot a, ee 2 a a ee 19
ane an eC OMMOGE Sy eebcs ea Ste Ae oe ye nse t SAM PL ee eee sek eae 32
EME On PREPRESS rae ef amet areal. parte FIle es fe ne Sei se Sc Lede ceee eda et 87
Magee SUNN Water CUM eee tots as poe Ae tyes Sa aoe SS ooo eo baes Se bans oe 16
Hpimeral paraptera (postparaptera), defined:.............2.-2+.+-2---+:--:-- 20
of mesopleurum of honey bee. eos Sn 56
VUES RTTE, OVE EL 0 1S peal ee ee 0 oe 19
of mesopleurum of honey lore) eae RR ee a ee Ee 56
UD POSP OSHS RSS (0/2300 0 2 Eee ee ea 16
EACLE: Tet a agers Oe, Sates - al Oo a A ec 51-53
SCMBCLONP ANS Rate cet ate ete aioe See sere see =) OLROG
PY USTO TUS 2S) 0120 | 9 Baad 24
Hpisternal paraptera (preparaptera), defined...............-.......----.-2--- 20
of mesopleurum of honey bee......-.----- 56
“ye STE Tis US 18 Re Be R ee a end ooee e e 19
Gumesopleurumeo: honey bees Wei...2-5.. 22k be nee eos. eles. 56
SSE oR ete Eee ES AS I ae ore ee aan ee ee aa 84-87
Paxtensor muscle ok mandible of honey béel...-..5..5...2.0255) 5.00.22... eee 40
External genital organs of drone honey bee.........--....-..-------+-+-+++---- 72-73
154 THE ANATOMY OF THE HONEY BEE.
Page.
Extemaél mandibular iolandsss:: sess ssc ae er es 41
Hye; Compound... eck. aden oes See es 6 a ee 27, 127
SIMPIO. - oon sdacec ba eee ee Se eee Sey eee eee. oes oe 27, 130
Hacetaet compound ‘eyes ¢-Cos 24s a fda dla a dae So le oe 27
Pat DOWY ... sss ews tees oS. Se eu ee eee t Coed ee eee ee eee 119, 120
and: cenocytes...0.55=c1 sss ee ee ees ae es ee ee ee 119-121
Female orpans of reproduction. :.225:. 2288.02 5-328 Joon conned eee 134-139
Femur; defined. 2). a. 05-4... $5. ass oe ae Se ee 22
of honey ees <2 - 2 3 SORE oer aes SO ae ee oe a 67
Fertilization of eer, defined 22.5. {24j.52 55 5555-4 sae ee 130
of honey bee.casc... 3855s ee ee eee *. 137-1389
First abdominal segment (propodeum)..........--..-.-- ed Sete tei MIE ae 58-59
Flacellum: } 525... 555-52 se Se es eer ne 32-33
Flexor musele of mandible of honey bee: :.22-2255 see ne eo eee 40
wing of honey: bees) jc 22h eal ee oe eee a eee 65
Food of adult honey bees. 2.7. .352.c2224 5.324 tote eee ce eee 89
larvee. (See Brood food and Royal jelly.)
Foramen magnum, defined... 5. 242455526 o-e Soe eee 15
of head. of honey bees: 22. 4se ee oe ee ee 28
HMoasa;of proboscis «2 --/....2 .<)2 <2 bs. 555 aise coe ee Soe So an ae 28, 46
Hrontal sanghion: Wc... =o 't' 22 (2 eek eee Qe cote ee “125
Front;-defined so. 5.00.2... 020 Lgskns Sse ee a ee ete ee ee 15
of head‘of honey: bee! 2222 2) 2.22 2isnc) ee eee ee eee 29
Fuica (entosternum), defined... : 2524-528 47222 ac2-4 eee Zi,
of prothorax of honey bée.':222- i. 32th eee ee 55
mesothorax and metathorax of honey bee.............-- 56
Galea, defined.¢.....2..28iccctace esos eee ones eee eee Se ee ih
of maxilla of honey bees... ss4e2 2h. eee ee eee ee eee 46
Ganglis, “defined. 2-222 sce s.5 seco ne hoe eee aoe ene nee eee 124
‘*Gaumrensepel 2 os 2d ce Le nals SERRE Sate Se ee 52
Gene, defined. os ud 2s Vee a 15
of head of honey: bee .4...525 0. te eee ee See es ee 29
General physiology of digestion, assimilation, and eaecuon ne are tae 84-87
Gilla: defined): .2. 22.053 / 22. Godin See ii wie tec ae eo ee eee 112
Glands, extemal mandibular. =. 224 23282 S22 ee ee 4]
internal mandibular... 2.05: 5-5.tec eee Soe eee eee ee ee eee 42
lateral: pharyngeal oi. secs asec bine ese eeesee eee oe eee 91, 92
“Inedian pharyngealiy./. 2 3.0.0. 3 Re RE. eee 91
mucous plands'éf male: orsanszip-t4 4-2 eae eee foe
of Nassanoflf. 056 ccc 22 Soe ae sees eee ee eee 83
SHG oo asso eases auig a Reon? Bebe Co eaMa Ss oa ena ee 78-80
WONG 2.5 ote ee te ss Vee Sous See ae Bee ee eee 78-79
alkaline:.c. <2 .. se oe e oe = eee eee 19
of mesotergum of honey bee. -.. 2222-2222 ee deee 55-56
Postparaptera, defined. 22.2 -25-2-225- ee te eee ee 20
of mesopleurum of honey bee: 4c. eee eee 56
Postscutellum, defined. 3:52.32 25. bss ek See ee ee 19
of mesotergum, of honey bee. - = es as a 55
Poststernellum, defined. 2 205 22a Sate oe Sete eae ee ee 21
Preepisternum, defined... -..22 222 27 een eee = 19-20
Preoral cavity... esac = nek ae ee ee 19
mesothorax of honey beers 5. 2e ee: cea ee 56
metathoraxiof honey béeasa-- (pee ee ee ee eee 56
proper, defined: 2.22.0. ..2 6252 soca. 2a Ree eee 20
Stimnli afferent, defined: /2..2. -252042. soe Se det eee Ee ee eee een eee 124
efferent: defined). 22.28.18. ek eh detec eee see Boe Ono eee 124
Mbps Pc st A Ae eS Eee es ee cee a ne 20 ee 74-83
injection ‘of Poison .o20-.<.< Sees oe days tess sees See ee 80-82
morphology | .2ce25.5 ohh ean ek ee eee 77-78
of queen, bees 22.254 2 ates he oe ete See Se ces ee ee 82-83
Stipess defimeds <5 155 cu5 ose Le eee Se 2 ee oe ee Nn a 17
of maxilla ofthoney bhee@. 223.024. itera eee ee eee a eee 45
Stemach mouth (proventriculus) = 3.22 22220 fo. 2 see oe a Pee ee 95-96
(ventrieulus) ; defined) 7....0..sse7 5005-2 See ee eee 90
of honey bees 6 f.u25.2sepeeea Ns ok eee eee 98
Stomatogastric nervous system, defined ..:22. 25-2 ss02-20,- 3224 oe ee 125
ofhoney beercc chess nee eee ee ee ee 126
Subeosta of generalized wing..:..< . 22 Canknie owe cepa. Soe eee eee eens 22
wings'of Hymenoptéras.lsstee>s2s20cr takes ne abe Soe eee eee 59
Stibeal@ae sc. sac... 0 2 be on as. Sects ete eee ee 45
Sublinewalplands 2227-254 22200258. aaek seek ee eee ee 91
Submentumi, defined: <=... se scSe6cacee Sone eee eee eee if
of labium of honey ‘bee...2.2225-250ccec =. eee ae ee eee 44
Subesophageall ganglion, defined..2.2 2-42 0-.6--eeeee ee ee eee 124
of homey bee s-...\3. a See ee Oa ae ee ee eee 126
Superlinewee of embryo. : sc 2).2ob ese sie oak ER eee See Abi
Supracerebral*glands..: 23-8). skein cent eos oe eee oe 91
Sutures, defined’ a4 - aie sos acs Ha abs Sethe ee ee eee 14
Sympathetic nervous system, defined). .:.23.2se—coa-oncue eee eee 125
ofthoney bee. ...- 25. ose a ee eee ee 126
Tarsus, defined: vac. cess asesee bodk onemladeee oe eee ee eee eee 22
of hhotiey. bee 22. ..eco dee a ne SE is he ase ter 67
first joimtesonc 22 Jet ee es ee EU ER ee eee 66
IEG HIN 2=eoac55 BS ects ciate ket ae | ee 68-69
TAStCOKGANS.. 22s 2 2s Sodio OS ae eee ae Oe ee rere eee 52
Tegula, defined.........- Pe ene Smee HS nS oto SSoe Ske 23
Temperature of honey bees... 22.5 225,.54 20-00 epee ee eee ee eee 115
Tenth secment. of:-abdoment 5c: 500. seme eo Sone oe Cee ee ee 78
L201 Rol a1) 11) eo eRe mei SiS trac jeer Ae Ase tn sane Stus ol
Nergites, defined.;.4.. 7.2.8 ca.cnvenoraeeca eee aan eee ere er ee ssc 14
OO EE en, ee
INDEX. 161
Page.
EULA ETE”: C2 Sie pe Se cg oe ee ee 14
Tener Zed MOTACIC SCRMMCIGs £5 no. o 2 soca ve aslo aol wchoe soe se 19
of abdominal segments of honey bee...........--..---:---4-- 69-70, 72-73
first abdominal segment of honey bee....................-.-.---- 58-59
mesothorax of honey bee........-.-- Bit ete Crepe ts me Ronen EN 55
Mela Gees GMONeN Ee soci t Sos fet Sen Oo, wielbe in se cidtaee en 56-57
Protuurixagiinmeys pee. fo so52 52. Bee ee spa ols st ot oes essa eA 5D
STS SS spans Seyret eng SINS NS sas ered 2a, el got e ape Saye ereeraretale Stare eee a eee 132
“ofa Uae DIVOUESE Mirai gates foal: Ne 0 Se a ge Re 88-89
SLVR EO Sih 9, Loe LAR ek A ie a See OS EN Se 18-19
Miionaemdehne nines wis a tne or er eM cere. 3 AR ce SaaS SN ase Po eae 13
CEMeraeeH NEOMOTIOL Le =o yeu kwehs o% -1a ae Sola ble muse co oh Si lo sears 5s eee 18-19
of hanem bee and iistappendages: 2 5. DEPARTMENT: OF AGRICULTURE;
BURHAU OF ENTOMOLOGY.
L. O. HOWARD, Entomologist and Chief of Bureau.
TECHNICAL RESULTS FROM THE GIPSY MOTH
PARASITE LABORATORY.
CONTENTS AND INDEX.
IssuEv Ocrossér 18, 1916.
WASHINGTON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.
1916.
TECHNICAL SERIES No. 19.
Vos OEP rit MENT OF AGRICULTURE,
BUREHAU OF HNTOMOLOGY.
L. O. HOWARD, Entomologist and Chief of Bureau.
TECHNICAL RESULTS FROM THE GIPSY
MOTH PARASITE LABORATORY.
I. THE PARASITES REARED OR SUPPOSED TO HAVE BEEN REARED
FROM THE EGGS OF THE GIPSY MOTH.
By L. 0. HOWARD, Ph. D.
Il. DESCRIPTIONS OF CERTAIN CHALCIDOID PARASITES.
By J. C. CRAWFORD, Assistant Curator, Division of Insects, United States National Museum.
II. INVESTIGATIONS INTO THE HABITS OF CERTAIN SARCOPHAGIDA.
By T. L. PATTERSON, Assistant in Biology, Sheffield Scientific School, Yale University
WITH AN INTRODUCTION
By W. F. FISKE, In Charge of Gipsy Moth Parasite Laboratory, Bureau of Entomology.
IV. THE CHALCIDOID GENUS PERILAMPUS AND ITS RELATIONS TO
THE PROBLEM OF PARASITE INTRODUCTION.
By HARRY S. SMITH, Expert.
V. EXPERIMENTAL PARASITISM: A STUDY OF THE BIOLOGY OF
LIMNERIUM VALIDUM (CRESSON).
By P. KH. TIMBERLAKE, A. M., Agent and Expert, Gipsy Moth Parasite Laboratory.
WASHINGTON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFIOR.
1916.
ay ae
*
Ps
De
G
rs
BUREAU OF ENTOMOLOGY.
L. O. Howarp, Entomologist and Chief of Bureau.
C. L. Maruatt, Entomologist and Assistant Chief of Bureau.
E. B. O'Leary, Chief Clerk and Executwe Assistant.
. H. CHITTENDEN, 17 charge of truck crop and stored product insect investigations.
.D. Hopkins, in charge of forest insect investigations.
. D. Hunter, in charge of southern field crop insect investigations.
-, in charge of cereal and forage insect investigations.
. QUAINTANCE, in charge of deciduous fruit insect investigations.
. Putiuuies, in charge of bee culture.
‘A F. Burasss, in charge of gipsy moth and brown-tail moth investigations.
Roza P. Currisz, i charge of editorial work.
MaBeE.t Cotcorp, /ibrarian.
Gipsy Motu AnD Brown-Tait Motu INVESTIGATIONS.
A. F. Burasss, tm charge.
D. M. Roasrs, assistant in charge of gipsy-moth quarantine.
L. H. Worrstey, agent.
C. H. T. TownsEnp, S. 8. Crossman, C. W. Conus, F. H. MosHer, R. W. GLAsEr,
REGINALD Woo.LprIDGE, J.J. Cutver, and C.W. SrocKwELt, entomological assistants.
J.N. Summers, J. W. Coapman, J. B. Scoarrner, Jr., H. A. Preston, W. B. TURNER,
C. E. Hoop, J. J. Pruuspury, H. W. Auien, R. T. Wesser, D. W. Jonzs, and
Joun W. BRADLEY, scientific assistants.
G. E. Crement, Wiiuis Munro, and D. O. INGALL, assistants in forest management.
Til
PREFACE.
In the course of more than three years’ work with the parasites
and natural enemies of the gipsy moth and brown-tail moth, nearly all
imported from Europe or Japan, it has been necessary to work with a
number of species new to science and to make the most careful life-
history observations upon all the species concerned in order to
-ascertain points of possible importance in the practical handling of
the material. It is proposed in this Technical Series No. 19 to include
a series of short papers giving some of the systematic and biological
results of this work, the practical deductions for the most part being
reserved for consideration in the bulletins of the general series.
Technical Series No. 12, Part VI, entitled ‘‘A Record of Results
from Rearings and Dissections of Tachinidae,’ by Charles H. T.
Townsend, published September 18, 1908, really should have started
this Technical Series No. 19, since it directly concerns itself with
results of work at the gipsy-moth parasite laboratory.
The laboratory in question, it should be stated, is now stationed at
Melrose Highlands, Mass. (No. 17 East Highland Avenue). It is
conducted with the cooperation of the State of Massachusetts and
the United States Department of Agriculture.
L. O. Howarp.
JANUARY 28, 1910.
CONTENTS,
Page.
The parasites reared or supposed to have been reared from the eggs of the
EEO AIOE. ee untae OS eS has Ys See Stes L. O,. Howard. . ]
Si mGRTIRO HAN Vee apt k SC ee mar se 2 a silat HL i as age ae es ON i a ae |
Pie perma WE ae kites tes AU Sok ote Vb 2
Mie VEGI: eae shee A SI Ooo A 2
ine Marini. 25) 32.3852 4 SRL Mahala ithe cl he ela aia ipod te 2
(ETS CHE cit als hora Nees We aaah ee AE aS i 2
SROTIIE EE OUTLIER sista a SE rape ae aS uae da VAC RY A 5
Sie rataiiye Miipetninee ye ee ost ros Any STU) Sa aan 7
hate sbupelminin. 6 ore tis Sacco 2 aN keg kle eaten an oan, 7
RRESTOITE g URIS EE UES BPN ool taf ARES) ie oh MO ee TN 7
LAL) P3101 Tae A Sg ee eR Ee a Ag Og MCA) a 8
Denby Spheripaaterinee. oss aloo TS en Gola ee a 8
Wirine Pacivysiciibiat hour deed le pk wis EL atare Be 8
CB UIS Ve GCOUNCUTONG hf. LIS ERY RIE ok Oe a 8
SUS CmTOn Tap rines Wepre semew yea. Efe elu LN A lg a ede Ee BU 9
exipieoneiyril laeheriinesss i.) 00). sacs 22 oe obean Wligoee t aatduteed Wee 79
vee trie (ulechiert ini !e 2. ow) ake Sale er a ei a aad a 9
Genus Atoposomoided: 03 et os done Juse ge ek rae
DprA pie lin iiisews ss sepia Re RR cr de) Oe Oh ie ata
eriberapnehnininnn us fo bo ek Mes otto nach i tiee he 11
EPIMIS FETED PULL Ba oe os 22 Sa ek PE ES Le 11
Maen PE POCUGET y lUee oss heen. 2 ae ha oe we dined eee Rene ate eet ee 12
Saige Mee oni st ek sl oe Ci Se Men Palco cathe a 12
Lh TSS 2 (35 0/0) 62 fs VRE gm SIEM Oe ete Re NSE eA car me oak 1b,
STR DIIS BICMONIIES Lo. aot Set i MCS is UU UE ERIE Re 12
Descriptions of certain chalcidoid parasites..............-....J. C. Crawford... 13
Porm iianr snes re ae ess ck ee ADIGE to AAD ee wey Meee ae Men UAL Uy 13
eset NU rvehOnGa cer es he a) Sawer < v\ Uivet eh eu l a P oa 0 Thier) Ne 13
Roma yy hal CRC Tiee sO o/b he fell 8 AE Ba 2 ye cpl) Jd Diana MRP IE
Nios A Oe SCENT aes oe Re We a oe See SP e Meee eh Tee: Rap 13
ESCM ELT TEM wh is Alp Og a A OE ae MRR RA TD Uc 13
pane yer avanhl pyicice wee sig FL Ceuta oh Mate ai de Sah dl rey Sai 20
Gens) eriaipys 20 Muse Skuse vehi ta Bt ot fe hi Ul ae ais 20
rd OOS) old ke E tial MR Aes MR aS a ne AE Oo 21
Sunreeyv! feromalang. < fi ites hel Me ae eel ay 21
EL Ete eerOrMg Winihs A eae Ny ok) eR Eee ae 2
Gems Hiypnopteromalus 534% eee Ue iek Pema ie 21
TMU EM LDTIERLU LE Oem ra cree es od ER yt lee were Sg Mya 22
Pp ianmtby Wermmetormen: 22 cet elt CaP ee tO ee Ne ad 22
UR TIDERGN Sa (Va CURA A ae ge OR Ae ty a ee APD. ec A IA 22
Genus Pleurotropis........-- Sey epee ear MR a end 22
SrrRaneE SULT MCI Es maior Je Sele SINS wR re ok Stila SRNL 24
ARSE SIAL COVE 1 aaa En SERS Yh os MV a od An eS 24
24
Rem EAMONN. AV itv tein ametu ee ews. VES e eked UNE cS
1 The five papers constituting this bulletin were issued in separate form on Jan, 28 and Apr. 30, 1910,
Mar. 22, 1911, and Apr. 22 and May 29, 1912, respectively.
VII
VIII RESULTS FROM GIPSY MOTH PARASITE LABORATORY.
‘ Page.
Investigations into the habits of certain Sarcophagide.......- T. L. Patterson. . 25
introduction ‘(by Ws My Biske) 35-2 70.0 oo. ote ae acl pes Aaa seen ee 25
(yetieral COBAIDIONS [2:0 si2.. C25 Peo donee es Ste eis 4 4S a Me so ek ee bale. oye ese 2
Giecnnis Te: elety'n ds Sy cis ROA get te ene gO seg er eee Tee
a EINE ee See iene an ak ees Aen See swans ees Fad heme
Sernignataat wet ueMerGINers ores. e sea oe se ee gree
Sete mL enn CMAN ners: ee ctse rene eee fr ten Caen We eae ak so. eee
CF EMUSPALOMOSOMIOI eH =n 2-2 tae ke ee oe oes se ss Sees
inbnerianl amen elininier. ne Sete ae an eee et ck 2. PUL Sk Lash Bes ieee
“LETTE a GC HOTE) HIT Te eRe A es Siege tA Fogo: Oe Soe
Genus: Berissopieniseesere nee mae sie cece h Sek a ee
VCE STLTLCS TENG ies 000 2S Se ae SO
ro TRI SS G2) gs ia ee a le a, eo aR eS eee
Morisemhelentonilimieee (a othe Pe oe Se sce. ows dan SESE
> Gems (Nel rernvorninses J okeeorlet. = Sse e Cees soe ance nen Rem See?
Le See hon .
cases chermn Kipanes Wemales sic. <0. sca scltoon a0 <= :
. Schedius kuvane: Antenne of male and female.....-....-....--.------
. Schedius kuvane: Fore and hind wings of female......-...-.-.--..-----
. Tyndarichus.nave: Antenne of male and female -................------
. Tyndarichus nave: Fore and hind wings of female ..............-.----
Sean tarue UI GsCIaiuds MCTRIC. 2... ).c cca seles - 5. ninjn = sewn Ses oes 22 32
. Atoposomoidea ogimxe: Female and details-.......-........-----------
ISD oP & LO
Vv
OMMmOONINOANN NN FE’
=)
a d a8 Ee
2
ripen roe cate
> © sng,” teal a
plies
Le :
_
-
,
*
if
j
\
as ’
.
K rt
;
“ i ies
‘
:
' ’
# ) aw
_ PPL Al
t ‘ ¢ fie; the 7 a Trg
-
variegatum, type of Atoposoma, parasite of Gicophyllembius neglectus...-..-- ll
94 RESULTS FROM/GIPSY MOTH PARASITE LABORATORY.
Page
Atoposomoidea, new ‘genus, description.....--.---.00)ss.-2s0-- 2 eee eee e dencee 9-11
Atoposomoidea ogimex, new species, description, host, probably not a parasite
OPP POTENCHAG ‘CUS DAR? <.ae ae te cece wat neinens Peet tale eee Pee Se eS ec 9-11
ees, parasitic, roleas‘carriers'of triungulims.. 22. .f)-.. pene e eee ee se aie 38
Blepharipa scutellata—
most.of PerilampusCuprinuss® ve. Ue Lag 2cicie tach ie poles ae eee L Sane 65, 66, 69
parasite.of pipsy Mote! ec6 23 se Ge rae weeds miso 4iey> wie Cogs apsietaters we etae oe 65
Brown-tail moth—
(See also Euproctis chrysorrhea.)
host of Apanteles sp.......---- bara cae nica ee Rare sa ae ete ae ie miele atenee Sane 66
host of Apanteles vimenetorum.....- meek We Ma Bae Sd, Silk Be eee eee See 67
host of Compsilura concinnata......-...------ Dee eRe Ae SE ens ayy iss © Mee
host of Meteorus and Zygobothria Pres zee oti fart ea Pee oe I Pk aK
tae hii PALAsiies: we. os eles ces) 0B er niahe. APs Bic 5p NE al hod apie gee aie a 65
Campoplex—
cocoons erroneously thought to be those of Perilampus violaceus.........-. 64-65
parasite of tortricid...... See ee te eRe et ene ARTS SPEC Rm eS a 2S 64-65
Carpocapsa pomonella, host of Perilampus yee UPONS Sled 2 a! Ske ee a ee 64
Chaleidigae: jc os. ot ore eae dans ates eae seeaRy 3, hae oe cate A ah, en 13-20
(Chaloidimiee: 2 tu. 345%" By hee pee te ae eatin are NA Paneer Se 13-20
Cif VE] cory IT Ft UO We ee ai LPI RA ae SM AM aN eM olbiteire ne aelen ed He CRS CES Si 2 .. 13-20
Chalcidoid parasites, descriptions of certain species, paper........--------.-- 13-24
Chalcis—
bel fragevm«table-of Epecies.of genus <2 342 is. Ses te eh we eee ree 14
callipus instable of species:OF PENS. on. bole; SS eee eee 1
Lithocolletis ornatella, host of Hippocephalus multilineatus (Zagrammosoma
TRLLELUUTLCUE UTI reo aial Eiken hie Artois, 5 hare appeal aig | atelicy ae ae Ay a eee T]
dajerus canaliculatus, host/ot Perilampus micans.=..-..-..2722-)J-- 05. onsen 64
Malacosoma americana as a possible host of Limnerium validum, experiments. ... 78-81
Malacosoma, amoebocytosis in caterpillars as a protective reaction against
TGUAETULNE POD oy. oooh os Ge haath sinha head Oe ee She te 75
Melalopha inclusa, secondary host of Perilampus hyalinus, parasite.......-..... 61-62
Melanichneumon sp.—
Pakasite.or Hy phantria, tector. «veld ncryen wah eee Daas sea eee eee) eee 45
probable’ host. of Perilampus hyalinus..\j2 2422: i eeeciae a sehe oe ee eee 45
Metanoplus bivitiatus, hostof sarcophagid.-.....-2.---2 s<-++2-- 22-4204 eRe 63
Melittobia, parasite of Varichxta, probably too small for host of Perilampus....-. 5d
ELGG SBS tie Bein vs in a aint Seren 2 Sela Oo BS = eciectee sd NEE eae Ga ae ere eee 60
Mesochorus, parasite of Apanteles vimenetorum...-.....2:-..02------2---00eee 67
Meteorus—
communis, parasite of Hyphantria textor, host of Perilampus hyalinus...-...- 62
jcominunis’), host.ot Perilampus hyalinus...2...$. 25-2052 54-2. 58 eee eee ae 44
fatal influence of larva over that of Zygobothria nidicola when occurring
together in brown-tail moth caterpillars.............------2.-2----++e- 77
oviposition far from head of caterpillar host, reasons therefor. ..........-.- 73
parasite of brown-tail moth. ............-.- wiauertine TL 4a ates sete 77
parasite of Hyphaniria cunea\.\5 vocg ek el ee eee he te ay Set eee 72
Microplitis nigripennis, parasite of Heliothis obsoleta and host of Perilampus
(TGIH 1) ee ARS ae MMM MERE AG Tost Tene enh LA Ceres re)! ho). 63
Ty SIL TL ila ek Aa aa RPA, ARABIA MRP aN EUS RIL ctu heiere ey de mba 2-7
Monodontomerus reared from gipsy-moth pupe......-....------------ee seer eee 28
Mourning-cloak butterfly. (See Euvanessa antiopa.)
OMG DOLIES OVD PORUGLOMs oe\s bis, avcik beat citeh alate eue lates ielel to aoe ne ee 60
Nematus eriehsonii, planidium (Perilampus?) found on hibernating larva. ....- 59
Notolophus, amcebocytosis in caterpillars as a protective reaction against Lim-
METLUTE URLGUNE oo a div ole cig nigie $m 05 eee me es sa) x ae RR ee Be ee ee 75
Notolophis antiquus as a possible host of Limnerium validum, experiments... .. 81-82
Ocneria dispar—
(See also Porthetria dispar and Gipsy Moth.)
Iostson ‘A nasiatus Difasciitys, oi. 6 sds sacle ave nme ae actinides ot ee eee ee ch
Ocecophyllembius neglectus, host of Atoposoma variegatum.......-..---+--+-++++-- 11
Ooencyrius, parasites of lepidopterous eggs. ......2....-------2-- eee eee eens 1
Orasema—
developments... o.. oon oe "eee yateva "alge, Sout Siahares of Lhe Paes ane ans © CAS Vi Ray eee 57-59
MO OTUGLON os ieee aids SESE oa aE ee Ao SIC LEER, EAA) EAE OPN 47
parasite of Pheidole instabilis and other ants.........-..-2.2.---22-2s- seu 57-58
relationahip to Pertlam pus: (2. Wieei's ons hse eee aac see aa eee 59
INDEX. 3)
Orasema viridis— _ Page.
comparison of pupa of Perilampus hyalinus therewith... ......-...------ 47-48
UTA el Mee PED ee rest en ee ees Cees FS eae e ysiaja, a Se RPE ESAT SER AY sate a LS re 30-36
Ovippstion- wnebrigion planidiyms es Ass Nhe. Sb Ebb leds oe Ry 57-58
plznidium deseription sf os +0523. 4s\ce- +325 234 - SHB LI eR Io ahs Settee 59
PEROT Ura: heal tat ane HOSS Ans saneuare mi meeds Sma tT ee 8
Pachyneuron gifuensis, bibliography, hosts reared from eggs of Porthetria dispar. . 8
QU ILEN TON: SOS Ole LUTE OCTUCH ILS MUUGE= 3: 245044 =o 23 Sl Soe Po en ce Se 7
Pales pavida—
GST Oil ULI IER, CL INANUS', =e ieucy cis aoe ed ob eieiei nieuw OA RO Lode Lee ee) Dai 65-66
Perec at Teme) POMBE. Jc eee RoR PONS Say al ieee, se eye ea 65
Parasite introduction—
relations of Perilampus to problem, paves Le Depress mya ys bs 33-69
SVC CM OT0 O41 08] 010) 1 gen ele Dmg i yatta 76-77
Parasites reared or supposed to have been reared from eggs of gipsy moth, paper. 1-12
Parexorista cheloniae—
Hasire eres DUS GU DRBUG? So. io tank's au eaks pk Lbgemae <2 BW Uae eee 65, 66
Marastievoiibuaci baw ofl Midas skeet eee, tig nn a mcprate Nites She 2 65
Pastinaca sativa, adults of Pertlampus hyalinus taken on leaves... .. . : 48
Patterson, T. L., paper, ‘‘Investigations into the Habits of © Geroins Caren:
Dhatdes?” Sepia: hs SA. oe atl eee Ut ee et Le ae ee et. Tele 25-32
Rentatomidre-phosts of helenomusiculiratus.. = 21) 2-325 sao Feed eae ee 12
iP tera breawonire eevee UA ay Ree ang te Ie nie aes 2 RSS Pk eM ea Rs a ome ME ce 20
Perilampidee ia Eucharidee, relationsh peo.= 2.2 Sree le sae een 59-60
Perilampus—
and its relations to problem of eee imtroduction; paper 22.24 402 e2 33-69
SUSIE CHOU LO NET TCU 8 ane ga Eee Se CO eC ny OA ae ee ae Ee Ce 67-69
(?) emergence from parasitized Hyphantria textor............-----+-+----- 34
Seem ilostare a tiams, Of Semis ne te) tae 2 cd oie wim oe UR SC LES U SL) -Uk ule goteee dtr 61-67
jOBNeATH Retold Decl all aV(o ks yee GeeNE OURE: GS Nerehe Seed ee UOeIEE Ere get ee Dawe Neen Merete aes nee 63
planidium found on hibernating larva of Nematus erichsonii.....-.--.---- 59
Reed Le ONT COREA rahe ayesha Ek SN Se eh cl bi) ley See oh a 59-60
TeAuIne oa host Telationmol pemusecieg 4d od ae ealos a Ses see aa aes 66-67
Perilampus angustatus, recorded hosts... . 2... 222 2.h 22. 22 ee eee nee 64
rerumanEs Wureinia TeGorded Noste. 2: vic. 1-,., 2c o% shee a eee Wigs Heh eek . 64
Perilampus cuprinus—
rear CHUAN RSD EMS epic ee Se seh Sn ean Mey ld dye 5g a See dle Lge, Aided 68-69
hosts, probable life history. ...... CPEs yor at Senne ecto ie Se ces Ei ales 65-66
parasite of Blepharipa scutellata.........--- HAE hes Sah es Ue, aa haa ellie ana 69
clam nas cuaneta: Anod mabits:of adult. sk pi bulo yee oad eee Sele 4 Swit 48
Perilampus hyalinus—
NEEM ae 8 SNe ls Re OS a” EE Ap Oe RY ee I EE UEE aC ep 34-55
development as influenced by temperature. ....-....-------..--++++--- 49-5]
Scranton pT ee Ye helen Stal awed ake eee) cade ee Th, Hada ate bast alk 68
elect onparacitiony on ost. vee Shee tials cei ee ee oA aes tte ye 51-52
Fe ALE WGK 6 AE Ye 00) Ae er Pee ne, ean CERES PERN RNC FS Mes HT po MA ae 48
habits in comparison with those of P. cuprinus.........----..--+22-++-++-- 66
LA¥ORUChe e Ae Se ketene tonne eta ep ee 2 ee A De eee ee ay 42-45, 61-63
eT mec Yavee) GECKOS Spee ese acs ee Meet ure yen ee 4 aia epee bare antl 45-47
PCV@RCURS VeiaO Hence e% ty ie ae tes ohne? Ne dc eee tl Et meen ed Salle 49-5]
UES GL STA NTE cae Se CARE RN See fee Ate eae ee St Soe eee eng 49
Ope tina eae ion. acho ee SO. teeth ily Seed erty Malek yy oaM 49
TRANS OSUREOMS Nera ASE Bee eth EN tS Ls a COUNTY, uf Cae ce 37-38
DANOBIGEL OL PAT eD tun JUCUUD Uso) ai ee wer eS So cae bd eck 63
100 RESULTS FROM GIPSY MOTH PARASITE LABORATORY.
Perilampus hyalinus—Continued. . Page,
parasite of Microplitis nigripennia.\. 22.02% Je. 0 Ro Ce es ne oa 63
parasite of sarcophahid. vse. e an cele oe Um oun eware een) haps mee 63
Parasite wl Varichwta sy sikeis 2
Tyndarichus navx reared ‘from fg8:- .-. 22-22. ses os wt Se dee ee =e ee 7
TINDER, 627 101
Page.
OUEST haa] OIG bs SOR AP CBSE ie RE RSE Sma gS a Ns RTS RE Re a 12
JPG pSrRO Raa TILT Peeve Ce il, Him ae MSCS Ce ee et delaher yaiedebets a ALI a! Se 8, 21-22
aR CRGRAe ATi erae NEM os. bette ta ciel Wasco Mash Solera erwin sini faty beh ate eo widic mia wio Metis atia Aaa Oey 21-22
JP esetronrna ven ral eee) See Se NR GEE eee BE a Lata Vee Rea Pe Ars ee rae 21-22
Rearing apparatus and methods for Limnerium validum.....---.-------------- 72-73
Se irerenur ayy, (7), secondary host of Perlampus spi. sce soc. 2s,. 2s) d 2 fie sae ch oe ok 62
Rhipiphorus paradoxus, life history in comparison with that of Peetu and
RASTA SEAR AES RS Oe CSO el an Se gee oy SR ae Re tn te ee me a ee 60-61]
Samia cecropia, secondary host of Ben tanvus hyalinus, parasite. .......-.4---- 61-62
Sarcophagid —
NOSE ere RULEUIIE LES UUY OUTER ahs cpsctee® aly ad crates eh oy Satay care ee pata uae het ah ie ge 63
Peared (LOU WelaNOPVUs OLUUEATAEG re tase die Miers ss
° ;
, ‘ ‘ '
na ty
' , Ai i t
ast ‘ i he a 5 }
f oT nb ja t
: at
; be
f
} } ’
4 A
; Yet
" py
1 @ yl ,
, ‘
; . t a a
i “a 1
, : At l
" ; {
ait % 4
; . y
+ pA
;
)
ts
pf ‘
‘
yates
; q
n
,
j x .
ay i y \e
B ‘ '
’ Ne
’
TECHNICAL SERIES No. 20.
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE,
BUREAU OF HNTOMOLOGY.
L. O. HOWARD, Entomologist and Chief of Bureau.
TECHNICAL PAPERS ON MISCELLANEOUS
FOREST INSECTS.
I. CONTRIBUTIONS TOWARD A MONOGRAPH OF THE BARK-WEEVILS
OF THE GENUS PISSODES.
By A. D. HOPKINS, ‘In Charge of Forest Insect Investigations.
Il. THE GENOTYPES OF THE SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS, OR
THE SUPERFAMILY TENTHREDINOIDEA.
By 8S. A. ROHWER, Specialist in Forest Hymenoptera.
II. A REVISION OF THE POWDER-POST BEETLES OF THE FAMILY LYCTIDA
OF THE UNITED STATES AND EUROPE.
By E. J. KRAUS, Expert Preparator, Forest Insect Investigations.
AppENDIXx. NOTES ON HABITS AND DISTRIBUTION
WITH LIST OF DESCRIBED SPECIES.
By A. D. HOPKINS, In Charge of Forest Insect Investigations.
IV. STUDIES IN THE SAWFLY GENUS HOPLOCAMPA.
By 8S. A. ROHWER, Specialist in Forest Hymenoptera.
V. A PRELIMINARY SYNOPSIS OF CERAMBYCOID LARVA.
By J. L. WEBB, Entomological Assistant.
VI. CHALCIDIDS INJURIOUS TO FOREST-TREE SEEDS.
By S. A. ROHWER, Specialist in Forest Hymenoptera.
WASHINGTON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.
1921.
BUREAU OF ENTOMOLOGY.
L O. Howarp, Entomologist and Chief of Bureau.
GC... Martarr, Entomologist and Assistant Chief of Burcar.
E.B. O’LEary, Assistant to Chief.
A. J. Lester, Chief Clerk.
Roa P. Curris£, Editor.
Mapet Concorp, Librarian.
W. D. Hunter, in charge of southern field-crop insect investigations,
W
.R. Watton. in charge of cereal and forage insect investigations.
. L. QUAINTANCE, in charge of deciduous-fruit insect investigations.
H. CurrrenneEn, in charge of truck-crop insect investigations.
. A. Back, in charge of stored-product investigations.
. D. Hopxrns, in charge of forest insect investigations.
. F. Parures, in charge of investigations in bee culture.
. F. Burcesss, in charge of gipsy moth and brown-tail moth investigations.
Forest Insect INVESTIGATIONS.
A. D. Hopkins, Forest Entomologist in Charge.
M. MitteER, assistant forest entomologist; H. E. BurKE, W. D. Epmonston, T. E.
Snyper, J. C. EvENDEN, specialists in forest entomology; 8. A. RonweEnr, specialist
in forest Hymenoptera; A. G. B6vinG, expert; CARL HeErnricn, specialist in forest
Lepidoptera; F. B. Herpert, Wi.t1am Mrppieton, Raymonp A. Sr. Grores, J.
H. Pouwwock, scientific assistants; J. E. Parrerson, W. E, GLENDINNING, GEORGE
Horgr, entomological rangers; P. D. Hartman, assistant entomological Inspector.
II
PREFACE TO BULLETIN.
It is the purpose of this bulletin to include such miscellaneous
technical papers on insects, other than the scolytid beetles, as are
either injurious or beneficial and of more or less importance in their
relation to American forests. These papers are based largely, if not
entirely, on original observations and investigations, supplemented
by material in the United States National Museum, and serve as a
necessary basis for the nontechnical papers on the same insects.
As they are intended to be of service especially to the economic
entomologists and to the student of forest entomology, they are, as
a rule, presented in a somewhat less formal style than if intended for
the systematist only.
petal Dae
Ill
bk
oh ae
a AY Wi oa : ,
VUL TAR OS Baa
“ *
“el bo”
é tal
y
;
; eyall'Fy
a EAL aT Se
a, be Fare
LA
CONTENTS.
\ ‘ Page.
CONTRIBUTIONS TOWARD A MONOGRAPH OF THE BARK-WEEVILS OF THE GENUS
PAMNINE Dee yata sashes ate ahs ely ais Sia aeraial We wae waieitie wrote A, D. Hopkins. . 1
GACNAIIOC COE) Ort e Stn te aie suiciciatin lim apahs 214 Leah ORAM aha de Re aradie Sich 1
BRE GTAC AI POLERON COS conto tee a ite ae owes ene eh Maat Lokre a si ebayer bidtelate 2
Copy of original description of the genus...) .....222---.-2-2.-5-2- 3
AraAnsiation, Of Original descripmome wwe toc. fs). 28S 1 foe oe oie eal 3
List of species of Pissodes described previous to 1909, with recorded
hE MD UilOn dtd NOSh CECCS IANA SoBe hash sic at econ sb iss welniclw ale o/s 6
PR RAMNEGS EAS eh cer ea erateteicraneiene he alate Es MIEN Wi ward o's a See ised Bie 8
Charaeters used by different authors tas. i... coe foe ee cb ee 8
Subordinal andifamil yecharacterse 4 -\.'.6. 253252 oe san edb ees 2 8
Tribal and subfamily-characterses i. 20 2.'.'. jc\a ete cece ono 8
EVIsIONal MOTEAA eh aoe eat MUN We SAIN Fe is. hahaa steels ola Uarsereia 9
ECAC CHACACHOPS Es 2 a te IO Xe cM hw watcha Dias Go wins Se cotoe 9
Suporainaland family characters) tit 32.8... sds ciel oe aise 9
Whdertinaleeamiontse UN eee PL ieee alee Qi le oho sielsiwiacc' s 9
PVE VASEC YC LASSItl CATLO Taare eee ee Pere Scie ale we aioe ello Matafeielwisio aie 10
pubordimal-to subiamilly eharacterses ) ok 22.6 esis oe Fe nee wielere'e 1d
GENOMIC ENATACtORa: ge Soe ON Ao len ete arate oh aiSial ofan diate watt 11
Anatomical details oh tmevadult yer eees 3. ser c.ctre ao wn oelaclale io cieere ole 12
UD VERN aNSCVG dal 8 Oh ae Pe Te eS re ey OEE at: am aE OE 12
AU AVERT e(0i psp cee i ream ai BAGS Nee Sad sub 2 Se ee eee ae 17
PLS PROLOGPAR Es Atte e eee ARO falas wala o alen oe ae Sale 18
ABatewren(eseyAne) eh Gee wee OAR AES te ee eee ee 18
Mine anit hota yi} ac vee wets Adie wee AC SED tia hale 20
AMA ey EN ave Koyeaveyaisi sky eRe yO DE Sle ee Ee AS LORRI ic i Bears ree 20
ELE WVATACIS Ca ha Sees Pe shee PE HU Has ictal clare ao eimmalalaband 21
Gee eipet Megas h ear a7 Me As A OI por PP ie Baie eee ee a eas Sopa 22
Secondary sexual characters.1c AG 1 Ae Las) aa . 2e2kt eee 60
21. \Pissodes MuUnraqyane. 2); . 3s. os <= + ete 60
99: \Passodes coloradensis....2...---= s2se en -eeeee 60
93. Pissodes alascensis 22... 2. se skiek Boel beet 61
94. \Pissodes rotundatus: 2.22. soea (ee Speen beer 61
Subsection! b6 “aces. Gs Silas ees ees. eee 62
25. Pissodes: bunket.coJ- tis sthhs to coils aaielai- Beeler 62
26. Prssodes ‘nuperd : 2 2hsaeane-baceeigeeee-ieeee 62
27 epassodes Gubtuavse. te es ase eons 63
28, Pissodes fraser. 2... 32 peta k ee Pee 63
Divisions ED s.c8 SRE ee Bal a eh Seok SAG aed See ee Caeser as 64
29. Possodessafimies ois 2 oe beens bee Tee shee ee ¢ 64
30: Pissodes curriete .ii)25 sskakeoas te. cheese 65
List of described species of Pissodes. . .....-..--22--- 2-220 - ee eee e eee eeee 65
Bibliggraphy .\. << sk okGoke sce ese noms oem Simieiaiaia siti ee ie een ae 66
CONTENTS. VIL
Page.
‘Thr GENOTYPES OF THE SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS, OR THE SUPERFAMILY
Pe ea ee COSINE shy WR a Cee a Gnas Pe ABN d oe eeu reed 5S. A. Rohwer .. 69
un EDT) ea ae Bt ee ROY LUBE CALE) DAS Mg td As aR DRS UME A TD SS 69
Analphabetical catalogue of the generic names used in the Tenthredinoidea,
FLED: GOUT LVDS SPOGRS cic Wie Hal EL HN ADE Tate Se SO) OS CLAN aie 69
The designation of the type species of genera....................200 69
Rules of zoological nomenclature for the designation of type species. . 71
Gapelop ie. s sais bois a So foie ly eta AE SO ANE OO RL Lad 72
Aaindex to. the: penoty pes: Fr Be SoU Os OPP. BITS 92
DimMoMy Mayol Certalm Cemena tie ces ey) aCe St) ONLI UNRATE Dhl Ne 98
The work of William H. Ashmead on the Tenthredinoidea...............- 102
An alphabetical list of the genera of Tenthredinoidea described by
William H. Ashmead, with the determined synonymy............. 103
Bibliography of the more important writings of William H. Ashmead
on-Tenthredinoidea.). Vii ious em JE QING Po ek 104
Description of the genera and species.................220220-22e20ee 104
_A REVISION OF THE PowpsER-Post BEETLES or THE FAmiLy LycTip® OF THE
Unirep STaTES AND EUROPE.......-.... E. J. Kraus and A. D. Hopkins... 111
TaD CALE UPON DORPES NL LOM Abii, SEN AC Lhe data ee cea’ dL dlisted OL dil
LEIS fog ee tt LN YE) Le ESL Be CO ee ee ee ROD RE SD 112
The principal characters of the family Lyctide..............2..........- 114
RRO PRIS Mon OTe. MOM LUIS) ie Noiie LN Ea itso 70 He DA Cy Ooty 115
Revisional notes...............- me SRE UNL NE td DOL AAT) SY LO 115
Nynepsisiot species-of the genus) Lyctuss << oc. beh dc ees eee PLOY IL OES 116
SVADSMMATIC TOUCH ied cay bet Dele, cel wy erin and oY dre 7O0 TES Mf 121
AGORA ES EE Ue MEA OELCIIEG YN Yadav oie ia Lee eA. De A ee 121
DY CE RS UU P esas OMLOL Pag au ald oh eke dat be CULE Ie hah eA
WS OLUS. UA CLO TUS (Ae OOntS),)4\e 0! ba sys. ee, eS 121
PGRGLUS: CONOR UCU WAGON chic scan eames ok eee LUE ORL 121
Lyctus parallelopipedus (Melsheimer).............02.02...002204 121
CHS CUMULUS OASCV Lae ee 2 SEED E OF TR SOA geet 122
TENCEUE BOUL SNAN EIS 2 xl MALL Jinks Gade, KoA es dies < cin eiuitl ero RT 122
iLyctusvanunnes (Stephens) \. i.) sci... 254 4 UE OI tt 123
yciiis pubescan nA nZee W's; bisa cue anikies dua'd ass’ c cece oe ae 123
Uirchs.0 paced its die CONGE. 8 hi ced wes aca nie toe ee ES 123
Wiyetus. suiairalis ALGSEMATIN 6. Juco lou Awe! els ON, ws iene is 124
Dietus rapeod ae ue CONTE. Yai nina Ses chal achat. HOR Oe 124
Lights PANICOL gs, Lie) COME 64/43 sia kt OS IOLS Powe Lae .a ote 124
WOPERUS BGT UM FUG ABE GS 5 Sate ks SEHE saa eos la!s Ase Pe ei aha ts er MeCN 125
Lyctus linearis (Goeze)....-. ay sie Whspates el Jia fer ily sOUIN eae Tae NE 125
Gems lychomlon, Ie@iUber ns Scun iis hd hh 4 Wal s\n Buca ee bch blk nh ree aver ards 126
Wcha tion (AROnIUN TeTLOne ok. uae es (Ok OE Mea i a ta 126
CELUI OLEAN) ETE) MARS MN RRO Co OC a 126
DECHLACH THGUCORIS (NV ONCE WSU iy cad ue EV Sa ee Ot 127
MRD, SEICROLNTLE NECETECOR Yee up we Sed pea eh els 127
TCU 2 6 6a PEANUT ga SIDS RR CU, a as De SEL ca 128
Appendix. Notes on habits and distribution, with list of described species. 130
fi ry RE REAP CE ORS AE IU A a HART ae TPR Se 130
LOPES 0) TCT En ID AAS of SAUER OUT AVG htt UN Of CAT AO Oe 132
The Lyctide represented in the collections examined by Kraus and
Hopkins (classification according to Kraus)..................-.-.-- 136
List of described species, with synonymy according to the literature
and recent studies, hy the awthorde. oes. ik sock eos d kc cee wee 137
VIII MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
SrupIes IN THE SAwFLY GENUS HOPLOCAMPA.........4...--- S. A. Rohwer...
Introduetiony ss. 2222) % sccie apis oe Septem be ee Eee sd aaidae ts See ae ee
Hoplocampa ( Macgillivrayella) pallida n. sp........-/.2-2---2-- eee cece eeee
Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa) orbitalis n. Sp....-.-.---22+- 002. eee eee eee eee
Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa) koebelei n. sp......------ Sead ous at steel ope bine
Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa) alpestris n. sp.........---------- eee eee eee
Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa) californica n. sp. ......-- 22.2.0 cece ee eee eee
Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa) marlatit-n, sp. ./2.4-5.52+a n= 532 ae eae
Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa) nevadensis n. Sp. ....-------++--- 222 e eee eee
Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa) cantha 0... 8p... 0cehe+rembied iplsates shee eee vee
Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa) occidentalis n. Sp....--------------------e- eee
Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa) montanicola n. sp.....--------------------+--
Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa) halcyon (Norton)........-..-----------++++++-
Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa) bioculata Rohwer.............------- peeet te
Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa) pallipes Macgillivray........-...-------------
Selandria canadensis, Provancher se d25/ 0. bews da zonecs ed adeno Lee ee aaee ae
Selandria flaviconnis Provan cher-pocsesetias sce eee eee eee ee ae pees
Hoplocampa (?) atriceps Karby Je oes eee ee eae eee ae
Hoplocampa lenis (Cresson) and Hoplocampa spissipes (Cresson)....-.------
Hoplocampa gentilis (Cresson) and Hoplocampa montana (Creu) Pape tS or
Tenthredo (Allartus) obtusa Bilugig ol) ce tiergsael oe ticks Raia eae ee
Synoptic table to the Nearctic species of the subgenus Hoplocampa.......
A Preitminary Synopsis oF CERAMBYCOID LARV#.......--.-- J. LL. Webb...
Introduction....... Jiahe w't eee eae has Sah Melepnceyd ee trill tare PIES acc e
Superfamily Ceramby coidea:-t.22120..cwt ce tevec s eneae be “wwe oases
Kamoily Lamitdse.s:; ci-0) odio beatin, see ei oe ee eee eee ee
Family: Cerambycidse soo) cicte hang WS AS Ae ee ORs Pcie eee
Family ‘Lepturidze : S025 jsjccih. tas eee Dene sees eee eo eee
amily Priomid ser sy yeh te lay 8 PO aie ere i plant espe eae
Family Asemidie. .o:\ 5.03) yseteatalane rea ose eee eee
CuHatcipips Inyurtous TO Forest-TREE SEEDS........-.-.--- S. A. Rohwer...
Imtrodmetione oii cutawievie sale cae tac tease o stey Skok Meee en ene cma
Syuntomaspis druparwmne os. a ee a aR eel re Oe ies eee eh eee arcane
Me astig in Vie BD <:a:3 Slag sy ais SRS mse is te ne be BRS eee RN, enc tena
Megastiqgmus breviewudts. oo. oo. nie wane a et acer oc SO ee eee eee
Megastignius strovtlobius. 5. eo i.) SRR eM alee aN ge ce
Megastigmas putusonec2s . teen. edhe wae OL EL EE ee eee eee
Meégastigmus spermotrophus: = .'-.tie2,<5.<.0-' kei es eee ee ee eee
SVEN) | ghee ey ean Sen MEER TS rae NA rity ep hem
Biblicoraphy... Vevacen.8 4 as Saas ear eedhsy mlm umitee STR. 9 a AceaN iO OR ese
Page.
Lag
139
ILLUSTRATIONS.
PLATES.
Puate I. Classification of the genus Pissodes, showing technical and common
names and species numbers. ...........------2----- eee ee peeees
TL. Statistical taxonomy of Pissodes: 2. . 2... 2)... ees cine ne eee vp eeee=
III. Adults of Pissodes. Fig. 1.—P. similis. Fig. 6.—P. strobi. Fig.
8.—P. schwarzi. Fig. 15.—P. radiate. Fig. 16.—P. fasciatus.
yt lS 75 ea a RR aN LV ey Steet Sega gee
IV. Adults of Pissodes. Fig. 20.—P. puncticollis. Fig. 24.—P. rotunda-
tus. Fig. 25.—P. burkei. Fig. 26.—P. piperi. Fig. 27.—P.
dubius.—Fig. 29.—P. affinis.........-------- rude cor pene ote edad oo
V. Larva and pupa of Pissodes. Fig. A.—P. piperi, larva—dorsal, lat-
eral, and ventral aspects. Fig. B.—P. sitchensis, pupa—dorsal,
Wenmtral, and lateral aspects: lo .a 5 ba. sess sie seine eee eee s eee #
VI. Pygal tergites of the abdomen of Pissodes. Fig. 5, @ .—Tergite 7 of
P. engelmanni. Fig. 5, ¢.—Tergites 7 and 8 of P. engelmannt.
Fig. 6.—Tergites 7 and 8 of P. strobi. Fig.7, ¢.—Tergites 7 and 8
of P. approximatus. Fig. 28, 3.—Tergites 7 and 8 of P. frasert;
Fig. 28, 9 .—Tergite7 of P. fraseri. Fig.29, ¢.—Tergites7 and 8 of
P.affinis. Fig. 30, ¢.—Tergites 7 and 8 of P. curriei...---------
VII. Female reproductive organs of Pissodes.......-.---------+-+--+++-+++-
VIII. Male and female reproductive organs of Pissodes......--.----------
IX. Male reproductive organs of Pissodes...........------------++2++++°
ey Porke of Male Senitalis Ol FP 1SsOdes oe. 2 So n= Sats wis pam Saeco =
XI. Stems of male genitalia of Pissodes...........--2---++22-ee2 eter eee
XII. Pissodes fiskei: Work in inner bark and outer wood.....-.----------
XIII. Pissodes sitchensis: Work in terminal and top. ....-.-----------+---
XIV. Pissodes strobi: Work in terminals and tops.......--.---------------
XV. Work of Pissodes approximatus and P. nemorensis in bark and wood
CH Mama USCA ES ees a Ne Ut Se MEG Cog, cial tk ately ainin piaraieeta wai
XVI. Work of Pissodes yosemite and P. schwarzi in bark and wood....-.----
XVII. Pissodes fasciatus: Work in bark and outer wood.....-..-----------
POV Enlace ssodes pepert:: WOrk imam 2. ea. 2 cies e 920s sss
XXI. Distribution maps of Pissodes. Fig. 17.—P. costatus. Fig. 18.—P.
fisket. Fig. 19.—P. nigre. Fig. 20.—P. puncticollis. Fig. 21.—
P. murrayane. Fig. 22.—P. coloradensis. Fig. 23.—P. alascensis.
Bs Ok STOUUOANUS ttle wisn = Racin shies itia's siiv sees ese ses
Page
68
68
68.
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Puate XXII. Distribution maps of Pissodes. Fig. 25.—P. burkei. Fig. 26.—P.
Fic.
pipert. Fig. 27.—P.dubius. Fig. 28.—P.frasen. Fig. 29.—P.
Ofinis. AAS \30— BS CUM Abie sn ws ae te ima es eee
XXIII. Fig. 1.—Hoplocampa ( Macgillivrayella) oregonensis: Front view
of head. Fig. 2.—Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa) flava: Front view
ofhead. Fig. 3.—Hoplocampa(Hoplocam pa) orbitalis: Saw. Fig.
4.—Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa) montanicola: Saw. Fig. 5.—
Hoplocampa(Hoplocampa)alpestris: Saw. Fig.6.—Hoplocam pa
(Hoplocampa) koebelei: Saw. Fig. 7.—Hoplocampa (Hoplo-
campa) pallipes: Saw. Fig. 8.—Hoplocampa (Hoplocam pa) hal-
cyon: Saw. Fig. 9.—Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa) nevadensis:
Saw
XXIV. Fig. 1.—Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa) xantha: Sheath. Fig. 2.—
Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa) pallipes: Sheath. Fig. 3.—Hoplo-
campa (Hoplocampa) koebelei: Sheath. Fig. 4.—Hoplocampa
(Hoplocampa) nevadensis: Sheath. Fig.5.—Hoplocampa (Hoplo-
campa) alpestris: Sheath. Fig. 6.—Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa)
montanicola: Sheath. Fig. 7.—Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa)
marlatti: Sheath. Fig. 8.—Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa) occi-
dentalis: Sheath. Fig. 9%.—Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa)
haleyon: Sheath. Fig. 10.—Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa)
orbitalis: Sheath
XO allio. ile sera ot dcam tan lap anania innate is: Male, anterior wing.
Fig. 2.—Hoplocampa (IToplocampa) halcyon: Male, anal cell of
fore wing. Fig. 3.—Hoplocampa(Hoplocampa) bie Pinto Fe-
male, four basal antennal joints. Fig. 4.—Hoplocampa (Hoplo-
campa) nevadensis: Female, four basalantennal joints. Fig.6.—
Ho plocampa ( Hoplocampa) occidentalis: Male antenna. Fig. 6.—
Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa) montanicola: Male antenna
XXVI. Fig. 1.—Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa) flava: Female, radial area in
fore wing. Fig. 2.—Hoplocampa(Hoplocampa) halcyon: Female,
radial area in fore wing. Fig. 3.—Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa)
montanicola; Female, radial area in fore wing. Fig. 4.—Hoplo-
campa { Macgillivrayella) lacteipennis: Female, radial area in
fore wing
XXVII. Dorsal aspect of heads of representative larvee of each family of
BND WDE
Pissodes strobi: Head, ventral aspect, and mouth parts
. Pissodes strobi: Head, dorsal aspect, and mandibles
. Dendroctonus valens: Head, dorsal and lateral aspects
. Dendroctonus valens: Head, ventral aspect, and mouth parts.......-.--
. Pissodes sitchensis: Head of larva, dorsal aspect.........---.----------
. Pissodes sitchensis: Head of larva, ventral aspect
. Pissodes sitchensis: Head of larva, lateral aspect
. A. Pissodes piperi: Front of head of larva
B. Pissodes nemorensis: Front of head of larva
. Pissodes fraseri: Lateral aspect, showing Method of determining indi-
vidual index
. Map of the world, showing the distribution of the genus Hoplocampa...
Cerambycoidea: A, Prionus; B, Tetropium,; C1, Cyrtomerus;
(?, Phenicus; D, Liopus; E, Rhagiwm
TEXT FIGURES.
Page.
68
148
148
148
148
ERRATA
Page 7, line 12, for cembre read cembra.
Page 34, line 16, for deodarx read deodara.
Page 36, line 37, for Le Conte read Randall.
Page 74, line 29, after Can. Ent. insert vol. 40.
Page 102, line 29, after n. insert 7.
Page 131, line 28, for cinerius read cinereus.
AT AGT. ¢
a a Aveo ‘Ve
a f y LW bee REED OPN Ae pe
t
’ Diya ters * Pas Raneinys
' i} 4 ’ > a kal
ets f , ; +
‘BUREAU OF ENTOMOLOGY.
LO. HOWARD, Entomologist and Chief of Bureau.
oF ‘
Tero ecu
isp i
%
. j
if . ;
\ y en =
TECHNICAL PAPERS ON MISCELLANEOUS =
FOREST INSECTS. ee
CONTRIBUTIONS TOWARD A MONOGRAPH
OF THE BARK-WEEVILS OF THE
ce GENUS PISSODES.
oc ce, SomOne Pu. D.,
’ In Charge of Forest Insect Investigations.
3 MA. of
: CRG al Pave PMP AY et
~onal fuse eY _-
~ id . y toy on ie ;
WASHINGTON: | noe
© “GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE, ae
ee A OTT.
TECHNICAL SERIES, No. 20, Part I.
U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
BUREAU OF ENTOMOLOGY.
L. O. HOWARD, Entomologist and Chief of Bureau.
TECHNICAL PAPERS ON MISCELLANEOUS
FOREST INSECTS.
CONTRIBUTIONS TOWARD A MONOGRAPH
OF THE BARK-WEEVILS OF THE
GENUS PISSODES.
BY
A. D. HOPKINS, Pu. D.,
In Charge of Forest Insect Investigations.
IssuED JANUARY 7, 1911.
ne.
inhscles
ney
rs
5
c=
yy
==
ea
3
Aen
ella |
ites 2 D
we
Ss
oo
WASHINGTON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
ESA,
BUREAU OF ENTOMOLOGY.
L. O. Howarp, Entomologist and Chief of Bureau.
©. L. Maruatt, Assistant Entomologist and Acting Chief in Absence of Chief.
R. 8S. Cuirron, Executive Assistant.
W. F. Taster, Chief Clerk.
F. H. CurrrennEn, in charge of truck crop and stored product insect investigations.
A. D. Hopkins, in charge of forest insect investigations.
W. D. Ilunter, in charge of southern field crop insect investigations.
F. M. Wesster, in charge of cereal and forage insect investigations.
A. L. QUAINTANCE, in charge of deciduous fruit insect investigations.
E. F. Puriutrs, in charge of bee culture.
D. M. Rocerrs, in charge of preventing spread of moths, field work.
Rouia P. Currie, in charge of editorial work.
Mase Cotcorp, librarian.
Forest Insect INVESTIGATIONS.
A. D. Hopxtins, in charge.
H. E. Burke, J. L. Wess, Joser BrunNER, 8. A. Rouwer, T. E. Snyper, W. D.
EpMons ton, agents and experts.
Mary E. FAuNCE, preparator,
WittrAmM MrppieTton, Mary C. JOHNSON, student assistants.
II
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE,
BUREAU OF ENTOMOLOGY,
Washington, D. C., July 25, 1910.
Sir: I have the honor to transmit herewith manuscript of the
first part of a bulletin of the technical series to be entitled ‘Technical
Papers on Miscellaneous Forest Insects. I. Contributions Toward
a Monograph of the Bark-weevils of the Genus Pissodes,’’ by Dr.
A. D. Hopkins. Although the bark-weevils are among the most
important enemies of coniferous forest trees, and especially of the
young growth, comparatively little has been known heretofore of
the species; hence the special need for this contribution as a basis
for economic investigations and publications. It embodies the
results of extensive systematic work by Doctor Hopkins on new mate-
rial contained in the collections of the Bureau of Entomology and
the United States National Museum and includes the descriptions of
twenty-three species new to science.
I recommend the publication of this manuscript as Technical
Series No. 20, Part I, of the Bureau of Entomology.
Respectfully,
L. O. Howarp,
Entomologist and Chief of Bureau.
Hon. JAMES WILSON,
Secretary of Agriculture.
III
PREFACE TO" BULLETIN.
It is the purpose of this bulletin to include such miscellaneous
‘technical papers on insects, other than the scolytid beetles, as are
either injurious or beneficial and of more or less importance in their
relation to American forests. These papers are based largely, if
not entirely, on original observations and investigations, supple-
mented by material in the United States National Museum, and
serve as a necessary basis for the nontechnical papers on the same
insects. As they are intended to be of service especially to the
economic entomologist and to the student of forest entomology,
they are, as a rule, presented in a somewhat less formal style than
if intended for the systematist only.
A. Dive
V
“Leh:
aie
#
4
to
i, .
.
“td
Sah
Cas".
CONTENTS.
pee tony. aa eee s oa clnee fa ae Nt os Sop apne Hee 24 S2 S a ae
icone leneseranceg?. 4. etsen ss i eee oe hE Pee be ns oe Sete
Copy ol onripinal description of the ees. Pissodes) CA€NGAENSISteme ans te ae eee
OP issades Memonensistaets oes oo Ate eee ee
Ne SP issOdes"GeOdae sme ane ae Ose
122 Rissodes colpornicus ohne we ees ey eee
13s PUsKodesoseniile coast eee eee a ee
4! Pissodes eves ee. ce ee eee
S@ctOmeags Fs A ee eed se eee ec
Subsections) b3svandgbase hs - hae ye ese eee ae ee
ib WPissodes 7G Gis eae. oye eee eee
LG: SP 1s8 Odea OS CUAhtie 3,0 Les es ee ee
SubdivisiGncB x5." Tee ee ae mee ee bee ney Le Ne era
Section: ages ieee nie cage Ai ics toe ten eieiie ae ee ee
7. PASS OdESVGCOSLGLUS A ee ee ee
Section atyse 12 ators te Ce Reena Ste oe oe ae
Subsection bos 3h eae Se eee Fe ee ee ee
LS PissOdes fishes ARs oe fen ee ee ee
19): Passodes igre ose. eee eee ee eee
20. ‘Pissodes* piincetcouliae sc sao- se Se eee
21.) Pussodesmurrmyane. 2285.5 ts foe See eee
22s UPissodesicolorddenstSaee ase oo eee eee eee
‘ 23 SP IssOdes ALUSCONSISie eee oan ee eee
DAD IEASSOGESU OFUNOULUSH: =e oe ee ee
SUDSeCHION Osan es ec ee ee ea ee eee
25 SUP USSOUES! DUT Ete hes he cha oe re ee ee
26! P iesOdes PUpeErbra sccm eae es ee ee
Qi |APUSSOGES CUbTUS tes Sesto ee cose Ce ee
28. cr tasodes frasert. 2.8 ten GES deci ere eee eee
IDE Viston Ue Se Ue Cas eee ae ee ae ne ear ee eee
29). AP NaS ORES CIS Sto. a oe Oe ee
30° 2Pissodesteuimietate ace cee oe eee oe ee
List of described species of Pissodess atest ones ee ee i eee sa Ae pe Ai See
Bepiograplry 2.52 2% 2 oes osas Uae ees a aie oe eee eee
Puarte I.
Lt.
TUL:
IV
V.
VI.
Wi.
Vit.
IX.
>.@
el?
XII.
SAGE
SOTVe
meV
XVi.
XVII.
XVIII.
XIX.
XX.
IZLEUSTRATIONS:
PLATES.
Classification of the genus Pissodes, showing technical and
common names and species numbers.........--..----.-----
Diatistical taxonomy, ob Pissodes. a: yo ot a2 oo aiauisa,’ idee
Adults of Pissodes. Fig. 1.—P. similis. Fig. 6.—P. strobi.
Fig. 8.—P. schwarzi. Fig. 15.—P. radiate. Fig. 16.—P.
PESCRRTICS =) OES 9 Sides Peg Me te As Lee date Bey uae NR
Adults of Pissodes. Fig. 20.—P. punceticollis. Fig. 24.— P.
rotundatus. Fig. 25—P. burkei. Fig. 26.—P. piperi.
Fig. 27.—P. dubius.. Fig. 29:—P. affinis.... 020% 5.252---
Larva and pupa of Pissodes. Fig. A.—P. piperi, larva—dorsal,
lateral, and ventral aspects. Fig. B.—P. sitchensis, pupa—
dorsal, ventral and lateraliaspects.. 22.224 jocd we Woe
Pygal tergites of the abdomen of Pissodes. Fig. 5, 2 —Tergite
7 of P. engelmanni. Fig. 5,g.—Tergites 7 and 8 of P.
engelmanni. Fig. 6.—Tergites 7 and 8 of P. strobi. Fig.
7,6 .—Tergites 7 and 8 of P. approximatus. Fig. 28, g¢.—
Tergites 7 and 8 of P. fraseri; Fie. 28,9 .—Tergite 7 of P.
fraseri. Fig. 29,$.—Tergites 7 and 8 of P. affinis. Fig.
30, 6 :—Pereites 7 and 8 of P. currie:... 2.2.3. 4.5.- 502. 5. ie
Female reproductive organs of Pissodes........-...........--
Male and female reproductive organs of Pissodes
Male reproductive organs of Pissodes
Forks of male'genitaliaiah Pisaodes._ 2.0. 2 ys. oe oe Se 3
stems of male genitalia of Pissodes =... 220222 6c.000ss00--0 22 20
Pissodes fiskei: Work in inner bark and outer wood...........-
Pissodes sitchensis: Work in terminal and toy
Ve eiSis oI ue ee che
Die aassiclie ms a wie ee sine ceo
Work of Pueoden Topo noe and P. nemorensis in bark and
Wodd On srialinea pling eee ces wea. nee Pee ae 2k
Work of Pissodes yosemite and P. schwarzi in bark and wood...
Pissodes fasciatus: Work in bark and outer wood..............-
PASsOdes PUpere WW OL Ie DAE Ko. 2. 2p) ati ei needa sane. wee
Distribution maps of Pissodes. Fig. 1—P. similis. Fig. 2.—
P. utahensis. Fig. 3.—P. barberi. Fig. 4.—P. sitchensis.
Fig. 5.—P. engelmanni. Fig. 6.—P. strobi. Fig. 7.—P.
approximatus. Fig. 8°—P. schworzi...2.2.222. 2s+,~-000026-
Distribution maps of Pissodes. Fig. 9—P. canadensis. Fig.
10.—P. nemorensis. Fig. 11.—P. deodare. Fig. 12.—P.
californicus. Fig.13.—P.yosemite. Fig.14.—P.webbi. Fig.
15.—P. radiate. Fig. 16.—P. faseiatus..........----..--.-
Page.
68
68
68
68
68
MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
PLATE XXI. Distribution maps of Pissodes. Fig. 17.—P. costatus. Fig.
Fie. 1.
. Pissodes strobi: Head, dorsal aspect, and mandibles.............----.-
. Dendroctonus valens: Head, dorsal and lateral aspects .....-.-.--------
. Dendroctonus valens: Head, ventral aspect, and mouth parts .......-.-..
., Pissodes sttchensis:’ Head of larva, idorsal aspect 7. 2.2.22 nee oe
. Pissodes sitchensis: Head of larva, ventral aspect.............--------
. Pissodes sitchensis: Head of larva, lateral aspect.........--....-------
A. Pissodes: piper: Front ofhead olarwa ss 2 A020.) oes oe cee oe
aman m of & Lo
18.—P. fisket. Fig.19.—P.nigre. Fig. 20.—P. puncticollis.
Fig. 21—P. murrayane. Fig. 22.—P. coloradensis. Fig.
23.—P. alascensis.. Fig. 24.—P. rotundatus..........+-----
XXII. Distribution maps of Pissodes. Fig. 25.—P. burkei. Fig. 26.—
P. piperi. Fig. 27.—P. dubius. Fig. 28.—P. frasert. Fig.
29.—P: afinig. y Bigg an. PF. cures os 8. he cae
TEXT FIGURES.
Pissodes strobi: Head, ventral aspect, and mouth parts............--. S
B. Pissodes nemorensis: Front of head of larva..................-----
. Pissodes fraseri: Lateral aspect, showing method of determining indi-
Vaca rnd exec SS ee aera 8 apm ten S k orc fo Saeed me
Page.
68
bark-weevi
Chass of prietnijos. o
the bur moan
| jolie be. a
sothods
he fare ofor
a4 ot ‘
ve erica
a .
voll C1
+f iy?
“Thal
$ Abs?
a
a rit a ¢
F or :
*
y «)
“shes
x MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Page.
PuaTE XXI. Distribution maps of Pissodes. Fig. 17.—P. costatus. Fig.
18.—P. fiskei. Fig.19.—P.nigre. Fig. 20.—P. puncticollis.
Fig. 21.—P. murrayane. Fig. 22.—P. coloradensis. Fig.
23.—P. alascensis.. Fig. 24.—P. rotundatus..........-..--- 68
XXII. Distribution maps of Pissodes. Fig. 25.—P. burkei. Fig. 26.—
P. piperi. Fig. 27—P. dubius. Fig. 28.—P. frasert. Fig.
29.—P. afinis.\( Pico 3h ——P. curtier. 2 acon ees nee 68
TEXT FIGURES.
Fie. 1. Pissodes strobi: Head, ventral aspect, and mouth parts........-..-..-.- 13
2. Pissodes strobi: Head, dorsal aspect, and mandibles............-.----- 14
3. Dendroctonus valens: Head, dorsal and lateral aspects -.........-.----- 15
4. Dendroctonus valens: Head, ventral aspect, and mouth parts ......-..- 16
5. Pissodes sitchensis: Head of larva, dorsal aspect.....-...-..-.-------- 23
6. Pissodes sitchensis: Head of larva, ventral aspect........-....-.------ 24
7. Pissodes sitchensis: Head of larva, lateral aspect.........-.-----.++--- 25
8. Az Pissodes piper: -Front.of head ollarval ): 22.2.2 222. ol ae: =e 26
B. Pissodes nemorensis: Frontiof headiot larval.) 22.- 222s ese eee 2 eee 26
9. Pissodes fraseri: Lateral aspect, showing method of determining indi-
vidual index..2.2 Soh eee tie See tos eels te ae eee 28
Tech. Series 20, Part |, Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture.
c ;
G 4
Sé& 5
4
ce :
6
a
bo bo
ooo |
29.
30.
° 1
“ . wR —
8 | air 8 Bi
+ a7) aS) KS by vn] Oo .
8 ei. als 2 Qh ‘a9
oe Sees a ee eS oo g
ja Geleneh a) Oey a ° ‘32 was
Bee ea ee Be 24
Siw! a) a a a RM a
. similis Hopk.
. utahensis Hopk.
. barberi Hopk.
. sitchensis Hopk.
. engelmanni Hopk.
. strobi Peck.
. approximatus Hopk.
. schwarzit Hopk.
canadensis Hopk.
nemorensis Germ.
. deodare Hopk.
californicus Hopk.
yosemite Hopk.
webbi Hopk.
. radiate Hopk.
. fasciatus Lec.
. costatus Mann.
Jiskei Hopk.
nigre Hopk.
puncticollis Hopk.
. murrayans Hopk.
. colora densis H Oy yk.
alascensis Hopk.
rotundatus Lee.
25. burkei Hopk.
piperi Hopk.
. dubius Rand.
. fraseri Hopk.
affinis Rand.
curriel Hopk.
Common
name.
Wi tens
weevil.
. Utah bark-weevil.
3. Barber’s weevil.
broom
bo
. Sitka spruce weevil.
. Engelmann spruce
weevil.
6. White pine weevil.
Ot oe
7. Northern pine weevil.
8. Schwarz’s pine weevil.
9. Canadian pine weevil.
10. Southern pine weevil.
11. Deodar weevil.
12. California pine weevil.
13. Yosemite pine weevil.
14. Webb’s pine weevil.
15.Monterey pine
_ _ weevil.
16. Douglas fir weevil.
17. Ribbed pine weevil.
18. Fiske’s spruce weevil.
19. Black spruce weevil.
20. Red spruce weevil.
21. Lodgepole pine
weevil.
22.Colorado bark-
weevil.
23. Arctic bark-weevil
24. Lake Superior bark-
weevil.
25. Burke’s fir weevil.
26. Piper’s fir weevil.
27. Balsam fir weevil.
28. Fraser fir weevil.
29. Randall’s pine weevil.
30. Currie’s bark-weevil.
PLATE I.
33, 49
33, 50
34, 51
34, 51
34, 52
34, 58
34, 53
34, 54
36, 60
36, 61
36, 61
Classification of the Genus Pissodes, Showing Technical and Common
Names and Species Numbers.
(Original.)
This diagram will enable the reader to refer at once to the technical and common names
of any species number mentioned in the text, and will show at a glance the position
and relations of the divisions, subdivisions, sections, subsections, series, subseries,
minor series, and species into which the genus is divided.
U.S. D. A., B. E. Tech. Ser. 20, Pt. I. F. 1. 1., January 7, 1911.
TECHNICAL PAPERS ON MISCELLANEOUS FOREST
INSECTS.
J. CONTRIBUTIONS TOWARD A MONOGRAPH OF THE BARK-
WEEVILS OF THE GENUS PISSODES.
By A. D. Hopxrns,
In Charge of Forest Insect Investigations.
INTRODUCTORY.
The bark-weevils of the genus Pissodes represent an important
class of enemies of pine, spruce, and fir trees. For this reason, in
the future management of federal, state, and private forests there
will be a demand for information on the species and on practical
methods of preventing or reducing the damage from their attacks.
Heretofore comparatively little has been known about the North
American species, and consequently there has been much confusion
in collections and in published information, due to the possession
of insufficient facts relating to the destructive characters and habits
of the described species, and especially because of the number of
undescribed species which have not been recognized or have been
wrongly identified.
It is the object of this contribution to revise the generic and specific
descriptions, to describe the species recognized by the author as new
to science, and to record some of the results of the more technical
features of the investigations. This is part of a manuscript on the
genus Pissodes which was prepared by the author in 1905, but which,
owing to the pressure of other duties, was not completed.
The study of this group of beetles has made it plain to the author
that there is urgent need for special work on the rhynchophorous
beetles of the world, with a view to determining the more important
characters on which to base a satisfactory classification of this
important division of the Coleoptera. This is, however, too great a
task to be undertaken by any one systematist until the principal
genera have been thoroughly studied and monographed by specialists.
For a number of years the writer has given special attention to the
family Scolytide, with a view to monographing it, and in connection
2 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
with this work the genus Pissodes has been studied in some detail
and many other genera of the Rhynchophora and other Coleoptera
have received attention in order that a broader knowledge of the
order, and of the division to which the Scolytide belong, might be
acquired, but there has been no idea of specializing on any but the
Scolytide and possibly a few genera, like Pissodes, which are of
special interest in connection with forest entomology.
The material which has served as a basis for this bulletin is that
collected by the writer between 1890 and 1902, that collected by him
and by the assistants in forest insect investigations, Bureau of Ento- |
mology, between 1902 and 1907, and that found in the collections
of the United States Department of Agriculture and United States
National Museum, especially in the Hubbard and Schwarz collection.
Studies were made also of good series of specimens of 5 European
species sent to the Bureau through the kindness of Dr. R. Heymons
and Prof. H. Kolbe, of the Royal Zoological Museum of Berlin, and
3 European species represented in the United States National Mu-
seum collection.
The abbreviations adopted in this publication in referring to mate-
rial in the different collections examined and that identified by the
writer are as follows:
D. A.—Division and Bureau of Entomology, United States Department of Agri-
culture, Washington, D. C., other than Hopk. U.S.
Hopk. U. S8.—Branch of Forest Insect Investigations, Bureau of Entomology,
United States Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
Hopk. W. Va.—West Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, Morgantown,
W. Va.
U.S. N. M.—United States National Museum, Washington, D. C.
H. & S.—H. G. Hubbard and E. A. Schwarz collection in the United States National
Museum.
A. M. N. H.—American Museum of Natural History, New York, N. Y.
The author desires to acknowledge in this connection the assistance
of Messrs. W. F. Fiske, H. KE. Burke, and J. L. Webb in the collecting
of material and recording of field observations, to Messrs. C. B. Dyar
and E. J. Kraus for assistance in compiling the bibliography, and to
Mr. J. F. Strauss for assistance in the preparation of the illustrations.
HISTORICAL REFERENCES.
The name Pissodes (pitch-colored) was first proposed by E. F.
Germar (1817, p. 340) without description, but to include Rhynchenus
bufo Fab., Lirus notatus Fab.,and Rhynchenus pint L. Later (Germar,
1824, pp. 316-319) he described the genus, part of which was based
on the mouth parts of Pissodes pint and P. notatus, but among the
10 species described only one, P. nemorensis, has been retained.
A copy of the original description of the genus and of this species
follows:
THE GENUS PISSODES. 3
COPY OF ORIGIN AL DESCRIPTION OF THE GENUS.
PISSODES. Genus novum.¢@
Character generis.
[p. 316] Rostrum thoraci subaequale aut longius, teres, scrobe sensim subtus flexa.
' Antennae pone medium rostri insertae, breves, funiculo septemarticulato, articulis
subaequalibus. Oculi distantes, immersi. Thorax subtus integer. Scutellum dis-
tinctum. Coleoptera oblonga, abdomen et alas obtegentia. Pedes fortes, sub [p. 317]
aequales, tibiis apice unco inflexo armatis, tarsis brevibus, latis, articulo penultimo
bilobo.
Pissodis corpus oblongum, obscurum, maculis squamosis variegatum. Rostrum
thoraci subaequale aut longius, tenue, arcuatum, teres, apicem versus planiusculum,
scrobe lineari, sensim subtus flexa, basi rostri subtus connivente.
Antennae pone medium rostri insertae, breves, fractae, scapo recto, parum clavato,
funiculo septemarticulato, articulis lenticularibus, 1. 2. sublongioribus, obconicis,
clava ovali.
Caput parvum, rotundatum, oculis rotundis, lateralibus, immersis.
Mandibula valida, cornea, tridentata. Maxilla membranacea, intus biloba: lobo
majore ovato, ciliato, denticulato, altero parvo, ensiformi, basali. Palpi quatuor
aequales, conici. Glossarium corneum, oblongum, basi angustatum, intergerio parvo,
basali, ciliato. Inveni instrumenta cibaria in P. pini et P. notato.
Thorax transversus, convexus, apice subito angustatus, coarctatus, subtus pone
gulam leviter emarginatus, canali pro receptione rostri nullo praeditus.
Scutellum distinctum.
Coleoptera basi thorace parum latiora, oblonga, convexa, postice callosa, apice
rotundata, abdomine haud breviora, alas obtegentia.
[p. 318] Pedes fortes, subaequales, antici approximati. Femora clavata, plerum-
que dentata, tibiz parum compresse, apice intus angulate, extus unco magno intror-
sum flexo armate, tarsi breves lati, articulis 1. 2. trigonis, penultimo latiore bilobo,
ultimo clavato, biunguiculato.
Degunt species indigenz in truncis arborum resinosorum, captivi hostem tibiarum
unco arcte complectuntur.
([No.] 456) PissopEs NEMORENSIS: femoribus muticis, piceus, thorace punctato
rugoso, punctis duobus albis, elytris fulvo-subfasciatis, macula infra medium alba.
Habitat in America boreali. (Kentucky.)
Affinis certe P. notato, paullo minor et macula elytrorum alba apici propius. Ros-
trum thorace longius, punctulatum, piceum. Thorax lateribus parum rotundatus,
apice coarctatus, rugoso-punctatus, obsolete carinatus, piceus, punctis duobus disci
albo-squamosis. Scutellum albido-squamosum. Coleoptera thorace paullo latiora,
et latitudine sesqui longiora, lateribus recta, apice obtuse rotundata, utrinque im-
pressa; convexa, striato-punctata, interstitiis alternis latioribus, elevatioribus, picea,
brunneo parum squamosa, fasciis utrinque duabus obsoletis fulvis, posteriore juxta
suturam macula alba terminata. Corpus subtus piceum, [p. 319] griseo-squamosum.
Pedes picei, femoribus muticis, ante apicem griseo-annulatis.
[TRANSLATION OF ORIGINAL DESCRIPTION. ]
PISSODES. New genus.
Generic characters. Beak not quite as long or longer than the
prothorax, cylindrical, scrobe noticeably flexed under. Antenne
@From ‘‘Insectorum species nove,’’ by E. F. Germar, vol. 1 (Coleoptera), pp. 316-
319, 1824.
4 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
inserted behind the middle of the beak, short, funiculus 7-segmented,
the segments subequal. Eyes separate, sunken [impressed]. Thorax
entire below. Scutellum distinct. The elytra oblong, covering the
abdomen and wings. Feet strong, subequal, tibiz armed at apex
with an incurved hook, tarsi short, broad, the penultimate segment
bilobed. ;
The body of Pissodes is oblong, obscure, variegated with spot-
covered scales. The rostrum not quite equal to or longer than thorax,
slender, curved, cylindrical, somewhat flattened toward the apex,
scrobe linear, noticeably flexed under, in close approximation to the
base of the rostrum below.
Antenne inserted posterior to the middle of the beak, short,
elbowed, scape straight, somewhat clavate, funiculus 7-segmented,
the segments lenticular, 1 and 2 somewhat longer, obconical, club
oval.
Head small, rounded, eyes round, lateral, sunken [margin im-
pressed].
Mandibles strong, corneous, tridentate. Maxilla membranous,
bilobed internally: the larger lobe ovate, ciliate, denticulate, the
other small, ensiform, basal. Palpi four, equal, conical. Glossa-
rium [labium] corneous, oblong, narrowed at base, intergerium
[ligula] small, basal, ciliate. I have examined the mouth parts in
P. pin and P. notatus.
Thorax transverse, convex, the apex slightly narrowed, coarctate,
slightly emarginate below behind the gula, not provided with a canal
for the reception of the rostrum.
Scutellum distinct.
Elytra slightly broader than the thorax at base, oblong, convex,
posteriorly calloused, rounded at apex, not shorter than the abdomen,
covering the wings.
Feet strong, subequal, approximate anteriorly. Femora clavate,
frequently dentate,” tibie hardly compressed, angulate interiorly at
the apex, exteriorly armed with a large hook flexed inward, tarsi
short, broad, segments 1 and 2 triangular, the penultimate broader,
bilobed, the last clavate, with two claws.
The indigenous species live in the trunks of resinous trees; they
are able to hold on to the host by the curved hook of the tibia.
[No.] 456. Pissop—s NEMORENSIS: Femora shortened, piceous,
thorax rugosely punctate, with two white spots, elytra subfasciate
with yellow, a white spot below the middle. Lives in North America.
(Kentucky.)
It is certainly similar to P. notatus, a little smaller, and the white
spot of the elytra near the apex. Beak longer than the thorax,
punctulate, piceous. Thorax with the sides somewhat rounded,
THE GENUS PISSODES. 5
coarctate at apex, rugosely punctate, obsoletely carinate, piceous,
with two diskiike spots of white scales. Scutellum with white
scales. Elytra shghtly broader than thorax and half again longer
than wide. Sides straight, obtusely rounded at apex, impressed at
either side; convex, striato-punctate, the alternate interspaces
broader, more elevated, piceous, lightly clothed with brown scales,
each with two obsolescent fulvous bands, posteriorly close to the
suture terminated with a white spot. Body piceous below, with gray
scales. Feet piceous, the femora shortened, annulated with gray
before the apex.
Following are the names of the other species described and the
genera and species to which they were later referred.
No. 457. Pissodes macellus = Hylobwus pales Boh., Sch. Curc., II, 340.
No. 458. Pissodes choicus = Hilipus choicus (Germar).
No. 459. Pissodes onychinus = Hilipus onychinus (Germar).
No. 460. Pissodes flammiger = Hilipus flammager (Germar).
No. 461. Pissodes picturatus = Hilipus picturatus (Germar).
No. 462. Pissodes polymitus = Hilipus polymitus (Germar).
No. 463. Pissodes erythrorhynchus = Hilupus erythrorhynchus (Ger-
mar)
0)
. 464. Pissodes prodigialis = Hilipus prodigialis (Germar).
No. 465. Pissodes trachypterus = Hilipus trachypterus (Germar).
Schoenherr (1826, pp. 225-226) was the first to subdivide the genus
and to designate Pissodes pint (.) as the type and P. piceex (Ill.),
P. harcyniz (Herbst), P. notatus (Fab.), P. piniphilus (Herbst),
and P. nemorensis Germ. as cotypes. Therefore, according to the
rules of nomenclature (Stiles, 1905, pp. 26-27), Pussodes pini (L.)
must stand as the type of the genus.
It appears that up to 1909 the genus was represented by 21 authen-
tically recognized species, 7 from North America, 9 from Europe, 3
from eastern Siberia, and 2 from Japan, as follows:
MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
PAUICO UNL PY ica age ie Se Oy Be ae me ames VY ur “Sey ‘eposayy snpydiuud
"MUCUS Ee sae PISS le 2 BORIS Se ee Oe oe ee ees Jazueg wid
‘Auevuisioxy Fer “dd Bea al OU ACE een eee wie dean ge = Bao “ULINIG snj7pj0U
POUR TOU hire aces aot eae a eg a See Rien oe VY Ur “gg ‘yovay uowqof
pMingesd-satgp = “Shevones) -OdoIngy s[ppral zo surejuNo = —-" 2 >>" "goed ‘LOST se ees last] #oord
PSUR MIaL) Pe 29° sek ee ere ee nate Bn Pe “Joypoequay poy 11qo.ys
SOUBt ee ee eTO LOSI ss kis Ba Shae a ae “IOTATIQ. Wad
SHOT L AU eae: a ee TG MCL ARTES tte eee tS > eS en os suaydayg mowqof
WWieUIEO bye GOL OG EA yp CRM a> na te as al \sqaoFT saupod “eA
TANLB UL TO) ao Seo Var Se Saas SDSL ak ee OL eee “IOZURT SNIUUNAG “IBA
AUROIGbya fe" Tee Gey aise Soe SS a I9dX) A(T SNIUDISDI “IBA
LUT ‘van
MNGOLE SLUT -eIdpeOIIhe SU ~~ So gs are purpsugq ‘eilapeyy
SABLE = UEC Gl) =" GOORIN) pO): sRISSTIS|—aG OLN fee 2s > EO AO LOLI as eS Se eas SNIOLIGvy, Snjejow
CAUCUS Eggo ao 2 eS “ITO Ne Sark Se een lazueg snypjouiponb
TONG [UT eee A a ae Se ee Figen ae = ee BIIG[YVY snsouiyssazur
Gaye. coe ak Se Sao. MA qIAOM. STPPIN E6Z a Dk IRS GG hiner ee es \squoyy wvrudsorey
i | OF ie NS ge eS recap 10 00s Uy eke fo (oe antes aie ae hPc any als [eyUo]]AH avufouy
‘VLIaqIg Uleysve ‘uapemg ‘Auvuey YON’ **~--*"---799g ‘d ‘9E8T° °° LayUodoyy ul ‘yeyua[Ay TeyweT[As
“adound
PIOMIGUN MOC Ya ce eee OP GLO eee me ee oe a]uo0,) oT snyepunjor
AMOUNT (© 16 Sues 2 OTC kl) prs ga mae mee a Sed ae en eee IVULIO4) STSUIIOULOT
SILOGNIS RON Tae eons secon cts eo OL O}AU AON WO} AULB Wes a o0 a G0 CG IP Rly os eat ee ees ee yoog 1qo1}s
SWOT Oe oe ee Sep nek QU Se eae Se ees o]U0,) oT SNyeTOSey
SOME fae ae eS e E BOTS WEVA UN ae eae Sone pie a VOOR. i fete Sivas ees ba Ae j[epury sniqnp
aie EUR areca Seles = cates es Sg og Heer Mr AES BUG eee se COG TOR To oe ae ee es WTdYAIUUR]Y SNYB}SOd
TR IUL iae eae ae rae eis ages heen” CLI OULLAULO Nae a ee ee A | ERI Tehe to ee ee Se SERS anes [[epury staye
“AYARAZOI[qiq Ul UOT}
-d10sap [BUISIIO 0} vdUaleJay
‘VOINANWVY HLYON
‘SHHUL
LSOH GNV NOILOGIULSICA CACUOOAU HLIM ‘6061 OL SNOIATUdM AAAINOSAA SACOSSId AO SAIORdS AO LSIT
“4soH “mOlNd Id1sIq “seposstg Jo soroadg
THE GENUS PISSODES.
e
“uedep
suvdep: -
“NVdVC
‘(VlIaqIg U1ejsva) BYIVYOs} UY ~~
SUM DLT AMUGer TNC ey, ho om SS cess (VLIEqIg Ulejska) Blane ~~
‘LU SNUL
JAATY INULY ay} JO
SyUBq OY} SB AR] sv (VIeqIg Ulo}sva) BLINeGC”
‘(VIUaaIs)
Reali alia a4 AUS M5)" ak acta dk ia gn sJofeoy Snimosqo
Scie as gal ies Ces POs cae ea Be SY Che a ae sjopsoy Ssnpyra
sade Roky! [G68 ks aa oe ea peo Jo}}loY SNpPeIOLIT
Seas Ss ROnE Me QUe ar ace Sree eae AYS[NYosJOPY SnU2910)
scarehy col Mri UR UIV@ RAS) yes aie ng BS ao Ia UVOYIY
seer ee eee eee eee ee eee eee ee eee eee eee UvWOYOd SNyeUsIsUI
ce aye GIT ‘d ‘O98I°°~" rhe Soe pce peels ~sorooo* AMSTNYOSIOPL #1Iq Usd
PAUBIIIOL).«- ee = Spel ee iia = te Shag JayoRquaypoay snjoj0u
*(seu0d) siqsaaplis snuig> °° ~~ "*-"eLaysny ‘Auvuiey ‘edoanq urleyyIoN ~*~" **-7"7"geg ‘d ‘gegt 7777777 MayUsoyoR UL ‘PeyUaT[AH stysoITpTyea
LCE (ae Pe 9 Te ide Bite OR. AVES Wii. BESTS soe era gyn as ot oie cre eis re JOT STTOoTIqeos
“"BISsnyy = BT SE“ OUSL 8 eeqoorgseg SsTyjooppmnios
PUDUERS fame ca eras a okay edoiny, a_pplul puw UsayION = 777777 [Zod aaa: iggy es Sa toe se ee GOTT Sno rere
SUBUTIOL) 2's = DSRS OAUT nbs cote ee ee YURIYDY $21701qQD
CGR i os et erm Tar te a Sens Aay snaurhnasaf *e
LUD “Dad °
‘eNOS Ent sijsonjhs snurg-- °° ootte tee Pees BOOM: Ee, MOL ERELE ROL Ie ASS Sty ie Lae Pee es sneuury turd
2
57936°—11
8 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
TAXONOMY.
CHARACTERS USED BY DIFFERENT AUTHORS.
Beginning with the second division of the Coleoptera or suborder
Rhynchophora of most of the authors, the principal characters com-
piled from Lacordaire (1863), Le Conte and Horn (1876), Ganglbauer
(1903), Kolbe (1903), and Bedel (1886-1888), which led up to the
family Curculionide may be summarized as follows:
SUBORDINAL AND FAMILY CHARACTERS.
Head prolonged into a beak; maxillary palpi rigid, 4-jointed,
without palparium (see ‘‘Revisional notes,’ page 9); labial palpi
3-jointed; labrum absent; gular sutures wanting; prosternum with
epimera extending across the base (see ‘‘ Revisional notes,” page 9);
testicles globular; abdomen always with 5 (visible) ventral segments
(see ‘‘Revisional notes,” page 9); tibiz without movable spines;
pygulium diwided (see ‘‘ Revisional notes,’ page 9); elytra with
strong fold toward inner edge; tarsi dilated, brushlike beneath,
third joint bilobed, fourth obscure; mandibles without accessory
pieces; antenne geniculate, clubbed; beak more or less curved.
Continuing through the family Curculionide, the principal char-
acters, adopted by one or more of the authors mentioned, which lead
up to the subfamilies, tribes, or groups to which the genus Pissodes
was referred, are as follows:
TRIBAL AND SUBFAMILY CHARACTERS.
Lacordaire (1863, pp. 442-464): Mentum leaving maxilla exposed ;
submentum forming a peduncle; anterior coxe usually contiguous;
pygidium covered by the elytra; metasternum more or less elongate;
metepisternum at least moderately broad; antennal funiculus
7-jointed; beak variable, with antennal grooves; mesepimerum not
ascending toward base of elytra; prothorax with anterior ventral
margin usually emarginate. Tribe Hylobiides.
Tarsal claws free; elytra with elevations at base; mesepimerum
usually large; body oblong, oval. Group Hylobiides.
Le Conte and Horn (1876, pp. 122, 137): Tibiz with tooth of outer
apical angle small; eyes not contiguous beneath; mandibles with
3 teeth; side pieces of metathorax distinct; lateral angles of first
ventral segment not visible; mentum transverse; labial palpi large,
Tribe Hylobiini.
Stierlin (1883, p. 403): Tibize compressed; inner edge bisinuate
with apical hook. Subfamily Hylobiini.
Bedel (1888, p. 65): Tibi without distinct groove on the inner
edge, but with an incurved apical tooth; ventral segments 2 and 4
THE GENUS PISSODES. 9
with straight sutures; anterior coxe separated, but without groove
for beak; tarsal claws small. Tribe Pissodini.
Niisslin (1905, p. 110): Beak with antennal insertion near the
middle. Subfamily Pissodini.
REVISIONAL NOTES.
GENERIC CHARACTERS.
The anterior ventral margin of the prothorax is not slightly emargi-
nate in any of the species examined by the writer. The reference to
a dentate femur was based on the species of HZylobius and Hilipus.
With these exceptions, the original description applies very well to
‘all of the known species.
SUBORDINAL AND FAMILY CHARACTERS.
There has been considerable difference of opinion among systema-
tists as to whether the palpus should be referred to as 4-jointed or
3-jointed.
It is evident to the writer that the lateral segment of the maxilla,
which has been mistaken for the basal joint of the palpus, is ho-
mologous with the palpifer in other Coleoptera and orders of insects,
and it would seem, therefore, that the rigid, 3-jointed palpi should
be recognized as one of the important characters to distinguish the
true Rhynchophora from the other Coleoptera. It would remove the
Anthribid and some other groups which, on account of the absence
of gular sutures, have been placed with the Rhynchophora, but the
writer is inclined to agree with some recent authors that these really
do not belong in the Rhynchophora. In representatives of the
Curculionide, Scolytidz, and several other families examined by the
writer, the maxillary palpus is distinctly 3-jointed. In some, as in
Pissodes, the palpifer closely resembles a basal joint of the palpus,
but it joins the stipes and the apex does not extend beyond the base
of the galea. Therefore it can not belong to the palpus, but is the
part of the body of the maxilla to which the palpus is attached,
designated as the palpifer.
ABDOMINAL SEGMENTS.
The abdominal tergites 7 and 8 have been referred to by various
authors as the pygidium, propygidium, divided pygidium, ete.
Indeed, the terms ‘‘pygidium” and ‘“‘propygidium” have been
extensively used in systematic entomology, and there is a very
general lack of uniformity in their application to the apical or sub-
apical tergite without regard to their numerical relation. There
seems to be serious objection to this general application of these
terms in classification, from the fact that in comparative anatomy
10 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
they haveno meaning. Therefore in the use of the terms ‘‘ pygidium”’
or ‘‘propygidium”’ it is important that the numerical position of the
tergite should be mentioned.
In the Curculionide, for instance, tergite 7 of the female occupies
the pygal position, while tergite 7 of the male occupies the propygal
position, and tergite 8 the pygal. In the Curculionide, Scolytide,
and many other Coleoptera abdominal tergite 7 is by far the most
important of the series, owing to the fact that it presents important
characters of structure, sculpture, stridulating accessories, sex, etc.
(see Plate VI).
There is also some confusion with reference to the abdominal
sternites, or ventral segments. The 5 segments often referred to as.
the first to fifth are the sternites of the third to seventh abdominal
segments, the first and second being obscured by the coxal cavity
(Hopkins, 1909, fig. 38). Therefore they should be referred to either
in their proper numerical order or as the 5 visible abdominal sternites.
REVISED CLASSIFICATION.
It appears to the writer that it would contribute to a more con-
venient and natural arrangement if we would give the Curculionide
of most authors the rank of superfamily, and thus promote the old
subfamilies and tribes to families and subfamilies. Thus the genus
Pissodes would fall in the superfamily Curculionoidea, family Curcu-
lionidee, and subfamily Pissodine.
The subfamily Pissodinz would come next to the group of genera
comprising the subfamily Hylobiine. The two subfamilies are
characterized as follows:
SUBFAMILY HYLOBIINZ.
Anterior cox contiguous; prothorax with anterior ventral margin
emarginate and produced toward the sides; beak stout, with antennal
insertion in front of middle or toward the tip; eyes oval; tibize
without tooth on inner apical angle. The North American genera
of this subfamily are distinguished as follows:
i, Metastemum: very: short ssc Meee se ee a ee eee oe Paraplinthus.
II. Metasternum long.
A. Tibize with outer apical angle dilated......:.............-- Pachylobius.
B. Tibize with outer apical angle not dilated.
a1. Tibizse commonly narrowed toward tip...........-----.--- Hilipus.
a2. Tibize not narrowed toward tip.
bi + Femora not toothed. on... oe eee eae Hypomolyz.
Eudocimus.
62.) Femiora toothed 4-42 isis eee. Ue eee ee Hylobius.
THE GENUS PISSODES. 11
SUBFAMILY PISSODINZ.
Anterior coxe slightly separated; prothorax with anterior ventral
margin not emarginate or produced toward sides; beak usually
slender, with antennal insertion at or toward middle; eyes rounded;
tibiz with tooth on inner apical angle.
Metastemum:lone..femora nottoothed 2. . -24-<4.8 eyes od as bed . Antenna--
Vertex
Epicranium
Epicranium
Occiput
Cc
Fia. 2.—Pissodes strobi: Head, dorsalaspect, and mandibles. A, Dorsalaspect of left mandible; B, ventral
aspect of left mandible; C, dorsal aspect of head; a, apical tooth; b, subapical tooth; c, median tooth;
d, molar; e, median condyle; /, lateral muscle process; g, lateral condyle; h, lateral fossa; i, extensor
tendon; j, pharyngeal bracon; k, retractor tendon; 1, ventral area; m, dorsal area; n, median condyle;
0, anterior fossa; p, anterior section of beak; g, posterior section of beak; s, dorsal area; t, anterior con-
dyle; uw, lateral fossa. (Author’s illustration. )
The ligula is narrow and clothed with long bristles rising from the
inner anterior margin of the mentum.
a - -- -
THE GENUS PISSODES. 15
The form and relative proportions of the mazille are shown in
figure 1, C, D, and in place in A. The cardo is short and stout, and
articulates with the hypostomal apodeme. The extensor, flexor, and
other muscles of the cardo, maxilla, and labium are attached to the
Mandible
Epistomal prozess
26 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
some species there are alternating smaller, less regular spines between
the dorsal and lateral ones. The lateral area of each tergite is armed
with two spines and the epipleural lobes are each also distinctly or
obscurely armed with one or two spines, and the ninth segment, as
usual, is armed with two prominent pleural spines. (See Hopkins,
1909, figs. 37, 38, for anatomical nomenclature.)
HOST TREES.
The host trees of Pissodes are, so far as known, restricted to the
conifers, and include
Pinus, Picea, =e aerate ass SAS Species 4, 5, 6
ROT rn ee ia ogee cee th By tae a satiny ee ue a ba Be Species 4
DURE JDIIIES. oy 2 edged aaa Sola nai ol a ae i a ere Pe Yaa rg ee Species 5
Biotic mo etn be ly cient teens ee ee Se al ee ee Noes a Ee Species 6
UNOSLS HOTU G FACS INS (CFS ae Rn ea el ee eS ee ne ee Species 7, 8
PO mentmPeT nabs emt on 5 LAr te oO. PN a se ee Species 9, 10, 11, 13
Section a2.
Stem narrowed toward apex, but not constricted...........--...........-- Species 15
Stem broad toward apex, slightly constricted anteriorly...................- Species 16
Section a4.
PUOR Lan AMG SLCMOCE 2 fae Ce Mees ce eye cls SUG Ue |S sn ade so Ske eS bce Species 27, 28
DIVISION II.
METAS SGI TSC ay mee Bere ae iS ed Species 29, 30
SYNOPSIS OF SECONDARY SEXUAL CHARACTERS.
Beak longer and more slender in females than in males..........-.....--- The Genus
Hind tibia of male without long fringe of hairs..........-.-......-------2-- Division I
Hind tibia, of male with long fringeof hatta.s<. 2... 2. s26 4.22 ie ese .es- Division IT
DIVISION I.
Beak in both sexes usually shorter than prothorax, rarely longer... -.. Subdivision A
Beak in both sexes rarely shorter than prothorax, commonly much longer.
; Subdivision B
SUBDIVISION A.
Apical margin of abdominal sternite 7 sinuate or not in males.............. Section al
Apical margin of abdominal sternite 7 not sinuate in males................ Section a2
Section al.
Apical margin of abdominal sternite 7 not sinuate in males.
Subsection bl, Species 1, 2, 3
Apical margin of abdominal sternite 7 faintly sinuate in males. ....... Subsection b2
§7936°— 11——4.
38 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Subsection b2.
Beak shorter than prothorax in males, rarely longer in females.
Series c3, Species 4, 5, 6
Beak as long as prothorax or longer in males, usually longer and often distinctly so,
AMPLE ALES! . =o ya eee aes ee ee Series c4, Species 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 18, 14
Section a2.
Beak in both sexes shorter than prothorax.-..-:........5..5.-c-e-00u8- Species 15, 16
SuBpIviIsion B.
Apical margin of abdominal sternite 7 faintly sinuate, but without apical process in
LeMIAeg ss 2 Stine Sdn owe tees Sey ee eee ee eee Section a3, Species 17
Apical margin of abdominal sternite 7 without or with process in males. ...Section a4
Section a4, Subsection b5.
tod
Apical margin of abdominal sternite 7 sinuate, but without median process in
TDCI ab NS cictordnnge caer Loge ha he CONE ae cts Ord ca te As er eS ee Species 18
Apical margin with median’ process mm males... fs 4224-02 ac cee eee Species 20
Subsection b6.
Apical margin of abdominal sternite 7 with apex uniformly rounded in males.
; Species 25, 26, 27, 28
DIVISION II.
Beak shorter than prothorax in both sexes, apical margin of abdominal sternite 7 with
truncate process rising from deep emargination in males........-. Species 29, 30
SYNOPSIS OF PUPAL CHARACTERS.
DIVISION I.
Head with one or more minute spines on posterior margin of eyes..... Subdivision A
Head without minute spines on posterior margin of eyes.........-- Subdivision B
SUBDIVISION A.
Abdominal tergites with small spines alternating with larger ones, especially on
tereites'3 to: 22. 35M. d S.2 oe a eh Sha eee eee ae oe eee ee Section al
Abdominal tergites without small spines alternating with larger ones..... Section a2
Section al, Series c3.
Abdominal tergites 5 and 6 with small spines between the more prominent dorsal
ONGS.. e526 JSS eR an Salo wee aa dae oe. ART: = Eee ee Species 4, 6
Abdominal tergites 5 and 6 without small spines between the more prominent dorsal
ONO 2223 oda S Cccws iste SAORI eR lec bik ee eee Species 5
Series c4.
Abdominal tergites 5 to 6 without small spines between the more prominent dorsal
OMOR Sooo nha. ch 5 Sa cod ciem Soe ode Be PIO tele toe oe Sree are eee rele eee Species 7-14
Section a2.
Abdomen with prominent epipleural spines.........-...------ Series c5, Species 15
Abdomen with small epipleural spines.................-....-. Series c6, Species 16
THE GENUS PISSODES. 39
SUBDIVISION B.
Abdominal tergites with small spines alternating with the larger ones and with small
spines between the more prominent dorsal ones.
E/pipleurite 9 with bristles.......#%......-... Sa oe 2 Re Section a3
PoMeuriie: O-WwathGUt, DTISGLES. 082.2. ee eb oe d ee ke oe ee ies Section a4
Section a3.
Abdominal tergites 4 to 5 with two small spines between the more prominent dorsal
ODESS ees SAL BRAG A ee Seal eee Re hay ee eee aN a Species 17
Section a4.
Abdominal tergites 4 to 5 with four small spines between the more prominent dorsal
ones.
Beak without pair of spines between middle and apex...........-.- Species 25, 26
Beak with pair of small spines between middle and apex........... Species 27
DIVISION: If:
Abdominal tergites 4 and 5 with two small spines between the more prominent dorsal
ones; beak with pair of small spines between apex and middle.......- Species 29
SYNOPSIS OF LARVAL CHARACTERS.
DIVISION I, -Suspivision A.
Mandibles with middle tooth emarginate.-..............-.------------- Section al
Mandibles-with middle tooth triangular. .-..........---5.-.2:--++--- Sections a2, a3
Mandibles with middle tooth emarginate or triangular..............-.-.--- Section a4
Section al.
PiColetOO ine RCUUS. 4. satis, Atel Seiuts omnes Stas were ae Be eb eels oas'S Subsection b2
Abdominal spiracles distinct.
Head’ yithout, distinct eye-spote 02 2... 4s2-22ijscuees lense sks Species 4, 5
Head withdishimel ey.e-spos. 2.550422 eee sess -eeiacc dineete eee ase Species 6
Series c4.
Abdominal spiracles distinct.
Headtwithout distinct eyespots:. 22... 2s. ne 2 obese 5 58 Species 7, 10
Head wath, distinet-eyve-spots.55. 2.02 ~ 22. .o Soest G eae yee ees Species 14
Section a2.
Apical tooth obtuse; head with distinct eye-spots................-.--..-- Species 15
Apical tooth acute; head with distinct eye-spots................-..-.+.-- Species 16
SUBDIVISION B.
Section a3.
Abdominal spiracles obscure; apical tooth acute; median tooth triangular; head with
PRI BE MEEBO Ute cela Se ie Oe he roe ele Seas ay panna sae Species 17
Section a4.
Series co.
Abdominal spiracles moderately distinct.
Apical tooth obtuse; middle tooth triangular; head without eye-spots. .Species 18
Apical tooth acute; middle tooth emarginate; head without distinct eye-spots.
Species 20
40 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Series c7.
Abdominal spiracles moderately distinct; apical, subapical, and median teeth obtuse;
head with distinct eye-spote. oo accep s< 3. tee see Saree eae eee Species 25
Abdominal spiracles obscure; apical tooth acute; middle tooth triangular; head with-
out.distinct eye-spots:...223 5.0.2. a. nee eens, 2 noe oe ee ere Species 26
Series c8.
Abdominal spiracles obscure; apical tooth acute; median tooth emarginate.
Species 27
Apical tooth obtuse; median tooth emarginate...........---..----------- Species 28
TABLE OF DISTRIBUTION.
THE WORLD.
In Europe and Asia, from Spain and England into eastern Siberia and Japan and
northward into Sweden and Russia, probably to the Arctic Circle; in North America,
from Mexico and Florida to the Arctic Circle in Alaska and eastward to the Atlan-
THE FOS DER as yacete He Saja hae Ee ets Ss Te Ee Lae ACR See Attaye es aroees The genus
NORTH AMERICA—DIVISION I.
SuBDIVISION A.
Section al.
Maine to higher mountains of North Carolina ...........-.......-..----.-- Species 1
Mountains of Utah to Bear Lake, British Columbia...............--....-- Species 2
Coast of northwestern California to western Washington .........-.-.----- Species 3
Coast of northwestern Oregon and western Washington..........-.--..-.-- Species 4
Smiths Ferry, Idaho, to Pikes Peak, ‘Colorado :---- 2.20.7. Sessa Species 5
New Brunswick, southwest through mountains to Biltmore, N. C. (dis-
taibution of white pine) ooo 2.2 ee ee aaa see te eee eee ee eee Species 6
Eastern United States, south through mountains to North Carolina and
Casiwand to Mame. os). Looe. Se cons ie ee ee eee Species 7
Eastern Washington to Leadville, Colo., and Black Hills of South Dakota..Species 8
Winnipes, Manitoba, to Michipam 22. 2c 22-02 to eee on ee pe Species 9
Atlantic coast region and Lower Austral life zone, northward probably to
Long Island, New York, and westward through the Gulf States into
HBSS RR ae fe eau tes fy eee ga yaa erp east re ele Re Soe HERS 3 o> Species 10°
GG GONG setae a ore he he wre phe a eee i eA np Species 11
Mosemite: Valley, Calitormiat,- s2 os 2nec ene ae nee roel ts Soe eek ee Species 12
Mountains of northern @alitornia se easoce cae ees ae eee rea tee eee Species 13
Southern New Mexico and Arizona, and probably mountains of western
Texas, into Mexico 2... tistics eae Snes 8 la oats ee eee eee Species 14
Section a2.
Monterey and. Palo Alto, Cal:, Easton, Wash2-....--2..-4:-4--- 223-2 - Species 15
Northwestern California, into British Columbia ............-..----------- Species 16
SUBDIVISION B.
Section a3.
Coast of western Washington to Sitka ...,-..-,--- Beate ence eas 2 aicee eee - Species 17
THE GENUS PISSODES. 4]
Section a4.
Meme atrial tere rte eret ans pn, = Stu's inl yugne'g's Bcd Yale wee Hee wel es Species 18
DML coy, 8 EV Gay TSU EDA © Bes A ea 8 Se ey Species 19
Hesnemioumiains ot West) Virginia... 2... -..222 2h. 2... Seda ace eee se Species 20
ANGGNTSS Rasa CO te SECO oo Aa Nee OO EPCS eK ite re ogee See Species 21
Black Hills, South Dakota, and central Colorado ...........---.--.:..-.- Species 22
Moyuenieliver, Alaska lat. 67° 69%, long. 151° . fo. dckse idee ce on emcee Species 23
[Chet MET oY ita ee a ge ea, Aen i nian eRe aun een Species 24
eer ORMOpU iN “seen eh este eens SIS Ona) Se ee Cue gets 2 Species 25
Miiromiemnier pW MSHINEtOD 3355025 ese ek heirs BR ee ot ee Species 26
RiameoeN oni mem Michioancis feces bee i bee be aot cud Species 27
mighenmountams of North Oarolimary. -.. 2. $2.25. seen g ke epee Seat Species 28
DIVISION II.
New Hampshire to northern Pennsylvania, westward into Minnesota . ....Species 29
ieee Menel Wisi COUMMIDIA? ::25 3.00 SMe vioe oes Gon Vo eee read Species 30
TABLE SHOWING RELATIONS OF SPECIES TO HOST TREES.
Pissodes Hosts, ete.
species
numbers.
1. Abies balsamea and A. fraseri. Dying bark on branches and witch’s broom.
Abies? (Not observed.)
Picea sitchensis? (Not observed.)
4. Picea sitchensis. Living bark of terminals and tops of young trees, causing serious
injury.
5. Picea engelmanni. Living bark of terminals and tops of young trees, causing
serious injury.
6. Pinus strobus, common; Pinus rigida, rare; Pinus divaricata, rare; Picea rubens,
frequent; Picea excelsa, frequent. Living terminals of saplings and small
trees, causing serious damage to white pine.
7. Pinus strobus, Pinus rigida, Pinus echinata, Pinus resinosa, Pinus virginiana, and
Pinus pungens. Living and dying thick and thin hark on base and trunks of
standing and felled trees, stumps, and base and stems of saplings. Injurious
to the last.
8. Pinus ponderosa and Pinus scopulorum. Living and dying bark on base, stems,
tops (?), and terminals of saplings.
9. Pinus? (Not observed.)
10. Pinus palustris, Pinus teda, Pinus virginiana, and Pinus echinata. Living and
dying thick bark on standing and felled trees, stumps, and base and stems of
saplings.
11. Cedrus deodara. Living branches, tops, and terminals, causing serious injury.
12. Pinus ponderosa. Living thick bark on trunks of small trees, evidently causing
scars.
13. Pinus ponderosa and Pinus lambertiana. Living and dying thick bark on stand-
ing and felled trees and stumps and on base and stems of saplings.
14. Pinus strobiformis, Pinus scopulorum, and Pinus contorta (murrayana). Living (?)
and dying bark on base and stems of saplings and of standing and felled trees.
15. Pinus radiata and Pinus sylvestris. Thick and dying bark on standing and felled
trees and stumps and on base, stems, tops, and tops of saplings.
16. Pseudotsuga tarifolia. Living and dying thick bark on standing and felled trees
and stumps and on base and stems of saplings, causing serious injury to saplings.
17. Picea sitchensis. Living and dying thick bark on standing girdled trees and stumps
of felled ones. Bice
ts
42
MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS,
Pissodes Hosts, ete.
species
numbers.
18. Picea rubens and Picea mariana. Dying (?) thick bark on logs, stumps, and trunks
of small standing trees.
19. Picea mariana. Dying bark on trunk of small tree.
20. Picea rubens. Dying bark on felled and standing trees.
21. Pinus contorta (murrayana). Thin bark on standing tree.
22. Picea canadensis and Picea engelmanni? Dying thick bark on base of standing
trees.
23. Picea. Thick bark on living trees. (Brunner’s notes.)
24. Probably in Picea rubens? and Picea canadensis? (Not observed.)
25. Abies lasiocarpa and Abies concolor? Living thick bark on trunks and base of
living and dying trees. Injurious.
26. Abies lasiocarpa and Abies concolor. Living and dying thick bark on living and
dying trees.
27. Abies balsamea. Living and dying bark on trunks of living and dying trees and
snags of storm-broken trees; also in trunks of felled trees.
28. Abies fraseri. Living and dying bark on trunks of living and dying trees.
29. Pinus strobus. Thick bark on stump. j
30. Host not observed; probably pine.
TABLE OF HOST TREES.
Tree species. Pissodes spe-
(Britton classification, 1908.) Common name. cies number
ET TSISUOUUS sto Sly ae ies ec ee ee ave White pines? 202. ee 6, 7, 29.
lamibertiana. 2223.52.00, EA ee Sea Pine ee ee 3s
SERODIFOTINIG 8s ee eas <3 ee ee oo Mexican white pine. ...... 14.
TESINOSG eee Cas 3 He sm ss eee Red pines!.222..5 2082 se eae
DONGEHOSAs 22s aejaos= 2 <). 2, 24 eee 37, 4eke
Pseudotsuga mucronata (tavifolia)............ Douglas spruce..........-. 16.
AID GS DAISUINCON ae ee ee eee ee Balsam finesse ees ole
TOSCO. BONE Le aes cet Se eee eee ee BFaser's) balsamnin= seer Pe 28e
lasiocar pass. .2 Sense Se ae White dint). Soy. 2 eee 25, 26.
COncalor oN Seek. PS Se ee ee Silverdire: 2 eee tan See 25?, 26?.
Cedrus deodara (introduced).......-.-...-.---- Deodar cedar. :22-525. 2252 thik
THE GENUS PISSODES. 43
CHARACTERS COMMON TO THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS.
Adults.—Prothorax with anterior ventral margin not distinctly
emarginate; tibia with incurved apical tooth; femora unarmed;
anterior coxe not widely separated; abdominal tergites covered by
elytra; sternites 3 and 4 (first and second visible) very long; 5 and 6
short; 7 as long as 5 and 6 together; eyes rounded, widely separated ;
body oblong, reddish brown to black, sparsely to thickly clothed with
slender to broad scales, the latter often forming spots on the prono-
tum, elytra, and femora.
Sexes.—Females with but 7 visible abdominal tergites; beak longer,
smoother, and more slender than in the males. Males with 8 visible
abdominal tergites; beak shorter, stouter, less shining, and more
distinctly punctured.
Eggs.—Pearly white, slightly oblong, and equally rounded at both
ends.
Larve.—Elongate, cylindrical, yellowish white, footless; body with
12 closely wrinkled segments, those of the thorax not larger or more
permanent than the first abdominal.
Pupzx.—Of the general size and form of the adults, with the beak
folded on the mesosterna and metasterna; tips of the posterior tarsi
even with tips of wing-pads; head, beak, and abdominal segments
armed with spines, the ninth abdominal having 2 rather prominent
epipleural spines.
Larval galleries —Excavated in the inner bark and sometimes
marking or grooving the surface of the wood; elongate, winding, and
either in the bark or outer wood, ending in pupal cells which are lined
with excelsior-like borings.
Host trees —Pinus, Picea, Abies, Cedrus, and Pseudotsuga.
Distribution.—Spain and England into eastern Siberia and Japan;
America north of Mexico.
CHARACTERS COMMON TO THE SPECIES OF THE MAJOR AND
MINOR DIVISIONS.
DIVISION I.
(Species Nos. 1 to 28.)
Adults.—Elytral interspaces 3 and 5 broader and more elevated
than 2 and 4.
Sexes.—Hind tibiz of the males without long fringe of hairs.
Pupe and larve.—Apparently without distinctive divisional char-
acters, so far as observed.
44 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
SUBDIVISION A.
(Species Nos. 1 to 16.)
Adults.—Elytra always with a distinct spot of densely placed scales
on the anterior lateral area, and always with a spot or band of scales
near the vertex of the declivity.
Sexes.—Beak of both sexes usually shorter than the prothorax,
rarely longer.
Pupx.—KEyes with one or more minute spines on the posterior
margin.
Larve.—The subdivisional characters of the larva have not been
recognized.
SECTION al.
(Species Nos. 1 to 14.)
Adults.—Elytra with distinct spots (instead of a continuous band)
near the vertex of the declivity.
Sexes.—Apical margin of the seventh abdominal sternite of the
male not sinuate, or rarely so.
Pupxe.—aAbdominal tergites with small scutellar spines, alter-
nating with larger ones.
Larve.—Median tooth of mandible emarginate.
Host trees —Abies, Picea, Pinus, and Cedrus.
Distribution.—Eastern and western United States, from the Gulf
States and Mexico into Canada and British Columbia.
SuBsEcTION bl.
(Species Nos. 1 to 3.)
Adults.—Beak moderately stout, shorter than the prothorax; basal
angles of pronotum subobtuse; third and fifth elytral interspaces
strongly elevated and rugose. In species | and 2 the anterior spots
on the elytra are distinct, the posterior ones are very large, and the
pronotum is distinctly narrower than the elytra, while in species 3
the anterior and posterior spots are indistinct and the pronotum is
not distinctly narrower than the elytra.
Sexes.—Apical margin of seventh abdominal sternite of male not
emarginate.
Host trees.— Abies, so far as observed. ¥
Distribution.—Species 1, North Carolina; species 2, British Colum-
bia; species 3, California into Washington.
1. Pissodes similis n. sp.
(Plate ITI, fig. 1.)
The type specimen is labeled ‘“‘Type No. 7424, U.S.N.M.;”’ name;
“type of drawing; Black Mts., N. C., VI. 27-30; @.” It was
collected by Dr. William Beutenmuller in the spruce forest on
——.
THE GENUS PISSODES. 45
Black Mountain, North Carolina, in 1905. The type and one male
are in the type collection of the U. S. National Museum. Three
females and one male from the same locality, labeled, respectively,
“VJ-17,” “VI-17,” “VI-19,” and ‘‘VI-30,” were returned to the
American Museum of Natural History, New York City. A dead
specimen was collected by the writer at Camp Caribou, Maine,
June 7, 1900, on dead branch of ‘‘witch’s broom,” on balsam fir.
Larval mines and pupal cells were observed in adjoining twigs, and
another dead specimen was taken at Waterville, N. H., May 4, 1906,
from a pupal cell in dead branch of ‘witch’s broom,” on balsam
fir. Several specimens had emerged from the same branch.
Distinctive characters.—This species is closely allied to P. utah-
ensis, from which it is distinguished by the moderately coarse pro-
notal punctures and the very large posterior spot which extends
anteriorly to the middle of the elytra, and is surrounded by a dis-
tinct dark border.
Variations—The specimens vary in length from 3.7 to 4 mm.,
and in color from light brown to dark brown, with but slight varia-
tion in the spots. Eight adult specimens were examined.
Host trees.—Alies balsamea; Abies fraserr.
Distribution (Plate XTX, fig. 1)—(Hopk.U.S.) Maine: Camp Cari-
bou, Parmachene Lake. New Hampshire: Waterville. (A.M.N.H.)
North Carolina: Black Mountains.
2. Pissodes utahensis n. sp.
The type specimen is labeled “Type No. 7425, U.S.N.M.;” name;
“type of drawing; Park City, Ut., 6.17; Coll. Hubbard & Schwarz;
952; 3 1.”
Distinctive characters——This species is closely allied to the pre-
ceding, from which it is distinguished by the coarser pronotal punc-
tures and the smaller posterior spots, which do not extend forward
to the middle of the elytra and do not have a distinct darker border.
Variation.—There is very little variation in size, but the scales
vary from white to a yellowish brown. Five adult specimens, 4
males and 1 female, have been examined.
Host tree—Unknown, probably Abies.
Distribution (Plate XIX, fig. 2).—(U.S.N.M.) British Columbia:
Bear Lake (London Hill Mine). Utah: Alta, Park City.
; 3. Pissodes barberi n. sp.
The type specimen is labeled ‘Type No. 7426, U.S.N.M.;” name;
“Bair’s Rfan]ch, Redw[oo]d Crlee]k; Humboldt Co., Cal., 13.6 [June
13, 1903]; H.S. Barber, collector; .327; 9-1.”
Distinctive characters.—This species is at once distinguished from
all of the other species of the first subdivision by its darker color,
the very coarse punctures of the pronotum and elytral strim, the
46 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
strongly elevated and acutely rugose third and fifth imterspaces of
the elytra, and the small posterior spot. The pronotal punctures
are also more distinctly separated than in the other species. .
Variations.—There is some variation in size—the length ranging
from 5 mm. to 5.5 mm.—and in the elytral spots, color of scales,
etc. Three adult specimens, 1 female and 2 males, have been
examined.
Host tree—Unknown, probably Pzcea.
Distribution (Plate XIX, fig. 3).—(U.S.N.M.) California: Hum-
boldt County. Oregon: Astoria. Washington: Tenino.
SUBSECTION b?2.
(Species Nos. 4 to 14.)
Adults.—The beak is slender and shorter than the prothorax in
some species and longer in others. The basal angles of the pronotum
are rectangular but not acute. The third and fifth elytral inter-
spaces are moderately to strongly elevated and rugose. Species 4 to 6
have large anterior and posterior spots on the elytra. The sides of
the elytra are parallel and the beak is never longer than the pro-
thorax. Species 7 to 14 have small anterior and posterior spots on
the elytra; the elytra are slightly narrowed anteriorly and the beak
in some of the species is longer than the prothorax. Species 9 to 12
have the third and fifth interspaces of the elytra distinctly elevated
and broader than the second and fourth, and the punctures of the
pronotum are moderately coarse and densely placed. Species 13
and 14 have the third and fifth interspaces of the elytra only slightly
broader than the second and fourth, but strongly elevated and
acutely rugose. The pronotum is distinctly narrower than the elytra
and the pronotal punctures are very coarse.
Sexes.—In species 4 to 6 the beak of the males is shorter than the
thorax and that of the females is rarely longer, while in species 7 to 14
the beak of the males is as long as the prothorax, and in a few cases
longer; that of the females is usually longer and often distinctly so.
Pupx.—The fifth and sixth abdominal tergites of species 4 and 6
have small spines between the prominent dorsal ones, while in species
5 and 7 to 14 they are obscure or absent.
Larvee.—The apical tooth of the mandibles is acute and the ab-
dominal spiracles are distinct. In species 4, 5, and 7 to 10 the eye
spots are distinct, while in species 6 and 14 they are not.
Hosts.—Syecies 4 and 5, Picea; species 6, Pinus and Picea; species
7,8, 10, and 12 to 14, Pinus; species 11, Cedrus.
Distribution.—Species 4, Rocky Mountains; species 5, Pacific
coast; species 6 and 7, eastern United States; species 8, northern
Rocky Mountains; species 9, Canada; species 10, 11, Southern
States; species 12, 13, California; species 14, southern Rocky Moun-
tains.
THE GENUS PISSODES. 47
4. Pissodes sitchensis n. sp.
(Plate V, fig. B; Plate XIII; text figs. 5-7.)
The type specimen is labeled ‘‘Type No. 7428, U.S.N.M.;”’ name;
“Hoquiam, Wash.; H. E. Burke, collector; 9; Hopk. U. S. 2289c.”
The species was described from a large series, including all stages,
work, and parasites, collected and reared from terminals.
Distinctive characters.—This species is closely allied to P. engel-
manni and P. strobi, from the first of which it is distinguished by the
subopaque pronotum, the absence of dark band on the posterior spot
of the elytra, and the rather coarse punctures of the elytral strix;
from the latter it is distinguished by its average smaller size and nar-
rower prothorax, as well as by its distribution and habits.
Variations.—There is not very much variation in size—length
5to5.3mm. The color ranges from light to dark brown. The spots
of scales vary in size, color, and density, and there is some variation
in the relative width of the prothorax and in the size of the punctures
of the elytral striz. More than 200 specimens have been examined,
including both sexes, larvae, pupz, and work.
Host tree.—Picea sitchensis, infesting tops and terminals of saplings
and small trees; quite injurious.
Extensive observations have been made by Mr. Burke on the habits
and seasonal history of this species.
Distribution (Plate XIX, fig. 4).—(Hopk. U.S.) Oregon: Astoria.
Washington: Hoquiam, North Bend, Pialschie, Satsop.
5. Pissodes engelmanni n. sp.
(Plate VI, fig. 5.)
The type specimen is labeled ‘‘Type No. 7427, U.S.N.M.;”’ name;
‘“‘type of drawing; Picea engelmanni; Smith’s Ferry, Idaho, Aug. 10,
05; J. L. Webb, collector; 93; Hopk. U.S. 5314.” From a series
of 50 adults reared August 23 to November 14 from section of top of
spruce containing larve and pupe collected August 10, 1905.
Distinctive characters.—This species is distinguished from the pre-
ceding in that the pronotum is shining, the posterior spot of the
elytra has a dark border, and the punctures of the elytral striz are
indistinct, especially on the lateral area. From P. strobi it is dis-
tinguished by its generally smaller size, coarse punctures of the
pronotum, and more obscure punctures of the elytral striz, as also
by its distribution, habits, and host.
Variations.—There is very little variation in size. The color
ranges from light to dark brown, the spots of scales vary in size, color,
and density, and the dark border of the posterior spot from distinct
to obscure. The punctures of the pronotum and elytra vary con-
siderably in size and distinctness. More than 150 specimens were
examined, including both sexes, larvee, pups, and work.
48 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Host tree.-—Picea engelmanm, infesting tops and terminals of
saplings and small trees; quite injurious.
Extensive observations on the habits and seasonal history of this .
species have been made by Messrs. Burke and Webb.
Distribution (Plate XIX, fig. 5).—(Hopk. U.S.) Colorado: Mani-
tou Park. Jdaho: Smiths Ferry. Montana: Little Belt National
Forest. .
6. Pissodes strobi Peck.
(Plate III, fig. 6; Plate VI, fig. 6; Plate XIV; text figs. 1, 2.)
This species is represented in the collection by a typical specimen
labeled with name, “type of drawing; Pinus strobus; Webster, N. H.;
W. F. Fiske, collector; 9 6; Hopk. U.S. 3215b;” by 2 specimens
labeled “Pinus strobus; Milford, Pa.; A. D. Hopkins, Nov. 14-25,
bred; Hopk. U. S. 6077,” and by one small specimen labeled
‘“‘Wdsallville, Pa.”’
Distinctive characters.—This species is most closely allied to P.
engelmanni, from which it is distinguished by its average larger size,
dense punctures of the pronotum and distinct punctures of the
elytral striz, as well as by its distribution and habits.
Variations.—There is considerable variation in size—4.5 to 6 mm.
in length—but the average is nearer the latter extreme. The color
ranges from dark to light brown. The spots of scales vary consid-
erably in size, density, and color and in the presence or absence of
a dark border to posterior lateral spot of the elytra. There is also
considerable variation in the form of the pronotum and in the
punctures of the pronotum and elytral striz. More than 500 speci-
mens were examined, including all stages and work.
Host trees.—Pinus strobus, Pinus rigida, Pinus divaricata, Picea
rubens, and Picea excelsa; infesting terminals. Very injurious to
white pine, much less so to the other species.
Distribution (Plate XIX, fig. 6).—(Hopk. U. 8.) Connecticut:
Hartford, Pomfret Center. Maine: Alfred, Bangor, Portland.
Massachusetts: Framingham. Michigan: Grand Rapids. New
Hampshire: Colebrook, Dover, Franconia, Keene, Monadnock, New-
port, Penacook, Pike, Rochester, Tamworth, Webster, Wiers.
New York: Kiamesha, Kidders. North Carolina: Biltmore (David-
sons River). Pennsylvama: Cisuarun, Milford, Mount Airy (Frank-
lin County), Trucksville, Wilkesbarre. West Virginia: Kanawha
Station, Cairo. Wisconsin: Ashland. Canada: Ontario—Guelph,
Ottawa; New Brunswick—Chatham, Frederickton. (Hopk. W. Va.)
Massachusetts: Middlesex Falls. West Virginia: St. George, Tucker
County. (U.S.N.M.) Massachusetts: Boston. Pennsylvania: Ed-
sallville. Michigan: Grand Ledge. New Hampshire: Contoocook.
New York: New Baltimore.
a
THE GENUS PISSODES. 49
BIBLIOGRAPHY AND SYNONYMY.
Rhynchenus strobi Peck, 1817, p. 2, pl. 2. Harris, 1841, pp. 63-64.
Pissodes strobi (Peck) Say, 1831, p. 14 (in part). Fitch, 1858, pp. 732-736, pl. 3, fig.
1. Say, 1859, p. 277 (in part). Walsh and Riley, 1869, p. 26, fig. 22. Gem-
minger and Harold, 1871, p. 2432. Le Baron, 1874, p. 139, fig. 63. Thomas,
1876, pp. 133-134 (in part). Le Conte, 1876, pp. 142-143 (in part). Fuller,
1880, pp. 5-6, fig. 2. Saunders, 1883, p. 55, fig. 23 (in part). Packard, 1886,
pp. 322-325, pl. 9 (in part). Lintner, 1888, p. 24, figs. 6,7. Packard, 1890, pp.
734-741 (in part). Riley and Howard, 1890, p. 348 (parasite); 1891, p. 468 (in
part). Lintner, 1893, pp. 344-345, fig. 22 (in part). Hopkins, 1893, p. 205, No.
219 (in part); 1899, pp. 259-260, 345, 441 (in part). Chittenden, 1899, pp. 58-59,
figs. 11, 12 (in part). Felt, 1906, pp. 397-401 (in part). Hopkins, 1906, pp.
252-253, figs. 61, 62; 1907, pp. 1-7, figs. 1-6; 1909, pp. 11, 16, 17, figs. 8, 9.
7. Pissodes approximatus nN. sp.
(Plate VI, fig. 7; Plate XV, figs. A, B.)
The type specimen is labeled ‘Type No. 7430, U:S.N.M.;” name;
“Pinus strobus; Lynn Woods, Mass.; A. D. Hopkins, June 11, ’06,
bred; 2? ; Hopk. U.S. 6332.” This specimen was reared from larvee
in bark from base of white pine sapling defoliated by the gipsy moth.
The type series is represented by a male labeled the same as the
type, one labeled ‘‘Camb.; Coll. Hubbard & Schwarz; 3,” and 2
males labeled ‘‘Marquette, Mich., 27.6; Coll. Hubbard & Schwarz.”
Distinctive characters.—This species has been commonly confused
with P. strobi in collections and literature, but is distinguished from
it by the average large size, elongate body, the sides of the elytra
more distinctly narrowed posteriorly. The beak is longer, and the
spots of the elytra are uniformly smaller, the posterior ones rarely
connected. It is also definitely separated by its marked difference
in habits. It is distinguished from P. nemorensis, to which it is
more closely allied, by its. average smaller size, shorter beak, and
larger posterior brown spot of the elytra, and, except in regions
where the two species may overlap, it may be at once distinguished by
its distribution. It is distinguished from its closest ally, P. schwarzt,
by the moderately coarse pronotal punctures.
Variations.—There is much variation in size, the length ranging
from 4.3 to 6.7 mm., but extremes are rare. The color ranges from
dark brown, nearly black, to brown, but the prevailing color is dark.
There is considerable variation in the structure of the pronotum
and elytra and in the punctures, spots, etc., but the spots of scales,
while variable in size and color, are commonly small, and never as
large as in the average P. strobi. More than 140 specimens were
examined, including all stages and work.
Host trees—Pinus strobus, Pinus rigida, Pinus echinata, Pinus
resinosa, Pinus virginiana, and Pinus pungens, occurring in thick
bark on trunks of trees and base of saplings; sometimes injurious to
the saplings,
50 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Distribution (Plate XIX, fig. 7)—(Hopk. U. S.). Maine: Lake
Moxie. Massachusetts: Lynn Woods, Springfield. Michigan: Grand
Island, Munising. New Hampshire: Penacook, Waterville, Webster.
North Carolina: Biltmore, Hendersonville, Pink Beds. Pennsyl-
vama: Milford. Virginia: Rock Springs. Wisconsin: Lae du
Flambeau. Canada: Guelph.
(Hopk. W. Va.) West Virginia: Deckers Creek, Greenbrier County,
Greene Spring, Hampshire County, Harpers Ferry, Morgantown,
Pendleton County, Romney, Tibbs Run, Tucker County. (U.S.
N.M.) Massachusetts: Cambridge, Marion, Springfield. Michigan:
Eagle Harbor, Marquette, Whitefish Point. New Hampshire: Dur-
ham, Hanover. New York: New York City and vicinity. Wiscon-
sin: Bayfield.
8. Pissodes schwarzi n. sp.
(Plate ITT, fig. 8; Plate XVI, fig. B.)
The type specimen is labeled ‘‘Type No. 7455, U.S.N.M.;”
name; ‘Veta Pass, Col., 24.6; Coll. Hubbard & Schwarz; 2.” This,
together with another specimen, a male from the same locality, was
evidently collected by Mr. E. A. Schwarz, for whom the species is
named. The specimens were found in the United States National
Museum under P. costatus.
Distinctive characters.—This species is evidently confused in col-
lections under the name P. costatus. Specimens of P. schwarzi and
P. yosemite had been referred to P. costatus by the writer until the
specimens from Sitka spruce were recognized as representing the
latter. With possibly a single exception, the specimens referred to
by Le Conte under P. costatus evidently belonged to P. yosemite.
P. schwarz is not allied to the specimens I have referred to P. costa-
tus. In general appearance it comes nearer P. yosemite and P. webbi,
but according to the character of the fork of the male genitalia it
falls in the series with P. approximatus, from which it is distinguished
by the narrow pronotum with coarse punctures and by the larger
posterior spots of the elytra. It is distinguished from P. webbi by
its relatively broader pronotum, the punctures of which are less
coarse and more densely placed, and from P. yosemite by the same
character; also it is distinguished from both by its distribution.
Variations.—There is quite a wide range of variation in size, the
length ranging from 5.2 to 6.7 mm., and in the density of the pro-
notal punctures, size and density of spots of scales, and relative ele-
vation of elytral interspaces 3 and 5, so that some specimens may be
found which appear to connect it with the other species, but it is the
writer’s opinion that when we know more of the habits and seasonal
history of the northern Rocky Mountain Pissodes some of the species
here included will be found to represent one or more undescribed
species, and especially Hopk. U. S. 2386a, which was found ovipos-
THE GENUS PISSODES. 51
iting in the terminal of a pine sapling. Forty-nine specimens have
been examined, including all stages and work.
Host tree.—Pinus ponderosa scopulorum, in thick bark on trunks
of trees, in base of saplings, and possibly in tops and terminals.
Distribution (Plate XIX, fig. 8).—(Hopk. U.S.). Colorado: Estes
Park. Jdaho: Centerville. South Dakota: Black Hills, Custer, Lead.
Washington: Buckeye (U.S.N.M.) Colorado: Breckenridge, Estes
Park, La Veta Pass, Leadville. Montana: Helena. South Dakota:
Custer. Washington: Buckeve. Canada: Alberta, Banff Springs.
BIBLIOGRAPHY AND SYNONYMY.
Pissodes costatus (not of Mann.) Hopkins, 1906, p. 254, fig. 63.
9. Pissodes canadensis 0. sp.
The type specimen is labeled ‘“‘Type No. 7431, U.S.N.M.;”
name; ‘“‘Winnipeg, Manfitoba], Hanham; ¢? 1.” This, with two
other specimens, a male and a female, were found in the Wickham
collection in the United States National Museum under P. strobz.
Distinctive characters—This species may be easily confused with
P. approximatus by its general external appearance, but the differ-
ence in the fork of the male genitalia indicates that it is distinct and
more nearly related to P. nemorensis. It is distinguished from
P. approximatus by the somewhat stouter body and prothorax. The
alternate interspaces of the elytra are acutely rugose, the posterior
spots are more completely fused on the lateral area, and the beak is
longer. It is easily separated from P. nemorensis by the relatively
shorter beak and stouter body and fused posterior spots of the elytra,
as also by its distribution.
Variations.—There is not much variation in the three specimens
except that the alternating elevated interspaces are less acutely rugose
in one specimen than in the other two specimens. Three adult
specimens were examined.
Host tree.—Not known, but it is evidently pine.
Distribution (Plate XX, fig. 9).—(U.S.N.M.). (Wickham Col-
lection) Canada: Manitoba (Winnipeg).
10. Pissodes nemorensis Germar.
(Plate XV, fig. C; text fig. 8, B.)
The species is represented in the collection by a typical specimen
labeled with rectangular red label; name; ‘‘ Pinus; Calhoun, Ala.;
A.’ D. Hopkins, Apr. 25, ’05, bred; ¢ 1; Hopk. U.S. 1174d.”
Distinctive characters.—There seems to be little doubt that this is
the long unrecognized species described by Germar in connection
with the description of the genus and commonly referred to as
synonymous with P. strobi, with which it has been confused in col-
52 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
lections and literature. The reference in the description to the beak
being longer than the prothorax is sufficient to distinguish it from
P. strobi, and the type locality, ‘‘Kentucky,” is sufficient to place it
within the range of this common southern form. This species is very
readily distinguished from P. strobi by its average larger size, much
longer beak, smaller spots of scales on elytra, and by its habits and
general distribution, although the ranges of the two species may
overlap in some places. It is distinguished from P. approximatus
(with which it may occur in the Transition zone around the Appala-
chian Mountain ranges) by its average larger size, longer beak, the
elytra more distinctly narrowed posteriorly, and much smaller poste-
rior brown spot. It is also distinguished from its closest ally (P.
deodarx), the only other species known to occupy the Gulf States
region, by its average larger size and shorter beak, and by the poste-
riorly narrowed elytra and more distinctly elevated third and fifth
elytral interspaces. .
Variations.—There is much variation in size, the length ranging
from 4.9 to 7.7 mm., and in color from nearly black to light brown,
the darker areas predominating. There is also much variation in all
of the structural and sculptural characters and in the size, density,
and color of the spots. More than 250 specimens have been exam-
ined, including all stages and work.
Host trees.—Pinus palustris Pinus teda, Pinus virginiana, and
Pinus echinata, in thick bark on trunks of dying and felled trees,
stumps, stems, and base of saplings, etc. Apparently it is not
especially injurious.
Distribution (Plate XX, fig.10).—(Hopk.U.S.) Alabama: Calhoun.
District of Columbia: Langdon, Rock Creek Park. Georgia: Demo-
rest, Macon, Thomasville. Maryland: Silver Spring. North Caro-
lina: Boardman, Tryon. South Carolina: Lumber. Texas: Dewey-
ville, Houston. Virginia: Hawlin, Princess Anne County, Vir-
ginia Beach. West Virginia: Kanawha Station. (Hopk. W. Va.)
West Virginia: Lockheart’s Run, Roosevelt. (U.S. N. M., under
P. strobi.) Alabama: Prattville. Florida: Tallahassee. Maryland:
Piney Point. North Carolina: Retreat, Graybeard Mountains.
BIBLIOGRAPHY AND SYNONYMY.
Pissodes nemorensis Germar, 1824, p. 318. Gemminger and Harold, 1871, p. 2431.
Pissodes strobi (not of Peck) Say, 1831, p. 14 (in part). Harris, 1841, p. 63 (in part).
Say. 1859, p. 277 (in part). Le Conte, 1876, p. 142 (in part). _Thomas, 1877, p.
134 (in part). Hopkins, 1893, p. 205, No. 219 (in part); 1899, p. 429 (parasite);
1899, p. 441 (in part).
11. Pissodes deodare n. sp.
The type specimen is labeled ‘‘Type No. 7433, U.S.N.M.;” name;
“deodar; Experiment, Ga., Apr. 25, 03; Fiske, Colllecto]r; 9 ; Hopk.
US: 1641.”
THE GENUS PISSODES. 53
Distinctive characters.—This species is distinguished from P. nemo-
rensis by its average smaller size, longer beak, less distinctly elevated
elytral interspaces, and the sides of the elytra more distinctly parallel,
but it is more distinctly separated by its habit and host. It is not
improbable that this is an example of the origin of species through
mutation and change of habit and host.
Variations.—There is considerable variation in size, the length
ranging from 4.2 to 5.8 mm., but there is not very much variation
in the grayish-brown color or in form, sculpture, and vestiture.
In fact, it appears to be more constant in general character than
almost any of the other species.
Host tree — Cedrus deodara, in living branches, tops, and terminals,
causing serious Injury.
Distribution (Plate XX, fig. 11)—(Hopk. U.S.) Georgia: Experi-
ment.
12. Pissodes californicus n. sp.
The type specimen is labeled ‘Type No. 7456, U. S. N. M.;”
name; ‘‘ Pinus ponderosa; Yosemite Val., Cal., June 13, ’04; Hop-
kins, Col[lecto]r; ¢ 4; Hopk. U.S. 2808a.” This specimen was col-
lected by the writer at the same time and place as those referred
to P. yosemite, and was not recognized at the time as distinct.
Distinctive characters.—This species is closely related to P. nemo-
rensis, from which it is at once distinguished by the deeply emargi-
nate anterior margin of the pronotum and by its very different habit
and distribution. It is also readily distinguished from P. yosemite
by the broad, closely punctured pronotum with its emarginate
anterior margin and by the broad, flattened, third and fifth elytral
interspaces. Indeed, it is so markedly different from any of the
other western forms that we feel justified in basing our conclusion
as to its distinctness on the single specimen.
Host tree.—Pinus ponderosa, in thick bark on living trees, causing
serious scars.
Distribution (Plate XX, fig. 12).—(Hopk. U. S.) ¢ aliforna:
Yosemite Valley.
13. Pissodes yosemite n. sp.
(Plate XVI, fig. A.)
.The type specimen is labeled ‘‘Type No. 7434, U. S. N. M.;”
name; “Pinus ponderosa; Yosemite Val., Cal., June 13, ’04; Hopkins,
Colflecto]r; ¢ 1; Hopk. U.S. 2808b.”” The specimen was collected
near Mirror Lake in the thick bark of a tree which was apparently
dying from injuries by this and possibly the preceding species.
Distinctive characters.—This species is more closely allied to P
webbi, from which it is distinguished by the narrower pronotum
with the punctures less densely placed, and by its distribution.
57936°—11 ——5
54 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Variations.—There is considerable variation in size, the length
ranging from 5.1 fo 7 mm., but not much in its reddish-brown color.
The spots of whitish scales are usually conspicuous on the sides of
the pronotum and near the declivity of the elytra, but there is con-
siderable variation in their size, density, and color. The very
coarse punctures of the pronotum and the strongly elevated third
and fifth elytral interspaces are quite constant and characteristic.
Fifty-one specimens were examined, including adults, larve, and
work.
Host trees —Pinus ponderosa and Pinus lambertiana, in living and
dying thick bark on standing and felled trees, stumps, and base
and stems of saplings. It is evidently quite injurious.
Distribution (Plate XX, fig. 13)—(Hopk. U.S.) California: Sum-
merdale and Yosemite. (U. S. N. M.) Califorma: Lake Tahoe,
Placer County, Siskiyou County, under P. costatus. Washington:
Easton, under P. fasciatus.
BIBLIOGRAPHY AND SYNONYMY.
Pissodes costatus (not of Mannerheim) Hopkins, 1906, p. 254, fig. 64.
14. Pissodes webbi n. sp.
The type specimen is labeled ‘“‘Type No. 7459, U. S. N. M.;”
name; ‘Pinus strobiformis; bred Nov. 12-7; Sta. Catalina Mts.,
Ariz.; J. L. Webb, collector; ¢ ; Hopk. U.S. 5722.” The specimen
was reared with others from larvee in thick bark on small felled tree,
August 20, 1908. It is named for the collector.
Distinctive characters.—This species is more closely allied to P.
yosemite, from which it is distinguished by the broader pronotum,
with the punctures more closely placed.
Variations.—There is considerable variation in size, the length
ranging from 4.8 to 6.8 mm., and in color from nearly black to dark
reddish-brown. There is less variation in the spots than usual, which
have less white and more of the yellow scales. Over 70 specimens
were examined, including all stages and work.
Host trees —Pinus_ strobiformis, Pinus scopulorum, and Pinus
murrayana (contorta) in living(?) and dying bark on base and stems of
saplings and standing and felled trees. It is probably injurious.
Distribution (Plate XX, fig. 14)—(Hopk. U. 8.) Arizona: Santa
Catalina Mountains. New Mexico: Capitan Mountains and Cloud-
croft.
BIBLIOGRAPHY AND SYNONYMY.
Pissodes strobi (not of Peck) Champion, 1902, p. 119. (May be above species; can
not be P. strobi Peck.—A. D. H.)
tet a tie
a ee
THE GENUS PISSODES. 5)
SECTION a2.
SuBsEcTIONS b3 anv b4.
(Species Nos. 15 and 16.)
Adults.—Elytra with a transverse band of white and yellow scales
instead of a distinct spot near the vertex of the declivity; beak
shorter than the prothorax. Species 15 has a broad pronotum with
the posterior angles acute, while in species 16 the pronotum is narrow
and the angles subrectangular.
Sexes.—Apical margin of seventh abdominal sternite of males not
sinuate; beak slightly longer and more slender in the females than in
the males. j
Pupe.—Abdominal tergites without distinct small spines alter-
nating with the longer ones. Species 15 has distinct epipleural
spines, while species 16 does not.
Larve.—Kye spots distinct; apical tooth of mandible obtuse in
species 15 and acute in species 16. .
Hosts.—Species 15, Pinus; species 16, Pscudotsuga.
Distribution.—Species 15, coast of California and Washington;
species 16, northern California into British Columbia.
15. Pissodes radiate n. sp.
(Plate III, fig. 15.)
The type specimen is labeled ‘‘Type No. 7435, U.S. N. M.; name;
Pinus; Del Monte, Cal., Sept. 4, 702; A. D. Hopkins, collector; ¢ 4;
Hopk. U.S. 1089b.”” It was reared from a small branch of a trans-
planted small sapling of Pinus sylvestris, collected September 4, 1902,
in the grounds of the Del Monte Hotel at Del Monte, Cal.; it was also
found in Pinus radiata, for which the species is named.
Distinetive characters —This is a very distinct species, separated
from all other North American species by the acute posterior angles —
of the pronotum. It comes nearer to P. notatus of Europe than to
any other foreign species, but from this species it is at once dis-
tinguished by the strongly elevated third and fifth elytral interspaces.
Variations.—There is considerable variation in size, the length being
from 5.1 to 7.4 mm., but not much in color, markings, etc., of the
specimens from Monterey and Palo Alto, but the single specimen
from Easton, Wash., is small, dark brown, the punctures of the
elytra coarser, and the posterior angles of the pronotum very acute.
Further specimens from this northern locality and more information
relating to their habit and host may show that the northern indi-
viduals represent a distinct species. More than 90 specimens have
been examined, including all stages and work.
56 7 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Host trees.—Pinus radiata (common) and Pinus sylvestris (rare),
infesting the thick bark on standing and felled trees and stumps, and
the base, stems, and tops of saplings.
Distribution (Plate XX, fig. 15).—(Hopk. U. 8.) California; Del
Monte, Monterey, Palo Alto. (U.S. N. M.) Washington: Easton,
under P. fasciatus.
16. Pissodes fasciatus Le Conte.
(Plate ITI, fig. 16; Plate XVII.)
The species is represented in the collection by a typical specimen
labeled with the name ‘‘type of drawing; Pseudotsuga taxifolia;
Hoquiam, Wash.; Burke, col[lecto]r; 9 ; Hopk. U.S. 2064b.”
Distinetive characters.—This species is readily distinguished from
P. radiatx, to which it is somewhat remotely allied, by the posterior
angles being rectangular instead of acute, the third and fifth inter-
spaces less elevated, and also by its habit and host.
Variations.—There is considerable variation in size, from 5.1 to 8.3
mm. in length, and in color from nearly black to reddish and brown;
there is also much variation in the size, density, and color of the spots
of scales. More than 200 specimens have been examined, including
all stages and work.
Host tree.—Pseudotsuga taxifolia, living and dying thick bark on
standing and felled trees and stumps, and on the base of saplings.
Distribution (Plate XX, fig. 16) —(Hopk. U. 8.) Washington: Ash-
ford, Keyport, Hoquiam, Meredith, Pialschie. (Webb’s collection)
Washington: Sequim. (U. S. N. M.) Washington: Tenino, Easton.
Oregon: Corvallis, Portland. British Columbia: Kaslo, North Bend,
Victoria.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Pissodes fasciatus Le Conte, 1876, pp. 142-143. Hopkins, 1905, p. 253, figs. 65, 66.
SUBDIVISION B.
(Species Nos. 17 to 28.)
Adults —Elytra usually without distinct spots on anterior lateral
area and with small spots situated between the vertex of the declivity
and the median area.
Seves.—Beak in both sexes rarely shorter than prothorax, com-
monly much longer, and always distinctly longer in females than in
males.
Pupse.—Eyes without minute spines on posterior margin (so far as
observed).
Larvee.—Without distinctive divisional characters (so far as
observed).
Hosts.—Picea end Abies.
= i —-
THE GENUS PISSODES. 517
Distribution.—Section a3, coast of western Washington to Sitka;
section a4, Canadian zone, eastern United States from mountains of
North Carolina to Canada, and northern Rocky Mountains and
Pacific Coast region northward into Alaska.
SECTION a3.
(Species No. 17.)
Adults.—Basal angles of pronotum subrectangular and beak rather
stout and moderately long; apical margin of the seventh abdominal
sternite of male without apical process, but faintly sinuate.
Pupx.—Small spines alternating with the longer ones on abdominal
tergites and ninth epipleurites with a few bristles. F
Larve.—Abdominal spiracles obscure; apical tooth of the mandi-
bles acute, the median emarginate, and the eye spots distinct. The
host is Picea sitchensis from the coast of western Washington to Sitka.
17. Pissodes costatus Mannerheim.
This species is represented in the collection by a typical specimen
labeled with the name: ‘‘ Picea; Hoquiam, Wash.; A. D. Hopkins, col-
lector; 92; Hopk. U.S. 2361g.”” The specimen was reared from among
larvee and pup found May 26, 1903, under thick bark in chip cocoons
in outer wood of stump of a tree of Picea sitchensis felled in 1902.
This evidently comes nearer to Mannerheim’s species than anything
yet recognized, and the fact that it is found in the Sitka spruce is
additional evidence.
Distinctive characters —This is the only representative of the first
section (a3) of subdivision B, and therefore is not closely allied to
any of the other species of the subdivision. It is distinguished by
the closely placed punctures of the pronotum, which become coarser
and more distinctly separated toward the posterior lateral section,
by the moderately rounded posterior angles of the pronotum, and
by the indistinct spots of reddish brown and white scales.
Variations—The three matured adults examined range in length
from 5.5 to 7.1 mm., and in color from dark brown to black. The
spots of scales vary in size, color, and density. Three adults and the
larva and pupa have been examined.
Host tree.—Prcea sitchensis, in thick bark on dying and felled trees
and stumps.
Distribution (Plate XXI, fig. 17).—(Hopk. U. S.) Washington:
Hoquiam. Alaska: Sitka (the type locality).
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Pissodes costatus Mannerheim, 1852, p. 354 (reprint p. 71).
58 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
SECTION a4.
(Species Nos. 18 to 28.)
Adulits—Basal angles of pronotum rounded; beak slender and
moderately to very long.
Species 18 to 24 have the punctures of the pronotum distinctly
separated and the punctures of the elytral striz small to coarse.
In species 18 to 21 the pronotum is not distinctly narrower than the
elytra. Species 18 has a short, stout pronotum with the sides
strongly rounded and constricted toward the anterior margin,
the elytral interspaces with rather coarse rugosities. Species 19 to
21 have a more elongate pronotum with rounded sides but not dis-
tinctly constricted toward the head, and the elytral interspaces
have fine rugosities. In species 22 to 24 the pronotum is distinctly
narrower than the elytra. Species 25 to 28 have the punctures of
the pronotum irregular in size and not distinctly separated and the
strial punctures are very coarse and irregular. In species 25 and 26
the strial punctures are very irregular in size, the elytral spots
moderately distinct, and the pronotum not distinctly narrower than
the elytra. In species 27 and 28 the strial punctures are moderately
irregular, the elytral spots are evident but small, and the pronotum
is distinctly narrower than the elytra.
Sexes.—In species 18 the apical margin of the seventh abdominal
sternite of the males is smuate but without median process, while
in species 20 there is a distinct median process, and in species 25 to
28 the apex is uniformly rounded as in the females.
Pupx.—The fourth and fifth abdominal tergites have two small
spines between the more prominent dorsal ones. In species 26 the
rostrum is without a pair of spines between the middle and apex,
while in 27 they are present. Head without distinct eye spots (so
far as observed).
Larve.—In species 18 the abdominal spiracles are moderately
distinct, the apical tooth of the mandibles obtuse, and the median
tooth triangular. In species 20 the apical tooth is acute, and the
median tooth is emarginate. In species 26 to 28 the abdominal
spiracles are obscure. In species 26 the apical tooth is acute and the
middle tooth triancular. In species 27 the apical tooth is acute
and the median one emarginate, while in species 28 the apical tooth
is obtuse and the median one emarginate.
Hosts.—Species 18, 19, 20, Picea; species 21, Pinus; species 22,
Picea; species 25, 26 and 27, Abies.
Distribution.—Species 18, 19, 20, and 28, Canadian zone, West
Virginia and New Hampshire; species 21 and 26, Cascade Mountains,
Oregon and Washington; species 22 and 25, central Rocky Mountains;
species 23, Alaska (Arctic Circle); species 24, northern Michigan;
species 27, Maine to northern Michigan.
THE GENUS PISSODES. 59
SUBSECTION bd.
(Species Nos. 18 to 24.)
18. Pissodes fiskei n. sp.
(Plate ITT, fig. 18; Plate XIT.)
The type specimen is labeled ‘‘Type No. 7438, U.S.N.M.;” name;
“type of drawing; Picea; Franconia, N. H., Oct. 16, ’07; W. F.
Fiske, collector; 91; Hopk. U.S. 3309.” It was reared with other
specimens from a section of a small spruce tree scorched by fire,
collected October 16, 1907.
Distinctive characters.—This is a very distinct species, and may be
known from its nearest ally, P. nigrx, by the strongly elevated third
and fifth elytral interspaces, and the larger yellow posterior spot of
densely placed scales, with no trace of an anterior spot. It is at once
distinguished from P. similis, which may be associated with both
species in the bark of the same tree, by its large size, short pronotum,
and long beak.
Variations.—There is not much variation in size, the length
ranging from 4.2 to 5.2 mm., nor in other characters. Eight speci-
mens of adults and work were examined.
Host trees.—Picea rubens and Picea mariana, in thick bark on logs
and trunks of small standing trees.
Distribution (Plate XXI, fig. 18)—(Hopk. U. 8.) New Hamp-
shire: Rye.
BIBLIOGRAPHY AND SYNONYMY.
Pissodes strobi (not of Peck) Packard, 1890, pp. 829-830. (Probably P. fiskei Hopk.—
A. D. H.)
19. Pissodes nigree n. sp. -
The type specimen is labeled ‘Type No. 7458, U.S.N.M.;”
name; “Picea nigra; Webster, N. H.; W. F. Fiske, collector; Hopk.
U. S. 3725a.” It was taken from a section of the trunk of a small
dead tree, collected May 3, 1906.
Distinetive characters.—This species is distinguished from P. fisket
by the much less elevated and less rugose interspaces, longer beak,
and small to obscure anterior white spot on the elytra. From P.
puncticollis it is distinguished by its darker color, stout pronotum,
and less distinctly elevated elytral interspaces. It is at once distin-
guished from P. similis by its long beak.
Variations.—The length varies from 4.4 to 6.6 mm. There is very
- little variation in the color. The anterior spots are obscure in some
specimens and the posterior ones vary from yellowish to white.
Host tree-—Picea mariana.
Distribution (Plate XXI, fig. 19)—(Hopk. U. 8S.) New Hamp-
shire: Webster.
60 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
20. Pissodes puncticollis n. sp.
(Plate IV, fig. 20.)
The type is labeled ‘“‘Type No. 7437, U.S.N.M.;” name; ‘type
of drawing; Picea; Randolph Co., W. Va.; A. D. Hopkins, collector;
2 1; Hopk. W. Va. 70.” It was taken from the dead bark of a
spruce log collected August 25, 1890.
Distinctive characters.—Closely allied to P. murrayane, but distin-
guished by its light reddish-brown color, irregular and less dense pro-
notal punctures, and larger size, with the alternating interspaces less
distinctly elevated, an anterior spot present, and the posterior spot
distinct.
Variations —The length varies from 4.2 to 6.1 mm.; there is very
little variation in the color. The anterior white spot, which is small
and situated on the fourth interspace, is obscure in two specimens
and situated on the fifth stria in the others. Four adults and 1 larva
were examined.
Host tree-—Picea rubens, in dying bark on felled and standing
trees.
Distribution (Plate XXI, fig. 20)—(Hopk. W. Va.) West Vir-
ginia: Cheat Bridge, Randolph County, Bayard, Tucker County.
21. Pissodes murrayane nN. sp.
The type specimen is labeled ‘‘Type No. 7436, U.S.N.M.;”
name; ‘Pinus murrayana; Wallowa, Oreg.; A. D. Hopkins, Apr. 10,
’07, bred; Hopk. U. S. 6560a.”” It was reared from the section of
a small tree received from correspondent, H. K. O’Brien, February 14,
1907.
Distinctive characters—The single imperfect specimen representing
this species is closely allied to P. puncticollis, from the type of which
it is distinguished by its dark brown color, very small posterior spot,
absence of an anterior spot, regular pronotal punctures, and broad
third elytral interspace. It is probable that more specimens will
show a wider range of variation from those of P. puneticollis.
Host tree—Pinus murrayana, in thin bark.
Distribution (Plate XXI, fig. 21)—(Hopk. U. 8.) Oregon: Wal-
lowa.
22. Pissodes coloradensis n. sp.
The type specimen is labeled “Type No. 7439, U.S.N.M.;”
name; ‘‘Leadville, Colo., H. F. Wickham, July 7-14, ’96, 10,000—
11,000 ft.; 9; C. L. 39.” (Abdomen removed and mounted on
separate pin. Labeled “CL 39 ¢.”’) Specimen from Wickham’s
collection in the United States National Museum.
Distinctive characters —Pronotum distinctly narrower than elytra
and punctures irregular, not dense. FElytral scales distinct, giving
THE GENUS PISSODES. 61
the surface a grayish appearance. Posterior spot prominent, this
readily distinguishing it from its nearest allies, P. alascensis and
P.. rotundatus.
Variations.—Length 7.4 to 9.4 mm. The color ranges from dark
brown to black. The color and density of the scales vary as usual,
as do also the elevation and rugosities of the alternating interspaces,
strial punctures, etc. Twenty-seven specimens of adults were
examined.
Host trees.—Picea canadensis in the Black Hills of South Dakota.
It will evidently be found also in Picea engelmanni.
Distribution (Plate XXI, fig. 22) —Black Hills of South Dakota;
central Colorado.
23. Pissodes alascensis n. sp.
The type specimen is labeled ‘“‘Type No. 7459, U.S.N.M.;”
name; “Koyukuk R., Alas., Lt. 67-69, Lg. 151, summer 1901;
W. J. Peters, collector.”
Distinctive characters.—-The darker color and closely placed yet
separated pronotal punctures, sparse elytral scales, and small pos-
terior spot on the elytra serve to distinguish the single specimen
of this species from P. coloradensis, and the distinctly elevated and
rugose elytral punctures distinguish it from P. rotundatus. One
specimen only was examined.
Host tree—Probably Picea.
Distribution (Plate X XI, fig. 23)—(Hopk. U. 8.) Alaska: Ko-
yukuk River, Arctic Circle.
24. Pissodes rotundatus Le Conte.
(Plate IV, fig. 24.)
This species is represented in the collection by a typical specimen
labeled with name; ‘‘Marquette, Mich., 4, 7 [July 4]; Coll. Hubbard
& Schwarz; @ 4.”
Distinctive characters.—This species is closely allied to P. alascensis
from which it is distinguished by the densely placed punctures of the
pronotum and the broad and not strongly elevated third and fifth
elytral interspaces, which also serve to distinguish it from P. colora-
densis.
Variations.—The length varies from 6 to 7.3 mm.; there is not
much variation in color except as it may be modified by the more
numerous white scales on some specimens. Seven specimens of
adults were examined.
Host trees.—Probably Picea rubens (?) and Picea canadensis (%).
Distribution (Plate X XI, fig. 24).—(U.S.N.M.) (H. & 8.) Michigan:
White Fish Point, Marquette, June and July.
62 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Pissodes rotundatus Le Conte, 1876, pp. 142, 143-144. Hopkins, 1906, pp. 254, 256,
fig. 69.
SUBSECTION b6.
Species Nos. 25 to 28.)
25. Pissodes burkei n. sp.
(Plate IV, fig. 25.)
The type specimen is labeled ‘‘Type No. 7440 U.S.N.M.;”’ name;
‘‘above Ouray, Colo., 9,000—-10,000 ft., Mineral Point Trail, VII, 1897,
H. F. Wickham; 9? 4” From Wicked collection. Additional
specimens collected and host tree determined by H. E. Burke.
Distinctive characters.—This species is quite distinct from P. rotun-
datus but is more closely allied to P. pipert, from which it is distin-
guished by its decidedly grayish appearance and the distinct posterior
spot of the elytra.
from 6 to 7.7 mm., but there is
comparatively little variation in the color, except in rubbed specimens
which are darker. Thirty-two specimens were examined, including
all stages and work.
Host tree.— Abies lasiocarpa, in thick bark on living fs: dying trees.
Distribution (Plate XXII, fig. 25)—(Hopk. U. 8.) Utah: Kamas
(Burke, collector). (U.S.N.M) (H. & S.) Utah: Alta and Park
City, June (under P. costatus). Colorado: Ouray (Wickham).
26. Pissodes piperi n. sp.
(Plate IV, fig. 26; Plate V, fig. A; Plate XVIII; text fig. 8, A.)
The type specimen is labeled ‘‘Type No. 7441, U.S.N.M.;” name;
‘“type of drawing; Mt. Rainier, Wash.; collector, C. V. Piper; 9 1.”
Additional specimens were collected and host trees determined by
Messrs. H. E. Burke and J. L. Webb.
Distinctive characters.—This species is at once distinguished from
P. burkei by its large size, dark color, sparsely placed elytral scales,
small posterior spot, and very coarse and deep punctures of elytral
striz.
Variations.—The length varies from 7.4 to 10 mm. and the pos-
terior spots of the elytra vary from obscure to distinct. Five adults
and 128 specimens examined, including all stages and work.
Host trees —Abies lasiocarpa and Abies concolor, in thick bark on
trunks of living (?) and dying trees.
Distribution (Plate XXIT, fig. 26).—(Hopk. U. 8S.) Washington:
Paradise Valley. Jdaho: Centerville. (U.S.N.M.) (H. & 5S.)
British Columbia: Glacier. Washington: Mt. Rainier.
THE GENUS PISSODES. 63
27. Pissodes dubius Randall.
(Plate IV, fig. 27.)
This species is represented in the collection by a typical specimen
labeled with the name; ‘‘Marquette, Mich., 27.6 [June 27]; Coll.
Hubbard & Schwarz; 9? 1.”
Distinctive characters.—This species is closely allied to P. fraser,
from which it is distinguished by its medium size, moderately long
beak, and the regular convex pronotum without broad impressions.
Variations.—The length varies from 4.8 to 5.7 mm. and as usual there
is considerable variation in color due to rubbed and immature speci-
mens. Forty-one specimens were examined, including all stages and
work.
Host tree.— Abies balsamea, in thick living and dying bark on trunks
of living and dying trees and stumps of storm-broken trees.
Distribution (Plate XXII, fig. 27)—(Hopk. U. 8.) Maine: Lake
Parmachene, Beaver Pond (Boil Mountain). New Hampshire:
Dartmouth College, Fabyan, Waterville. Michigan: Grand Island.
(U.S.N.M.) (A. &8.) Michigan: Marquette and White Fish Point.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Pissodes dubius Randall, 1838, pp. 24-25. Le Conte, 1876, pp. 142, 143. Hopkins,
1906, pp. 254, 256, fig. 67. Felt, 1906, p. 401.
28. Pissodes fraseri n. sp.
(Plate VI, fig. 28; text fig. 9.)
The type specimen is labeled ‘‘Type No, 7442, U.S.N.M.;” name;
‘Pisgah Mt., N. C., altitude 5,000 ft.; A. D. Hopkins, collector;
2; Hopk. U. S. 2868.” It was collected June 29, 1904. Adults
were common, pupe frequent, and larvee rare in pupal cells in inner
bark on trunk of large Fraser fir tree, which had evidently died from
root disease.
Distinctive characters.—Closely allied to P. dubius, from which it is
distinguished by its large size, very long beak, and the moderately
convex pronotum with basal and oblique subdorsal impressions.
Variations.—The length varies from 4.6 to 9.1 mm. and there is
considerable variation in color, size of spots and punctures, length of
beak, and impressions of pronotum. One hundred and six specimens
were examined, including all stages and work.
Host tree—Altves frasert, thick living and dying bark on trunks of
living and dying trees.
Distribution (Plate XXII, fig. 28).—(Hopk. U.S.) North Carolina:
Pisgah Mountains (Silver Mountain). (A.M.N.H.) North Carolina:
Black Mountains (Beutenmiiller).
64 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
DIVISION Il.
(Species Nos. 29 and 30.)
Adults —Third and fifth elytral interspaces not broader or more
elevated than second and fourth. Beak shorter than prothorax,
slender. Pronotum broad, with sides behind the middle nearly
parallel with the basal angles, rectangular. Punctures of elytral
striz moderately coarse, regular.
Sexes.—Posterior tibize of the males fringed with long hairs. Apical
margin of the seventh abdominal sternite of the males with a trun-
cate process arising from a deep emargination.
Pupx.—Fourth and fifth abdominal tergites with two small spines
between the more prominent dorsal ones. Rostrum with a pair of
small spines between the apex and the middle.
Larve.—Not known.
Host.—Pinus.
Distribution.—Species 29, New Hampshire to northern Pennsyl-
vania, westward into Minnesota; species 30, British Columbia.
29. Pissodes affinis Randall.
(Plate IV, fig. 29; Plate VI, fig. 29.)
This species is represented in the collection by a typical specimen
labeled with name; ‘‘Marquette, Mich., 26.6 [June 26]; Coll. Hub-
bard & Schwarz; @ 2.”
Distinctive characters—This species is at once distinguished from
all of the preceding ones of the genus by the equal width of the
elytral interspaces, the third and fifth of which are not elevated;
and from its nearest ally (P. currver) by the long posterior spot on
the elytra and by the moderately coarse strial punctures. _
Variations.—The length varies from 5.5 to 8 mm., and while the
sculpture and color are quite constant there is considerable variation
in the spots of scales, both im color and density. Twenty-nine adult
specimens were examined.
Host tree.-—Pinus strobus, in thick bark on stump. (As deter-
mined by W. F. Fiske.)
Distribution (Plate XXII, fig. 29)—(Hopk. U.S.) (Fiske collector)
New Hampshire: Webster or Penacook. (U.S.N.M.) Minnesota.
(H. & 8S.) Michigan: Marquette (June and July); Eagle Harbor
(Wickham). Wisconsin: Bayfield. New Hampshire: Hampton.
New York: Ithaca (Chittenden). Pennsylvama; Massachusetts.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Pissodes affinis Randall, 1838, p. 24. Le Conte, 1876, pp. 142, 148. Schwarz, 1889,
p. 176 (male character). Hopkins, 1906, pp. 254, 256, fig. 68. Felt, 1906, p. 402.
THE GENUS PISSODES. 65
80. Pissodes curriei n. sp.
(Plate VI, fig. 30.)
The type specimen is labeled ‘‘Type No. 7443, U.S.N.M.;”” name;
; aslo, B. C., 227 [July.2, 1903]; KR. P. Currie, collector; ¢ 1.”
Distinctive characters.—This species is distinguished from P. affinis
by the very sparsely placed scales, the obscure anterior spots, the
small posterior spot on the elytra, and the coarse and deep strial
punctures.
Variations.—The length varies from 5.6 to 7.7 mm. There is
very little variation in sculpture, spots of scales, etc. Seven adult
specimens were examined.
Host tree—Unknown, probably Pinus.
Distribution (Plate XXII, fig. 30).—(U.S.N.M.) British Columbia:
Kaslo.
LIST OF DESCRIBED SPECIES OF PISSODES.?*
etieoiee Name. Habitat. Host.
HES OpkANS.. =f 32e. ee =k North America....-- Abies.
2. tnehensis Hopkins... 2.2. -<--2 =< North America.-.-.--- Abies.
3. anber) Hopkins: 2222.42.24... North America: :<.-: Picea.
amsiichensis Hopkins. 2.22.22 .4 4... North America-....- Picea.
5. engelmanni Hopkins........--...- North America. -..-- Picea.
hie BELO TCR. Jo SO oe tg North America. --.-- Pinus and Picea.
validirostris Gyllenhal..........- MUFOpe fe ase eee Pinus (cones).
7. approximatus Hopkins.......--.- North America. .-.-- Pinus.
BSCn Ware, LOPKANA 20 2s nent eet North America-....- Pinus.
9) canadensis: Hopkins. 2.2...-2-..: North America.-..-.
10. nemorensis Germar........-.--- North America. -.--- Pine.
We decoders Hopling Yor a2. 5. 1 2-52 North America. --.-- Pine.
12: californicus Hopkins-.........2.- North America...... Pinus.
3: yosemite Hoplsins.:.2.. 2..2.224 - North America...... Pinus.
d4enebbi. Hopkins: 2. 22.2: . 20.022. North America...... Pinus.
MoLahue Mapricwis. 2% 223.222 =: Murepe ext. Sus -kk ee Pinus, Picea, Lari
(trunk).
ioitrodiane Hoping. 200! fo... 2222 <: North America. ..... Pinus.
itenyasciatus Le Conte. 2.) 2: 0.2... North America_.._.- Pseudotsuga.
PAIS ities een
scaorscoiiis Maller.w.% .- 52... 2 22. Ungar Ye... Ae bbe bin (tops).
jiBbohemiaese. 2.2.
17. costatus Mannerheim ..........- North America....-. Picea.
UBS jesker ROMANS: «22325. Seen! 2 -: North America...... Picea.
obscurus Roelois<<.225-5-525--- -- Japaneses =e Bes tee
1s nigre-Hopking:sj22..2-.22... North America:..... Picea.
20. puncticollis Hopkins..........-. North America...... Picea.
21. murrayane Hopkins: .....-...-+- North America...... Pinus.
22. coloradensis Hopkins. .-.......-. North America...... Picea?
Bo, alascenss Hopkins=-- .-.-2<.=2. North America...... Picea?
hercynize Herbst.cs 2.222 -2-L2.e3 ONO pes s-= See aoe Picea (twigs).
@ North American species are numbered; foreign species are without numbers.
66
MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS,
BEeaies Name. Habitat. Host.
24. rotundatus Le Conte...........- North America...... Picea.
rotundicollis Desbrochers . - . . - . . UGSSIae ae tee
25.burke: Hopkins... ......2-5.2- +. North Amerieatoia.2 Abies.
Dee onipen HLOp kins. vss le..28 bee ae North America...... Abies
pices Wiper 5. Pc eke eee tees Middle Europe ..... Abies (twigs and trunk),
oT dubius Le: Conte: . 2. sehen ee North America...... Abies.
23; jrasert Hopkims<22.2os.5-21.0..05. North America...... Abies.
insignatus Boheman.........--- Siberia cote eee Pinus, Larix.
piniphiius Berbat.<.20-2-.. 2222, EMTOPes 8) eet aoe Pine (terminals and
trunk).
Uronacus Weijtensc-ma: ss -s-ee eee SIDCFIA we. cece oes
cembrx Motschulsky... . - a thers East Siberia... ....- Pinus.
Aube Europes. ee cee
gyllenhalt Gyllenhal............. Nees, bet Chere
pint Lanpmus. 5-4. 7228 2255 = HurOpe chs tek Pinus (thick bark), Pi-
cea, Larix.
AOS penys Pea a es, 2 eens es North America.....- Pinus.
a0. .curriet, Hopkins: 22.2.2: $225 North America......
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
1758. Linnazsus, C.—Systema nature, tenth edition, p. 379.
1775. De Greer, C.—Memoires pour servir a l’histoire des insectes, vol. 5, p. 231.
1787. Fasricius, J. C.—Mantissa insectorum, vol. 1, p. 103.
1795.
1797.
1798.
1801.
1801.
1807.
1807.
1813.
1817.
1817.
1824.
1826.
1829.
1831.
1836.
1837.
1838.
Hersst, J. F. W.—Natursystem aller bekannten in-und-auslindischen Insek-
ten—Kafer, sechster Theil, p. 294, taf. 82, fig. 11.
Hersst, J. F. W.—Natursystem aller bekannten in-und-auslindischen Insek-
ten—Kafer, siebenter Theil, p. 21.
Scurank, F. von P.—Fauna Boica, vol. 1, p. 480.
Panzer, G. W. F.—Faune insectorum germanice initia oder Deutschlands
insecten gesammelt von hrsg. von. D. Georg Wolffgang Franz Panzer.
Fasrictus, J. C.—Systema eleutheratorum, vol. 2, p. 498.
InticerR, C.—Magazin fur Insektenkunde, vol. 6, p. 309.
Outvier, A. G.—Entomologie, ou histoire naturelle des insectes, vol. 5, p. 116,
No. 83, pl. 16, figs. 42 b, c, pl. 4, fig. 42.
GYLLENHAL, L.—Insecta suecica descripta, vol. 3, p. 68.
Precr, W. D.—On the insects which destroy the young branches of the pear-tree,
and the leading shoot of the Weymouth-pine. ». “si m f
: / = 4 sae i
bs) rs , - “ie
a 7 I . ay
; = wee
poe 4: ae
7: * -
i 2) '
\ = -
+ 6
~ - *
¥) or
,
i
pea) }
» ‘ ae
ete | .
: - weet
Pe ee, “
: . ’
y
rt
og a
i
ie
‘ ~
¢.
A
4
'
'
.
L
‘
%, it t
, pe
. ,
ny
%
ua F eek ks We aah oy ea
7 ei aed, aay ©.) a ones
) eC ee ae A Oi aN ee
PLATE VIII.
Tech. Series 20, Part |, Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture.
MALE AND FEMALE REPRODUCTIVE ORGANS OF PISSODES.
A.—Male genitalia: a, Body; a1, lateral told
area; d, seminal duct; v,
53, unpaired oviduct; a@/, anal opening o
vagina; a7, bursa copulatrix; @8, latero-ventral fold; a9, spermatheca; a
“ab (O asin = ——e
nds vinal.
testes; f, seminal vesicle; g, vas deferens,
enlarged, showing approximate structure of yalve. B.—Female genitalia of y
; a3, apical opening; a4, apex;
f ovipositor; a2, genital palpus;
b, femora or apodemes; c, ejaculatory duct; c/, denticulate
a
3, ventral canal
>
h, mucous glands; i, seminal valve; 71, transverse section, greatly
oung adult: 61, Ovaries (immature); b 2, paired oviducts;
a4, ovipositor; a4, vaginal opening; a6,
10, spermathecal gland; a/1, seminal duct; @12, mucous
‘ < \
as ed ial nt
pre
rit th ade
i =o
wn wa, be
be
PLATE IX.
Series 20, Part |, Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture.
Tech.
A, Longitudinal section of a
to seventh sternite and
_ Sternite 8
__- Sternite 7
genital plate
with sixth; E, ventral aspect of eight
apical opening; a4, apex; b, femora,
tergite); dl , papilla; d 2
S;
C, dorsal aspe
h tergite; /,ven
C,
rod or fork (representing the n
, posterior process; e, rectum;
vere); 1 ot wantral fold; m, anterior margin;
9.
7th Sternites~
MALE REPR
bdomen showing relative position of segment
ct of chitinous p
tral aspect of sev
- 8th Tergite
ODUCTIVE ORGANS OF PISSODES.
s and lateral aspect of
arts ia relation
enth tergite. @,
nm, anterior margin; 0, posterior margin; Pp,
inth sternite); ¢1,
j, eighth sternite or genital plates; 9,
to sev
chitinous parts of genital
enth and eigh
Body (representing
dorsal fold;
lateral angle and ar
th tergi
the tenth sternite); a1, lateral fold; a 2, ejaculatory canal; a3,
major prong; ¢ 2, minor
h, sutural fo
tes;
ia; B, ventral aspect of chitinous parts in relation
D, dorsal aspect of seventh sternite and junction
prone d, ring (representing the apodeme of the ninth
ticu '
i, hypopleurite 7; j, hypopleurite 6; k, epipleurite
lating fold of lateral angle, also epipleurite; g, mem-
Pe Wa PYLE j '
1 ane ' ny ot a pers cee re P ay
hi ae | ial ;
poe SP i. (oe » 7 i
H
’
e - ry t hd
4 Pa; V\
¥ J.
- aT s Dd
, Wettras ir ‘ \
* i
vi a \ ad =
M pp. , si a) i '
a . an - | =
f by P
i a + g on Fy pole
» rf ees
M3 AS inate ae
’ CoP Vp Se es
i . andy.
: A
4 Ly
ADs
é r, a
h
Sr a
j “iL. Oe
, : ‘ ~
bot , 4 y
re tees Lint 7 : Lis
Pie Sor | TE tk
e 1S Se
‘
‘ - ee ‘ “I hy 7 iy
f = a 8
a ~ f "
: Nae Ania sy oe : , ia
P on BF ah ne . ay
(= , Bi 1 nay % er’ ‘ a
baz -~
ies é a
Pond j Ms
. ihe é
% a 3 ul
~ F- v
Fi ) ‘ ty, ' i"
* ® ‘
a, os yan 4
, - p _ : ve =
is . ?
Ps ce a ee
.- sy y i 7 e j e
eee as am / Oa Ve ee vf
LP eo te lki Pd one iat
id nal 4 be wih 4 af , Layers ’ b, ~ _ ad { ‘
so) ia aaa hae Pony: «
4 eo, MO RRs TTS. yaar aia a
1a oe ~ A f
fe : ur a
hele Te Baye
le "> hus
. ¢ Lh id ri
; ut,
rh f
+ r ©
1 i ’ r t '
‘< ‘Wea, yao i. ‘pee * ae 7 *
i thy
2 -
Ma end A ul ifs
Pha aes es
oo.
Tech. Series 20, Part |, Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture,
FORKS OF MALE GENITALIA OF PISSODES.
PEATE
Fig. 4.—P. sitchensis. Fig. 5—P.engelmanni. Fig. 6.—P. strobi. Fig. 7.—P. approzimatus.
Fig. 8.—P. schwarzi. Fig. 9.—P. canadensis. Fig. 10.—P. nemorensis. Fig. 15.—P. radiate.
Fig. 16.—P. fasciatus. Fig. 29.—P. affinis. Fig. 30.—P. curriei. (Original. )
Tach Series 20, Part |, Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE XI.
30
STEMS OF MALE GENITALIA OF PISSODES.
Fig. 4.—P. sitchensis. Fig. 5.—P. engelmanni. Fig. 6.—P. strobi. Fig. 7.—P. approxi-
matus. Fig.9.—P. canadensis. Fig.10.—P. nemorensis. Fig. 15.—P. radiate. Fig. 16.—
. P. fasciatus. Fig. 29.—P. affinis. Fig. 30.—P. currici. ( Original.)
57936 °—11—_7
. a May ¥ »
' AM ar Ph:
Wee}
Meath oe os
¥ } ,
A. f ; _
Oy
Tech. Series 20, Part |, Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE XII.
ma
| G i \
. \
ae
RS “isi
UY
‘- - \
ng i
| |
| Litt
| |
| al (til
| eM |
1 thy
LIN
ll
lH
‘nines HEA
2 if
{ 1 Wet yf
Wha li Hi 1141
\| TT
\\]| j Wt
| Wit {
Boy | | | |
3 1 i
I | Bi
I
= Py
"
WorRK OF PISSODES FISKEI IN INNER BARK AND OUTER WooD. (ORIGINAL.)
ad 2 . ‘ ; ub pe Ale
+ J ol < ey
oe Jim A HLS fs Te ARR ie ee ee
“ LU =
pe *
‘ ’ ~-
g r ’ .
’ - - ae J
ae 4] te
. 4 hat %
Tech. Series 20, Part!, Bureau of Entomology, U. S, Dept. of Agriculture
SIR Pw ca
See thts
= ges
1 ig ie
ve CER
HI)
i
ial
i y
SS =
WORK OF PISSODES SITCHENSIS IN BARK AND Woop OF Tops.
A.—One-year terminal.
L.—Four-year-old top: a, One-year internode; b, 2-year internode; c, 3-year
internode; d, 4-year internode. igi
(Original. )
PLATE XIll.
ad
_ae
2
'
&
‘@
Zi
- ee -
Tech. Series 20, Part |, Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture.
NY vie
Wy Si
. ~ Wy
AN
SAU
NY
WoRK OF PISSODES STROBI, SHOWING CHARACTER OF INJURY, CHIP COCOONS, AND PUPAL
CELLS.
a, Vigorous terminal shoot, showing condition of new growth at time pup are transforming to adults; b,
3-year-old top, showing how larve have migrated from terminal to the 2 and 3 year old internodes; c,
chip cocoon and pupal cell, natural size; d, work in 2 and 3 year terminals, showing abnormal habit in
the latter. (a-c, Author’s illustrations; d, original.)
PLATE XV.
Tech. Series 20, Part |, Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture.
ares
erie
WORK OF PISSODES APPROXIMATUS AND P. NEMORENSIS.
A.—Work of P. approrimatus in bark. B.—Work of P. approrimatus in bark and wood of sapling.
C.—W ork of P. nemorensis in bark. (Original.)
Tech. Series 20, Part |, Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE XVI,
IN
Fall
|
|
WORK OF PISSODES YOSEMITE AND P. SCHWARZI.
A.—P. yosemite: Work in wood and bark. (Author’s illustration.) B.—P. schwarzi:
Work in wood and bark. (Original.)
Tech. Series 20, Part |, Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE XVII.
oN
wn ul
I
)
WORK OF PISSODES FASCIATUS.
A.—Work in bark and wood of stem of sapling. (Author’s illustration.) B.—Work in
thick bark. (Original.)
ech. Series 20, Part |, Bureau of Ento Dept. of Agriculture.
WORK OF PISSODES PIPERI IN BARK. (ORIGINAL.)
PLATE XVIII.
Tech. Series 20, Part |, Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE XIX.
DISTRIBUTION MAPS OF PISSODES.
Fig. 1.—P. similis. Fig. 2.—P. utahensis. Fig. 3.—P. barberi. Fig. 4.—P. sitchensis. Fig. 5.—P. engel-
manni. Fig. 6.—P. strobi. Fig.7.—P.approzimatus. Fig. 8.—P. schwarzi.
57936°—11——8
a
ee a
*
‘
>
>
>
rie
ee
wera ty hari Dh, word ba
ee
te
Tech. Series 20, Part |, Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE XX.
\
DISTRIBUTION MAPS OF PISSODES.
Fig. 9.—P. canadensis. Fig. 10.—P.nemorensis. Fig. 11.—P. deodarx. Fig. 12.— 2. californicus.
Fig. 13.—P. yosemite. Fig. 14.—P.webbi. Fig. 15.—P. radiate. Fig. 16.- ?. fasciatus.
Tech. Series 20, Part |, Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture. PLATE XX].
DISTRIBUTION MAPS OF PISSODES.
Fig. 17.—P. costatus. Fig. 18.—P. fiskei. Fig. 19.—P. nigre. Fig. 20.—P. puncticollis. Fig. 21.—
P. murrayane. Fig. 22.—P. coloradensis. Fig. 23.—P. alascensis. Fig. 24.—P. rotundatus.
a Ege” er
sn ‘ i ri
, ; Ave
é , m4 pe at
, = vi ? et eel
} J 4 s dip as (4
: 4 ae | > 7
i ee ’ wi f A , An t
* dt ie
» a
M]
‘ j “~. 2
(aay ia SR, pire hs.
, ‘tere a ee a PA. dee ©
A hittin D Pg o a
at is an a Ae he wh a Awad
eae ae ee eh a deh oN purr: 4
: :
Ps aes 4
ae aan
Cove Cea iy aay,
ibaa oy va rf elt tn aan, uA} Werden
Ri) dv sve anger FOI
aden 5 annie No, alata Ott ale See dae
f\ oh ci meth be cau #0 ol atin a ith yy
BY ere Pibye th cy 7 ee wen hal Aahe An”
MEO yd ye wavles (dds hopin’: Moh Maan VEENCRIS OD «Lee OS ante od sn se
Bt dh « Saber khan NOs cnane ileal Lda i
RO | hitch Obh adr hth ncaa {1Y) eb Str ae
so ‘ck Sookv-siealhs neolibnes saab Yo acveateha ht Worl ae
Ba) dene dee eR CHO beiiioctehid quit ta fee Beene iia
3 a W Ri Wy iad Haasd roared wre adi rn
Ty:
eye at ee ‘thn fa oii
%
*
hee ie na
ee : bai: eas
U.S. D. A., B. E. Tech. Ser. 20, Pt. IT. F, I. 1., March 4, 1911,
TECHNICAL PAPERS ON MISCELLANEOUS FOREST
INSECTS.
I]. THE GENOTYPES OF THE SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS, OR
THE SUPERFAMILY TENTHREDINOIDEA.
By S. A. Rouwer,
Agent and expert.
INTRODUCTION.
The following paper deals with the sawflies and horntails and
comprises the superfamilies Tenthredinoidea and Siricoidea ‘of Ash-
mead’s classification; the Chalastogastra of Rev. F. W. Konow; the
Phyllophaga (= Phytophaga) and Xylophaga of Cresson and authors;
or the genera Tenthredo and Sirex of Linneus. It is divided into two
parts; the first part is an alphabetical catalogue of the generic names
used in Tenthredinoidea and Siricoidea with their type species; the
second part is composed of descriptions of the briefly characterized
genera and species described by the late William H. Ashmead.
An effort has been made to include all the generic names used in
these two superfamilies. In case of any omissions the author will
be most pleased to have these called to his notice.¢
AN ALPHABETICAL CATALOGUE OF THE GENERIC NAMES USED
IN THE TENTHREDINOIDEA, WITH THEIR TYPE SPECIES.
THE DESIGNATION OF THE TYPE SPECIES OF GENERA.
The necessity of having the types of genera fixed is now recog-
nized by almost every working systematic entomologist. In the
designation of the following genotypes the rulings and recommen-
dations of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature
have been followed. As these rulings and recommendations have
never been finally codified, and there are in a few cases apparently
contradictory statements, the personal equation has entered into
@ Address Bureau of Entomology, Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
69
70 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
the interpretation to some extent. In all such cases an effort is
made to follow the consensus of opinion. Article 2, page 11, of the
International Code of Zoological Nomenclature as applied to medi-
cine® says: ‘The scientific designation of animals is uninominal
for subgenera and all higher groups, binominal for species, and
trinominal for subspecies.’”’ Does this mean that a genus can be
founded without included species? In article 30, page 26, and the
correction in Science for October 18, 1907, pages 521-522, it is stated
that a genus must have a type and the type must be an included
species. In this paper a genus is considered to be without standing
until it contains a species; and genera which were founded without
species take the first species placed in them as the type and date
from the time when that species was placed in them. In such
cases the name of the first author of the genus is given first in paren-
theses, and, following the parenthesis, the name of the author who
first included a species.°
With the exception of monobasic genera the first designation of
genotypes in Tenthredinoidea and Siricoidea was done by Latreille
in 1810. This has been definitely ruled on by the International
Commission on Zoological Nomenclature as follows:
The Designation of Genotypes by Latreille 1810.—The ‘‘Table des genres avec
Vindication de l’espéce qui leur sert de type” in Latreille’s (1810) “‘Considérations
Générales” should be accepted as designation of types of the genera in question.@
The next entomologist to fix the types of genera was John Curtis,
in his British Entomology, which was published from 1824 to 1839.
In this work Curtis says ‘‘type of the genus,’’ which makes it very
evident that the author endeavored to fix the types of the genera
he treated.
J. O. Westwood, in his Synopsis of the Genera of British Insects,¢
gives after each genus what he calls a “‘typical species.’’’ In most
cases this species can be taken as the type of the genus in question,
and in many it is the first indication of the fixing of a type for many
of the genera. Inasmuch as the International Commission on
Zoological Nomenclature? has said ‘‘the meaning of the expression
‘select type’ is to be rigidly construed; mention of a species as an
illustration or example of a genus does not constitute a selection of
a Bul. no. 24, Hygienic Laboratory, Public Health and Marine-Hospital Service
of United States, September, 1905.
b See synonyms of Hartigia Schiodte and Boie, p. 80.
¢ Considérations Générales sur l’Ordre Naturel des Animaux composant les Classes
des Crustacés, des Arachnides et des Insectes, Paris, 1810.
@ Science, n. s. vol. 31, no. 787, p. 150, January 28, 1910.
€ Published as an appendix to ‘‘An Introduction to the Modern Classification of
Insects,’’ vol. 2, London, 1840.
/ Synopsis, p. 1, footnote.
9 Science, n. 8. vol. 26, no. 668, p. 521, October 18, 1907.
THE GENOTYPES OF SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS. 71
a type,” the ‘‘typical species” of Westwood are not given as the
types of genera except in those cases where no type has been given
and the species given by Westwood can be the genotype according
to the rules. In the following list, however, the words ‘‘ Westwood
1840” are placed after the genotypes of certain genera, for the
convenience of the student, should any ruling be given on these
“typical species.”’
With the exception of a few types designated by Brullé* and
Shipp,° few genotypes were named except in the works of the two
American writers Ashmead and MacGillivray.
It was hoped to verify every reference given, but in some few
cases this was not possible. In such cases the reference is that
given by Dalla Torre. The original descriptions of the following
genera have not been seen: Xiphiura Fallén, Hybonotus Klug,
Nycteridvum Fischer-Waldheim, Pompholyx Freymuth.
RULES OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE FOR THE DESIGNATION
OF TYPE SPECIES OF GENERA.
The ruling of the International Commission on Zoological Nomen-
clature° is reprinted here for ready reference. Some of the recom-
mendations which do not deal with any cases found in Tenthredinoidea
and which are not of general importance have been omitted.
Art. 30. The designation of type species of genera shall be governed by the following
rules (a-g), applied in the following order of precedence:
I. Cases in which the generic type is accepted solely upon the basis of the original
publication.
(a) When in the original publication of a genus, one of the species is definitely desig-
nated as type, this species shall be accepted as type regardless of any other considera-
tions. (Type by original designation.)
(b) If, in the original publication of a genus, typicus or typus is used asa new specific
name for one of the species, such use shall be construed as ‘‘type by original
designation.”’
(c) A genus proposed with a single original species takes that species as its type.
(Monotypical genera. )
(d) If a genus, without originally designated (see a) or indicated (see b) type, con-
tains among its original species one possessing the generic name as its specific or sub-
specific name, either as valid name or synonym, that species or subspecies becomes
ipso facto type of the genus. (Type by absolute tautonomy. )
II. Cases in which the generic type is not accepted solely upon basis of the original
publication:
(e) The following species are excluded from consideration in selecting the types of
genera:
(a) Species which were not included under the generic name at the time of its
original publication.
a Histoire Naturelle des Insectes. Hyménoptéres, vol. 4, Paris, November, 1846.
6 Entomologist, vol. 27, pp. 339-340, 1894.
¢ See Science, n. s. vol. 26, no. 668, pp. 521-522, October 18, 1907.
67595°—No. 20, pt 2—11——2
4 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
(8) Species which were species inquirendx from the standpoint of the author of the
generic name at the time of its publication.
(7) Species which the author of the genus doubtfully referred to it.
(f) In case a generic name without originally designated type is proposed as a sub-
stitute for another generic name, with or without type, the type of either, when
established, becomes ipso facto type of the other.
(g) If an author, in publishing a genus with more than one valid species, fails to
designate (see a) or to indicate (see 6, d) its type, any subsequent author may select
the type, and such designation is not subject to change. (Type by subsequent desig-
nation.)
The meaning of the expression ‘‘select a type” is to be rigidly construed. Mention
of a species as an illustration or example of a genus does not constitute a selection of
a type.
III. Recommendations.—In selecting types by subsequent designation, authors will
do well to govern themselves by the following recommendations:
(h) In the case of Linnzan genera select as type the most common or the medicinal
species.
(i) Ifa genus, without designated type, contains among its original species one pos-
sessing as a specific or subspecific name, either as valid name or synonym, a name
which is virtually the same as the generic name, or of the same origin or same mean-
ing, preference should be shown to that species in designating the type, unless such
preference is strongly contra-indicated by other factors. (Type by virtual tautonomy.)
(%) If some of the original species have later been classified in other genera, prefer-
ence should be shown to the species still remaining in the original genus. (Type by
elimination.)
(n) Show preference to the best described, best figured, best known, or most easily
obtainable species, or to one of which a type specimen can be obtained.
(0) Show preference to a species which belongs to a group containing as large a
number of the species as possible.
(q) All other things being equal, show preference to a species which the author
of the genus actually studied at or before the time he proposed the genus.
(r) In case of writers who habitually place a certain leading or typical species first
as ‘‘chef de file,’’ the others being described by comparative reference to this type,
this fact should be considered in the choice of the type species.
(s) In case of those authors who have adopted the ‘‘first species rule”’ in fixing
generic types, the first species named by them should be taken as types of their genera.
(t) All other things being equal, page precedence should obtain in selecting a type.
”
CATALOGUE.
The various genera accredited to Jurine (Nouv. Meth. Hym. Ins.,
vol. 1, 1807) have been accredited to Panzer (Krit. Revis., vol. 2,
1806). Panzer accredits the genera to Jurine, but they are in none
of Jurine’s earlier papers, while he treated them rather fully in 1807.
All references to Encyclopédie Méthodique, Insectes, vol. 10. 1825,
have been changed to ‘‘vol. 10, pt. 2, 1828.” Volume 10 came out in
two numbers, the second, containing the Tenthredinide, appearing
in 1828.
The word ‘‘isogenotypic”’ is used when two genera have the same
species as the genotype.
The word ‘‘monobasic”’ is used to indicate that a genus was
founded on one originally included species,
THE GENOTYPES OF SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS. 73
The plan in the following list is to give the generic name first, the
name of the author second, the original reference third, the type
species fourth, the authority for the type fifth. In case the genus
was monobasic, an asterisk is placed after the type species; in case
the genotype was originally designated, the word ‘‘designated’’ is
placed in parentheses; in case the genus was not monobasic and no
genotype has been designated, the type has been chosen and no au-
thority is given (see Amauronematus Konow). Certain apparent syn-
onymy, as in the case of isogenotypic genera, is also given. All such
synonymy has been verified, and synonymy not verified is not given.
The list of genera is believed to be complete, in as far as publications
have been received in Washington, D. C., up to January 1, 1911.
All the new generic names proposed in this paper are included in the
alphabetical catalogue with the reference, ‘‘see p. —.”
Abia Leach, Zool. Misc., vol. 3, p. 113, no. 5, 1817.
Type: Tenthredo sericea Linnzeus (Curtis, 1825).
Acantholyda A. Costa, Pros. Hym. Ital., vol. 3, p. 232, 1894.
Type: Tenthredo erythrocephala Linnzus (Rohwer, 1910).
Acanthoperga Shipp, Ent., vol. 27, pp. 338, 339, 1894.
Type: Perga cameroni Westwood (designated).
Acanthoptenos Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 212, 1898.
Type: Acanthoptenos weithii Ashmead (designated).
Acherdocerus W. F.. Kirby, List Hym. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 92, no. 42, 1882.
Type: Acherdocerus fumipennis W. F. Kirby.*
Acidiophora Konow, Ent. Nachr., vol. 25, p. 361, 1899.
Type: Acidiophora decora Konow.*
Acordulecera Say, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, no. 3, p. 209, 1836.
Type: Acordulecera dorsalis Say.*
Adirus Konow, Ent. Nachr., vol. 25, p. 74, 1899.
Type: Cephus trimaculatus Say .* :
Agenocimbex Rohwer, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 39, no. 1777, p. 104, 1910.
Type: Cimbex maculata Marlatt (designated).
Aglaostigma W. F. Kirby, List Hym. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 325, no. 104, 1882.
Type: Aglaostigma eburneiguttatum W. F. Kirby.*
Allantus Panzer, Krit. Revis., vol. 2, p. 25, 1806.
Type: Tenthredo scrophularix Linneus (Curtis, 1839; Brullé, 1846; Westwood,
1840).
=Tenthredo Linnzus (isogenotypic).
Allomorpha Cameron, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 463, 1876.
Type: Allomorpha incisa Cameron.*
Amasis Leach, Zool. Misc., vol. 3, p. 114, no. 6, 1817.
Type: Tenthredo obscura Linneus (Westwood, 1840).
Amauronematus Konow, Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr., p. 237, 1890.
Type: Nematus fallax Lepeletier.
Ametastegia A. Costa, Rendic. Accad. Sci. Fis. Napoli, vol. 21, pt. 10, p. 198, 1882.
Type: Ametastegia fulvipes A. Costa.*
= Tenthredo glabrata Fallén.
=Taxonus Hartig.
74 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Anachoreta Gistel, ‘‘ Naturgeschichte des Thierreichs, ” p. 1x, 1848 (n. n. for Lophyrus
Latreille).
Type: Tenthredo pint Linnzus.
=Diprion Schrank.
Anapeptamena Konow, Ent. Nachr., vol. 24, p. 271, 1898.
Type: Anapeptamena albipes Konow.*
Ancyloneura Cameron, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 91, 1877.
Type: Ancyloneura varipes Cameron.*
Aneugmenus Hartig, Fam. Blatt. Holzwesp., p. 253, 1837.
Type: Tenthredo (Emphytus) coronata Klug.*
Anisoarthra Cameron, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 461, 1876.
Type: Anisoarthra cerulea Cameron.*
(preoce.,=Senoclia Cameron. )
Anisoneura Cameron, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 463, 1876.
Type: Anisoneura stigmaticalis Cameron.*
(preocc.,=Beleses Cameron.)
Anoplolyda A. Costa, Pros. Hym. Ital., vol. 3, p. 233, 1894.
Type: Lyda alternans O. Costa (Rohwer, 1910).
Anoplonyx Marlatt, U.S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent., Tech. Ser. no. 3, p. 18, 1896.
Type: Nematus pectoralis Lepeletier.
Antholcus Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 4, p. 3, 1904.
Type: Tenthredo varinervis Spinola.* ‘
Aomodyctium Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 309, December, 1898.
A genus without a species.
Aphadnurus O. Costa, Fauna Napoli, Tenthred., P- 40, 1859.
Type: Aphadnurus tantillus O. Costa.*
=Emphytus pumila Klug.
=Fenusa Leach.
Aphanisus MacGillivray, Can. Ent., p. 295, August, 1908.
Type: Aphanisus lobatus MacGillivray (designated).
Aphilodyctium Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 310, 1898.
Type: Strongylogaster rubripes Cresson (designated ).
Aprosthema Konow, Ent. Nachr., vol. 25, p. 149, 1899.
Type: Hylotoma brevicornis Fallén.
Ardis Konow, Wien. ent. Zeit., vol. 5, pp. 184, 188, no. 4, 1886.
Type: Tenthredo (Allantus) bipunctata Klug.
Arge Schrank, Fauna Boica, vol. 2, p. 209, no. 231, 1802.
Type: Tenthredo enodis Linnzus.
Astatus Jurine, Fauna Insect. Germ., vol. 7, p. 83, fig. 12, 1801.
Type: Sirex troglodyta Fabricius.
Asticta E. Newman, Ent. Mag., vol. 5, p. 484, 1838.
Type: Asticta ianthe E. Newman.*
= Harpiphorus lepidus Klug.
=Harpiphorus Hartig (isogenotypic).
Ateuchopus Konow, Wien. ent. Zeit., vol. 15, p. 174, 1896.
Type: Aleuchopus armenius Konow.
Athalia Leach, Zool. Misc., vol. 3, p. 128, no. 2, 1817.
Type: Tenthredo spinarum Fabricius (Curtis, 1836).
Athermantus W. F. Kirby, List Hym. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 54, no. 32, 1882.
Type: Hylotoma imperalis F. Smith.*
THE GENOTYPES OF SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS. fb
Athlophorus Burmeister, Athlophorus, eineneue Gattung der Blattwespen, pp. 1-9,
1847.
Type: Athlophorus klugii Burmeister.*
Atocus Scudder, Bul. U. 8. Geol. Surv., vol. 93, p. 24, pl. 2, fig. 5, 1892.
Type: Atocus defessus Scudder.*
Atomacera Say, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, no. 3, p. 212, 1836.
Type: Atomacera debilis Say.*
Aulacomerus Spinola, Ann. Ent. Soc. France, vol. 9, p. 137, 1840.
Type: Aulacomerus buquetii Spinola.*
Bactroceros Konow, Ann. k. k. Hofmus., Wien., vol. 12, p. 21, 1897.
Type: Tenthredo vafer Linnzeus (Rohwer, 1910).
=Anoplolyda A. Costa.
Bathyblepta Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 6, p. 123, 1906.
Type: Bathyblepta procer Konow.*
Beldonea Cameron, Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. & Phil. Soc., vol. 43, no. 3,
p. 35, 1899.
Type: Beldonea rugifrons Cameron.*
Beleses Cameron, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 88, 1877 (n. n. for Anisoneura Cameron,
1876).
Type: Anisoneura stigmaticalis Cameron.* :
Bergiana Konow, Anal. Mus. Buenos Aires, vol. 6, p. 397, 1899.
Type: Syzygonia cyanocephala Klug (designated, p. 398).
=Syzygonia Klug (isogenotypic).
Bivena MacGillivray, Can. Ent., vol. 26, p. 327, 1894.
Type: Bivena maria MacGillivray (designated).
= Tenthredo delta Provancher.
Blasticotoma Klug, Jahrb. Insectenkunde, vol. 1, p. 270, no. 7, 1834.
Type: Blasticotoma filiceti Klug.*
Blennocampa Hartig, Fam. Blatt. Holzwesp., p. 266, 1837.
Type: Tenthredo (Allantus) pusilla Klug.
Brachycolus Konow, Termes. Fuzetek, vol. 28, pt. 3, p. 166, 1895.
Type: Nematus viduatus Zetterstedt.
Brachyphatnus Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 6, p. 250, 1906.
Type: Brachyphatnus debilicornis Konow.
Brachytoma Westwood, Thes. Ent. Oxon., p. 109, 1874 (non Swainson, 1840).
Type: Brachytoma fumipennis Westwood (Ashmead, 1898).
Brachyxiphus Philippi, Stett. ent. Zeit., vol. 32, p. 285, 1871.
Type: Brachyxiphus grandis Philippi.
Braunsiola Konow, Ent. Nachr., vol. 25, p. 312, 1899.
Type: Braunsiola truculenta Konow.*
=Micrarge Ashmead.
Busarbia Cameron, Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. & Phil. Soc., vol. 43, no. 3, p. 37,
1899.
Type: Busarbia viridipes Cameron.*
Cacosyndia W. F. Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 203, 1883 (n. n. for Pompholyx
Freymuth).
Type: Pompholyx dimorpha Freymuth (designated).
Czenocephus Konow, Wien. ent. Zeit., vol. 15, p. 151, 1896.
Type: Cxnocephus jakowle ffi Konow.*
Ceenolyda Konow, Ann. k. k. Hofmus., Wien., vol. 12, p. 15, 1897.
Type: Tenthredo reticulata Linnzus (Rohwer, 1910).
76 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Czenoneura Thomson, Opusc. Ent., vol. 2, p. 270, 1870.
Type: Czxnoneura dahlbomi Thomson.*
Calameuta Konow, Wien. ent. Zeit., vol. 15, p. 159, 1896.
Type: Cephus filiformis Eversmann.
Caliroa O. Costa, Fauna Napoli, Tenthred., p. 59, 1859.
Type: Caliroa sebetia O. Costa.*
= Allantus cinzia Klug.
Caloptilia Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 212, 1898.
Type: Caloptilia townsendi Ashmead (designated).
Calozarca Ashmead, in Dyar, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., p. 129, 1898; also Can. Ent.,
vol. 30, p. 252, October, 1898.
Type: Selandria fascipennis Norton (designated).
=Parazarea Ashmead.
Camponiscus E. Newman, Ent., vol. 4, p. 215, 1869.
Type: Camponiscus healxi E. Newman.*
= Tenthredo luridiventris Fallén.
=Platycampus Schiddte.
Camptoperga Shipp, Ent., vol. 27, pp. 339-340, 1894.
Type: Perga cressoni Westwood (designated).
Camptoprium Spinola, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 9, p. 134, 1840.
Type: Camptoprium leprieuri Spinola.*
Canonias Konow, Termes. Fuzetek, vol. 24, p. 65, 1901.
Type: Canonias inopinus Konow.*
Celidoptera Konow, Ann. k. k. Hofmus., Wien., vol. 12, p. 20, 1897.
Type: Lyda maculipennis Stein.*
Cephaleia Panzer, Fauna Ins. Germ., vol. 8, p. 36, 1805.
Type: Tenthredo signata Fabricus (Rohwer, 1910).
Cephalocera Klug, Jahrb. Insectenkunde, vol. 1, p. 251, no. 8, 1834.
Type: Cephalocera pumila Klug.*
(preoce.,=Corynophilus W. F. Kirby).
Cephites Heer, Denkschr. schweiz. Ges. Naturwiss., vol. 11, p. 173, no. 18, 1850.
Type: Cephites eningensis Heer.
Cephosoma Gradl, Ent. Nachr., vol. 7, p. 294, 1881.
Type: Cephosoma syringe Gradl.*
=Hartigia Schiddte and Boie.
Cephus Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins., vol. 3, p. 308, 1802.
Type: Sirex pygmxus Linneeus (Latreille, 1810; Brullé, 1846, Westwood, 1840).
Ceratulus MacGillivray, Can. Ent., vol. 40, p. 454, 1908.
Type: Ceratulus spectabilis MacGillivray (designated).
Cerealces W. F. Kirby, List Hym. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 31, no. 11, 1882.
Type: Cerealces scutellata W. F. Kirby.*
Cerobactrus O. Costa, Fauna Napoli., Cephid., p. 9, 1860.
Type: Cerobactrus major O. Costa.*
= Astatus satyrus Panzer.
=Hartigia Schiddte and Boie.
Cerospastus Konow, Anal. Mus. Buenos Aires, vol. 6, p. 404, 1899.
Type: Cerospastus volupis Konow.*
Chalinus Konow, Termes. Fuzetek, vol. 20, p. 605, 1897.
Type: Oryssus plumicornis Guérin.
Characophygus Konow, Ent. Nachr., vol. 25, p. 73, 1899.
Type: Characophygus moricei Konow.*
THE GENOTYPES OF SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS.
Cibdela Konow, Ent. Nachr., vol. 25, p. 76; 1899.
Type: Hylotoma jantheria Klug.
Cimbex Olivier, Encyl. Méthod., Ins., vol. 5, p. 762, 1790.
Type: Tenthredo lutea Linnzeus (Latreille, 1810).
Cladiucha Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 2, p. 389, 1902.
Type: Cladiucha insolita Konow.*
Cladius Rossi, Fauna Etrusca, ed. 24, vol. 2, p. 27, 1807.
Type: Tenthredo difformis Panzer (Latreille, 1810).
Cladomacra F. Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3) vol. 6, p. 256, 1860.
Type: Cladomacra macropus F. Smith.*
Claremontia Rohwer, Can. Ent., vol. 41, p. 397, November, 1909.
Type: Claremontia typica Rohwer (designated).
Clarissa W. F. Kirby, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (6) vol. 14, p. 46, 1894.
Type: Clarissa divergens W. F. Kirby.*
Clavellaria Lamarck, Syst. des Animaux san vertébrés, p. 264, 1801.
Type: Tenthredo lutea Linnzus.*
=Cimbex Olivier.
Clavellarius Olivier, Encycl. Méthod., vol. 4, p. 22, 1789; vol. 6, p. 18, 1791.
species.
Clydostomus Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 8, p. 19, 1908.
Type: Clydostomus cestatus Konow.
Cockerellonis MacGillivray, Can. Ent., vol. 40, p. 365, October, 1908.
Type: Cockerellonis occidentalis MacGillivray (designated).
=Eriocampidea Ashmead.
Colochelyna Konow, Ent. Nachr., vol. 24, p. 280, 1898.
Type: Colochelyna magrettii Konow.
Conaspidia Konow, Ent. Nachr., vol. 24, p. 279, 1898.
Type: Conaspidia sikkemensis Konow.*
Corymbas Konow, Ann. Mus. St. Petersbourg, p. 120, 1903.
Type: Corymbas koreana Konow.
Coryna Lepeletier, Encyl. Méthod., Ins., vol. 10, pt. 2, p. 567, 1828.
Type: Tenthredo (Coryna) scapularis Lepeletier.
= Tenthredo flavans Klug.
=Selandria Leach.
Corynia Imhof et Labram, Insect. Schweiz., vol. 1, pl. 23, 1836.
Type: Corynia rosarum Imhof et Labram.
=Arge Schrank.
at
No
Corynophilus W. F. Kirby, List Hym. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 32, no. 15, 1882 (n. n.
for Cephalocera Klug, non Latreille).
Type: Cephalocera pumila Klug.*
Creesus Leach, Zool. Misc., vol. 3, p. 129, no. 1, 1817.
Type: Tenthredo septentrionalis Linnzeus.*
=Nematus Jurine.
Cryptocampus Hartig, Fam. Blatt. Holzwesp., p. 221, March, 1837.
Type: Nematus (Cryptocampus) medullaris Hartig.
=Euura Newman.
Cryptus Panzer, Krit. Revis., vol. 2, p. 21, 1806 (non Fabricus, 1804).
Type: Tenthredo furcata Villers (Curtis, 1825).
=Schizocera Lepeletier (isogenotypic).
78 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Cyphona Dahlbom, Conspect. Tenthred. Scand., p. 6, 1835.
Type: Tenthredo furcata Villers.
=Schizocera Lepeletier.
Decameria (Lepeletier) W. F. Kirby, Lepeletier, Encycl. Méthod., Ins., vol. 10,
pt. 2, p. 371, 1828; W. F. Kirby, List Hym. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 93, no. 43, 1882.
Type: Decameria testacea W. F. Kirby (designated).
Decatria Stephens, Illustr. Brit. Ent., Mandib., vol. 7, p. 94, 1835.
Type: Heterarthus ochropoda Stephens. ;
Derecyrta F. Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (3) vol. 6, p. 255, 1860.
Type: Derecyrta pictipennis F. Smith.*
Dictynna Brullé, Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym., vol. 4, p. 662, 1846.
Type: Dictynna westwoodii Brullé.*
=Decameria (Lepeletier).
Dictynna Westwood, Arcana Ent., vol. 1, p. 24, pl. 7, fig. 4, 1841.
Type: Dictynna leta Westwood .*
=Eurys Newman.
Didocha Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 7, p. 306, 1907.
Type: Didocha braunsi Konow.*
Didymia Lepeletier, Encycl. Méthod., Ins., vol. 10, pt. 2, p. 574, 1828.
Type: Hylotoma martini Lepeletier.*
Dielocerus Curtis, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. 19, pt. 1, p. 248, 1844.
Type: Dielocerus ellisii Curtis.
Dimorphopteryx Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 308, 1898.
Type: Strongylogaster pinguis Say (designated).
Dinax Konow, Wien. ent. Zeit., vol. 16, p. 182, 1897.
Type: Dinax jakowlefi Konow.*
Dineura Dahlbom, Conspect. Tenthred. Scand., p. 13, no. 6, 1835.
Type: Tenthredo degeeri Klug (Westwood, 1846).
Diphadnus Hartig, Fam. Blatt. Holzwesp., p. 225, 1837.
Type: Nematus fuscicornis Hartig.*
= Nematus appendiculatus Hartig.
Diphamorphos Rohwer, Ent. News, vol. 22, p. 473, 1910.
Type: Diphamor phos nigrescens Rohwer (designated).
Diprion Schrank, Fauna Boica, vol. 2, pp. 209, 252-254, 1802.
Type: Tenthredo pini Linnzeus (Rohwer, 1910).
Dipteromorpha W. F. Kirby, List Hym. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 324, no. 102, 1882.
Type: Macrophya rotundiventris Cameron.*
Distega Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 4, p. 224, 1904.
Type: Distega sjostedti Konow.*
Dolerus Panzer, Krit. Revis., vol. 2, p. 40, 1806.
Type: Dolerus gonager Jurine (Latreille, 1810).
Dosytheus Leach, Zool. Misc., vol. 3, p. 128, no. 4, 1817.
Type: Tenthredo eglanterix Fabricius (Brullé, 1846).
=Dolerus Panzer.
Druida E. Newman, Ent. Mag., vol. 5, p. 484, 1838.
Type: Druida parviceps E. Newman.*
=Phyllotoma nemorata Fallén.
Dulophanes Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 7, p. 132, 1907.
Type: Dulophanes morio Konow.*
THE GENOTYPES OF SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS.
Ebolia O. Costa, Fauna Napoli, Tenthred., p. 105, 1859.
Type: Ebolia floricola O. Costa.*
Electrocephalus Konow, Ent. Nachr., vol. 23, p. 37, 1897.
Type: Electrocephalus strahlendorffi Konow.*
Emphytoides Konow, Ent. Nachr., vol. 24, p. 274, 1898.
Type: Emphytoides perplecus Konow.
=Athlophorus Burmeister.
Emphytus Klug, Mag. Ges. naturf. Berlin, vol. 7, p. 273, 1813.
Type: Tenthredo cincta Linnzeus (Curtis, 1833;, Westwood, 1840).
Empria Lepeletier, Encycl. Méthod., Ins., vol. 10, pt. 2, p. 571, 1828.
Type: Dolerus (Empria) pallimacula Lepeletier (Brullé, 1846).
Encarsioneura Konow, Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr., p. 239, 1890.
Type: Tenthredo sturnii Klug.*
=Siobla Cameron.
Endelomyia Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 256, 1898.
Type: Monostegia rosx Harris (designated).
=Caliroa xthiops (Fabricius).
=Caliroa O. Costa.
Eniscia Thomson, Opusc. Ent., pt. 2, p. 299, 1870.
Type: Tenthredo consobrina Klug.
Entodecta Konow, Wien. ent. Zeit., vol. 5, pp. 184, 243, 1886.
Type: Tenthredo (Allantus) pumila Klug (MacGillivray, 1909).
Epitactus Forster, Verh. naturh. Ver. preuss. Rheinl., vol. 11, p. 435, 1854.
Type: Epitactus precox Foérster.*
Ephippinotus O. Costa, Fauna Napoli, Cephid., p. 10, 1860.
Type: Ephippinotus luteiventris O. Costa.
=Sirex compressus Fabricius.
Epitaxonus MacGillivray, Can. Ent., vol. 40, p. 365, October, 1908.
Type: Tazonus albodopictus Norton (designated).
Eriglenum Konow, Termes. Fuzetek, vol. 24, p. 60, 1901.
Type: Eriglenum crudum Konow.*
Eriocampa Hartig, Fam. Blatt. Holzwesp., p. 279, 1837.
Type: Tenthredo ovata Linnzeus.
Eriocampidea Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 256, 1898.
Type: Eriocampidea arizonensis Ashmead (designated).
Eriocampoides Konow, Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr., p. 239, 1890.
Type: Tenthredo limacina Retzius (MacGillivray, 1908).
Ermilia O. Costa, Fauna Napoli, Tenthred., p. 106, 1859.
Type: Ermilia pulchella O. Costa.*
= Tenthredo agrorum Fallén.
=Taxonus Hartig (isogenotypic).
8)
Erythraspides Ashmead, in Dyar, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., p. 128, 1898; also Can.
Ent., vol. 30, p. 252, 1898.
Type: Blennocampa pygmexa Say (designated).
Eumetabolus Schulz, Spolia Hymen., p. 211, 1906.
Type: Sirex troglodyta Fabricius.
=Sirex niger Harris.
=Astatus Panzer.
67595°—No. 20, pt 2—11——-3
80 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Euryopsis W. F. Kirby, List Hym. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 95, no. 45, 1882.
Type: Huryopsis nitens W. F. Kirby.*
Eurys E. Newman, Ent., p. 90, 1841.
Type: Hurys xratus E. Newman.*
Euura E. Newman, Ent. Mag., vol. 4, p. 259, January, 1837.
Type: Huura galle Newman.
Eversmannella Jakowlew, Hore Soc. Ent. Ross., vol. 26, p. 15, no. 3, 1891.
Type: Cephus cruentatus Eversmann.*
Fenella Westwood, Introd. Mod. Class. Ins., vol. 2, Gen. Synop., p. 54, 1840.
Type: Fenella nigrita Westwood.*
Fenusa Leach, Zool. Misc., vol. 3, p. 126, no. 4, 1817.
Type: Tenthredo (Emphytus) pumila Klug.*
Fethalia Cameron, Journ. Bombay Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 14, p. 489, 1902.
Type: Fethalia nigra Cameron.*
Gongylocorsia Konow, Ann. k. k. Hofmus., Wien, vol. 12, p. 19, 1897.
Type: Lyda mandibularis Zaddach.*
Gymunia Spinola, Mem. Accad. Sci. Torino, (2) vol. 18, p. 23, 1851.
Type: Gymnia apicalis Spinola.
Gymniopterus Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 218, 1898.
Type: Gymniopterus singularis Ashmead (designated).
Gymnonychus Marlatt, U. 8. Dept. Agr., Div. Ent., Tech. Ser. 3, p. 122, 1896.
Type: Gymnonychus californicus Marlatt (designated).
=Diphadnus Hartig.
Haplostegus Konow, Termes. Fuzetek, vol. 24, p. 70, 1901.
Type: Haplostegus epimelas Konow.
Harpiphorus Hartig, Fam. Blatt. Holzwesp., p. 253, 1837.
Type: Tenthredo (Emphytus) lepidus Klug.*
Hartigia (Schiddte) Boie. Schiddte, Kroyers Naturhistorisk Tidskrift., vol. 2, p. 332,
1838; Boie, Stett. Ent. Zeit., vol. 16, p. 49, 1855.
Type: Astatus satyrus Rossi.
Hemichroa Stephens, Illustr. Brit. Ent., Mandib., vol. 7, p. 55, no. 18, 1835.
Type: Tenthredo alni Linnzeus (Westwood, 1840; Brullé, 1846).
Hemidianeura W. F. Kirby, List Hym. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 48, no. 28, 1882.
Type: Hemidianeura nigricornis W. F. Kirby.
Hemitaxonus Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 311, 1898.
Type: Taxonus dubitatus Norton (designated).
Hennedyia Cameron, Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc., vol. 4, no, 4, p. 9, 1891.
Type: Hennedyia annulitarsis Cameron.*
Heptacola Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 5, p. 167, 1905.
Type: Heptacola buyssoni Konow.
Heptamelus Haliday, Nat. Hist. Rev., vol. 2, p. 60, 1835.
Type: Melicerta ochroleuca Stephens.*
Heterarthus Stephens, Illustr. Brit. Ent., Mandib., vol 7, p. 94, no. 25, 1835.
Type: Tenthredo (Emphytus) ochropoda Klug.*
Holcocneme Konow, Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr., p. 238, 1890.
Type: Tenthredo crassa Fallén.
Homeconeura Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 313, 1898.
Type: Tenthredo delta Provancher (designated).
=Bivena MacGillivray.
THE GENOTYPES OF SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS. 81
Hoplocampa Hartig, Fam. Blatt. Holzwesp., p. 276, 1837.
Type: Tenthredo (Allantus) brevis Klug.
Hybonotus Klug, Mon. Siric. Germ., p. 8, no. 2, 1803.
Type: Ichneumon camelus Linnzeus. ;
=Xiphydria Latreille.
Hylotoma Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins., vol. 3, p. 302, 1802.
Type: Tenthredo rose Linnzeus.*
=Arge Schrank.
Hypargyricus MacGillivray, Can. Ent., vol. 40, p. 290, August, 1908.
Type: Hypargyricus infuscatus MacGillivray (designated).
Hyperoceros Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 6, p. 369, 1906.
Type: Hyperoceros peruanus Konow.*
Hypolepus W. F. Kirby, List Hym. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 324, no. 103, 1882.
Type: Hypolxpus abbotu W. F. Kirby.*
Hypotaxonus Ashmead,.Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 311, 1898.
Type: Strongylogaster pallipes Say (designated).
Incalia Cameron, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 143, 1878.
Type: Incalia hirticornis Cameron.*
Ischyrocerea Kizr, Tromoso Mus. Aarsk., vol. 19, p. 67, 1896 (pub. 1898).
Type: Ischyrocerxa hyperborea Kizer.*
Isodyctium Ashmead, in Dyar, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., p. 127, 1898; Can.
Ent., vol. 30, p. 251, October, 1898.
Type: Isodyctium coryicolum Dyar (designated).
Itycorsia Konow, Ann. k. k. Hofmus., Wien, vol. 12, p. 13, 1897.
Type: Tenthredo hieroglyphica Christ. (Rohwer, 1910).
Janus Stephens, Illustr. Brit. Ent., Mandib., vol. 7, p. 107, no. 30, 1835.
Type: Janus connectus Stephens (Westwood, 1840).
= Janus cynosbati (Fabricius).
Jermakia Jakowlew, Hore Ent. Soc. Ross., vol. 26, pts. 1-2, p. 58, no. 68, 1891.
Type: Allantus cephalotes Jakowlew.*
Kaliofenusa Viereck, Ann. Rep. N. J. State Mus., p. 591, 1909 (1910).
Type: Fenusa ulmi Sundevall.
Kaliosysphinga Tischbein, Stett. ent. Zeit., vol. 7, p. 79, 1846.
Type: Kaliosysphinga dohrni Tischbein.*
=Fenusa Leach.
Kelidoptera Konow, Ann. k. k. Hofmus. Wien, vol. 12, p. 20, 1897.
Type: Lyda maculipennis Stein.*
Kokujewia Konow, Rev. Ent. Russe, vol. 2, p. 3, 1902.
Type: Kokujewia ectrapela Konow.
Konowia Brauns, Wien. ent. Zeit., vol. 3, p. 220, 1884.
Type: Konowia megapolitana Brauns.*
Labidarge Konow, Ent. Nachr., vol. 25, p. 309, 1899.
Type: Labidarge bolivari Konow.
=Caloptilia Ashmead.
Labidia Provancher, Addit. Faune Can. Hym., p. 21, 1886.
Type: Labidia columbiana Provancher.*
= Allantus opinus Cresson.
Lagideus Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 5, p. 160, 1905.
Type: Lagideus crinitus Konow.*
82 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Lagium Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 4, p. 246, 1904.
Type: Tenthredo atroviolaceum Norton (designated).
Laurentia A. Costa, Rendic. Accad. Sci. Fis., Napoli, (2) vol. 4, p. 173, 1890.
Type: Laurentia craverii A. Costa.*
= Tenthredo gibbosa Fallén.
Leptocerca Hartig, Fam. Blatt. Holzwesp., p. 228, 1837.
Type: Tenthredo alni Linneeus.
=Hemichroa Stephens.
Leptocercus Thomson, Hym. Scand., vol. 1, p. 76, 1871 (an emended spelling of
Leptocerca).
Type: Tenthredo alni Linnzeus.
=Hemichroa Stephens.
Leptocimbex Semenow, Ann. Mus. St. Petersbourg, p. 95, 1896.
Type: Leptocimbex potanini Semenow.
Leptopus Hartig, Fam. Blatt. Holzwesp., p. 104, 1837 (non Latreille, 1809).
Type: Nematus (Leptopus) hypogastricus Hartig.*
= Tenthredo luridiventris Fallén.
=Platycampus Schiddte.
Liolyda Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 209, 1898.
Type: Lyda frontalis Westwood (designated).
=Cephaleia Panzer.
Lisconeura Rohwer, Bul. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 24, p. 529, 1908.
Type: Scolioneura vexabilis Brues (designated).
Lithoryssus Brues, Bul. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist, vol. 20, p. 492, fig. 1, 1906.
Type: Lithoryssus parvus Brues (designated).
Lithracia Cameron, Journ. Bombay Soc., vol. 14, p. 441, 1902.
Type: Lithracia flavipes Cameron.*
Loboceras W. F. Kirby, List Hym. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 79, no. 35, 1882.
Type: Loboceras mexicanum W. F. Kirby.
Loderus Konow, Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr., p. 240, 1890.
Type: Tenthredo pratorum Fallén.
Lophyridea Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 226, 1898.
Type: Lophyrus tropicus Norton (designated).
‘=Lophyroides Cameron.
Lophyroides Cameron, Ent. Monthl. Mag., vol. 19, p. 133, 1882.
Type: Lophyrus tropicus Norton (designated).
Lophyrotoma Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 230, 1898.
Type: Pterygophorus interruptus Klug (designated).
=Pterygophorus Klug.
Lophyrus Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins., vol. 3, p. 302, 1802 (non Poli).
Type: Tenthredo pini Linnzeus.*
=Diprion Schrank (isogenotypic).
Lycaota Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 3, p. 147, 1903.
Type: Selandria sodalis Cresson.*
Lycosceles Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 5, p. 159, 1905.
Type: Lycosceles herbsti Konow.*
Lyda Fabricius, Syst. Piez., p. 43, no. 5, 1804.
Type: Tenthredo sylvatica Linneeus (Curtis, 1831).
=Pamphilius Latreille.
THE GENOTYPES OF SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS. 83
Lygzeonematus Konow, Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr., p. 238, 1890.
Type: Nematus pini Retzius. *
Macgillivraya Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 257, 1898 (preoccupied).
Type: Macgillivraya oregonensis Ashmead (designated).
=Macgillivrayella Ashmead.
Macgillivrayella Ashmead, in Smith, Cat. Ins. N.J., p. 606, 1899 (n. n. for Macgil-
livraya Ashmead).
Type: Macgillivraya oregonensis Ashmead.
Macremphytus MacGillivray, Can. Ent., vol. 40, p. 368, October, 1908.
Type: Harpiphorus varianus Norton (designated).
Macrocephus Schlechtendal, Ent. Nachr., vol. 4, p. 153, 1878.
Type: Macrocephus ulmarixz Schlechtendal.*
= Tenthredo linearis Schrank, 1781.
=Hartigia Schiodte and Boie.
Macroclada Konow, Genera Insectorum, Fasc. 29, p. 46, 1906.
(An emended name for Cladomacra F. Smith.)
=Cladomacra F. Smith.
Macrophya Dahlbom, Conspect. Tenthred. Scand., p. 11, no. 3, 1835.
Type: Tenthredo rusticus Linnzeus (Westwood, 1840).
Macroxyela W. F. Kirby, List. Hym. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 351, no. 109, 1882.
Type: Xyela ferruginea Say (designated).
Manoxyela Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 206, 1898.
Type: Manozyela californica Ashmead (designated).
=Pleroneura Konow.
Marlattia Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 287, 1898.
Type: Hoplocampa laricis Marlatt (designated).
Mastigocera Klug, 18— Reference unknown, a synonym of Xyela by Lepeletier,
Encycl. Method., vol. 10, pt. 2, p. 577, 1828.
Megalodontes Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins., vol..3, p. 302, 1802.
Type: Tenthredo cephalotes Fabricius (Latreille, 1810).
Megaxyela Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 206, 1898.
Type: Xyela major Cresson (designated).
Melanopus Konow, Ann. k. k. Hofmus., Wien., vol. 12, p. 12, 1897.
Type: Tarpa fabricii Leach.*
Melanoselandria (Ashmead) MacGillivray, in Smith, Cat. Ins. N. J., p. 606, 1899;
Can. Ent., vol. 41, p. 404, November, 1909.
Type: Melanoselandria zabriskiet Ashmead .*
=Hypargyricus MacGillivray, 1908.
Melicerta Stephens, Illustr. Brit. Ent., Mandib., vol. 7, p. 95, no. 26, 1835 (preocc.).
Type: Melicerta ochroleucus Stephens.*
=Heptamelus Haliday, 1855.
Melinia O. Costa, Fauna Napoli, Tenthred., p. 41, 1859.
Type: Melinia minutissima O. Costa.
Mesoneura Hartig, Fam. Blatt. Holzwesp., p. 229, 1837.
Type: Tenthredo opaca Fabricius.*
Messa Leach, Zool. Misc., vol. 3, p. 126, no. 3, 1817.
Type: Tenthredo (Emphytus) hortulana Klug.*
Metallus Forbes, 14th Rep. St. Ent. Ill. for 1884, p. 87, 1885.
Type: Metallus rubi Forbes.*
84 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Micrarge Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 213, 1898.
Type: Atomocera rujficollis Norton (designated).
Miocephala Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 7, p. 162, 1907.
Type: Miocephala chalybea Konow.*
Micronematus Konow, Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr., p. 239, 1890.
Type: Nematus pullus Forster.
= Nematus monogynizx Hartig.
Mocsarya Konow, Termes. Fuzetek, vol. 20, p. 608, 1897.
Type: Oryssus metallicus Mocsary.*
Mogerus MacGillivray, Can. Ent., vol. 27, p. 281, October, 1895.
Type: Tenthredo (Allantus) lineolata Klug.
=Periclista Konow.
Monoctenus Dahlbom, Conspect. Tenthred. Scand., p. 7, 1835.
Type: Tenthredo junipert Linnzus.*
Monophadnoides Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 253, October, 1898.
Type: Monophadnus rubi Harris (designated).
Monophadnus Hartig, Fam. Blatt. Holzwesp., p. 271, 1837.
Type: Tenthredo albipes Gmelin (Ashmead, 1898).
Monoplopus Konow, Wien. ent. Zeit., vol. 15, p. 173, 1896.
Type: Tenthredo saltuum Linneus.
Monosoma Viereck, Ann. Rep. N. J. State Mus., p. 583, 1909 (1910).
Type: Pecilostoma inferentia Norton.*
=Monsoma MacGillivray.
Monostegia O. Costa, Fauna Napoli, Tenthred., p. 60, 1859.
Type: Tenthredo abdominalis Fabricius (MacGillivray, 1908).
Monsoma MacGillivray, Can. Ent., vol. 40, p. 368, October, 1908.
Type: Pecilostoma inferentia Norton (designated).
Nematoceros Konow, Wien. ent. Zeit., vol. 15, pp. 54, 52, 1896.
Type: Tenthredo luteola Klug.*
=Monostegia Costa (isogenotypic).
Nematoneura E. André, Spec. Hym. Europe, vol. 1, pt. 2, p. 576, no. 7°, 1881.
Type: Nematoneura violaceipennis André.*
Nematinus Rohwer, see p. 99.
Type: Tenthredo abdominalis Panzer (designated).
Nematus Panzer, Krit. Revis., vol. 2, p. 44, 1806.
Type: Tenthredo septentrionalis Linnzus (Latreille, 1810).
Neocharactus MacGillivray, Can. Ent., vol. 40, p. 293, August, 1908.
Type: Neocharactus bakeri MacGillivray (designated).
Neoeurys Rohwer, Ent. News, vol. 22, p. 472, 1910.
Type: Neoeurys metallica Rohwer (designated).
Neopareophora MacGillivray, Can. Ent., vol. 40, p. 289, August, 1908.
Type: Neopareophora martini MacGillivray (designated).
Neoperga Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 282, 1898.
Type: Perga amenaida Kirby (designated).
Neoptilia Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 213, 1898.
Type: Neoptilia mexicana Ashmead (designated).
Neopus Viereck, Ann. Rep. N. J. State Mus., p. 585, 1909 (1910).
Type: Tenthredopsis quatuordecimpunctata Norton.
Neotomostethus MacGillivray, Can. Ent., vol. 40, p. 290, August, 1908.
Type: Neotomostethus hyalinus MacGillivray (designated ).
THE GENOTYPES OF SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS. 85
Nesodiprion Rohwer, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 39, no. 1777, p. 104, 1910.
Type: Lophyrus japonicus Marlatt (designated).
Nesoselandria Rohwer, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 38, no. 1722, p. 657, 1910.
Type: Paraselandria imitatricx Ashmead (designated).
Nesotaxonus Rohwer, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 39, no. 1777, p. 111, 1910.
Type: Phyllotoma? flavescens Marlatt (designated).
Nesotomostethus Rohwer, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 39, no. 1777, p. 106, 1910.
Type: Blennocampa religiosa Marlatt (designated).
Netroceros Konow, Wien. ent. Zeit., vol. 15, p. 51, 1896.
Type: Eriocampa (Netroceros) rufiventris Konow.
Neurotoma Konow, Ann. k. k. Hofmus., Wien, vol. 12, p. 18, 1897.
Type: Tenthredo flaviventris Linnzeus (Rohwer, 1910).
Nortonella Rohwer, Bul. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 24, p. 582, 1908.
Type: Nortonella typica Rohwer (designated).
Nycteridium Fischer-Waldheim, Mém. Soc. Nat. Moscou, vol. 1, p. 286, 1806.
Type: Nycteridium fischeri Fischer.
Odontophyes Konow, Wien. ent. Zeit., vol. 18, p. 42, 1899.
Type: Pleroneura avingrata Dyar.*
Ophrynopus Konow, Termes. Fuzetek, vol. 20, p. 605, 1897.
Type: Ophrynopus andrei Konow.
Opisthoneura Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 287, 1898.
Type: Opisthoneura crevecoeurt Ashmead (designated).
= Hoplocampa montana Cresson.
=Zaschizonyx Ashmead.
Oryssus Latreille, Préc. Car. Génér. Ins., p. 111, no. 10, 1796.
Type: Oryssus coronatus Fabricius (Latreille, 1810).
Pachycephus J. P. Stein, Stett. ent. Zeit., vol. 37, p. 60, 1876.
Type: Pachycephus smyrnensis Stein.*
Pachylosticta Klug, Ent. Mon., p. 171, 1824.
Type: Pachylosticta tibialis Klug.
Pachylota Westwood, Arc. Ent., vol. 1, p. 24, pl. 7, fig. 3, 1841.
Type: Pachylota audouinii Westwood.*
Pachynematus Konow, Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr., p. 238, 1890.
Type: Nematus caprex Panzer.
= Nematus trisignatus Forster.
Pachyrotasis Hartig, Fam. Blatt. Holzwesp., p. 295, 1837.
Type: Tenthredo rapx Linneeus (Westwood, 1840).
Paleotaxonus Brues, Bul. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 51, no. 10, p. 266, March, 1908.
Type: Palzxotaxonus typicus Brues (designated).
Pamphilius Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust Ins., vol. 3, p. 303, 1802.
Type: Tenthredo silvatica Linnzeus.*
Pampsilota Konow, Ent. Nachr., vol. 25, p. 76, 1899.
Type: Pampsilota afer Konow.
Parabatus MacGillivray, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 2, p. 262, 1909.
Type: Parabates histrionicus MacGillivray (designated).
Parabia Semenow, Hore. Soc. Ent. Ross., vol. 25, p. 174, 1890.
Type: Parabia jokowlewi Semenow (designated).
Paracharactus MacGillivray, Can. Ent., p. 292, August, 1908.
Type: Paracharactus obscuratus MacGillivray (designated).
86 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Paralypia W. F. Kirby, List. Hym. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 33, no. 17, 1882.
Type: Paralypia picipes Kirby.*
Paraperga Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 232, 1898.
Type: Perga jucunda Kirby (designated).
Paraselandria Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 255, 1898.
Type: Tenthredo flavans Klug (designated).
=Selandria Leach.
Parasiobla Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 308, 1898.
Type: Strongylogaster rufocinctus Norton (designated).
Parastatis W. F. Kirby, Ent. Monthly Mag., vol. 18, p. 107, 1881.
Type: Parastatis indica W. F. Kirby.*
Parasyzygonia Rohwer (see p. 102).
Type: Syzygonia cyanoptera Klug (designated).
Parataxonus MacGillivray, Can. Ent., vol. 40, p. 367, October, 1908.
Type: Taxonus multicolor Norton (designated).
=Aphilodyctium Ashmead.
Parazarca Ashmead, in Dyar, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., p. 128, 1898; also Can. Ent.,
vol. 30, p. 252, October, 1898.
Type: Parazarca fumipennis Ashmead (designated).
Paremphytus Brues, Bul. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 51, no. 10, p. 264, March, 1908.
Type: Paremphytus ostentus Brues.*
Pareophora Konow, Wien. ent. Zeit., vol. 5, pp. 184, 187, no. 3, 1886.
Type: Pareophora luridiventris Konow.
= Tenthredo (Allantus) nigripes Klug.
Paururus Konow, Wien. ent. Zeit., vol. 15, p. 43, 1896.
Type: Sirex juvencus Linnzus.
Pectinia Brullé, Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym., vol. 4, p. 664, 1846.
Type: Tenthredo (Allantus) aterrima Klug (designated).
=Phymatocera Dahlbom.
Pelmatopus Hartig, Fam. Blatt. Holzwesp., p. 244, 1837.
Type: Dolerus (Pelmatopus) minutus Hartig.*
Perantherix Westwood, Thes. Ent. Oxon., p. 109, 1874.
Type: Perantherix pumilio Westwood .*
Perga Leach, Zool. Misc., vol. 3, p. 115, 1817.
Type: Perga dorsalis Leach (Shipp, 1894).
Pergadopsis Shipp, Ent., vol. 27, pp. 339, 340, 1894.
Type: Perga dahlbomi Westwood (designated).
Periclista Konow, Wien. ent. Zeit., vol. 5, pp. 184, 186, no. 2, 1886.
Type: Tenthredo (Allantus) lineolata Klug.
Periclistoptera Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 255, 1898.
Type: Monostegia quercus-alba Norton (designated).
Ashmead gave the type as alba.
=Eriocampoides Konow.
Perineura Hartig, Fam. Blatt. Holzwesp., p. 303, 1837.
Type: Tenthredo rubi Panzer.*
Peronistilus Chigi, Ann. Mus. Zool. R. Univ. Napoli, n. s. vol. 1, no. 21, p. 26,1904.
Type: Cephus politissimus A. Costa.*
Perreyia Brullé, Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym., vol. 4, p. 661, 1846.
Type: Perreyia lepida Brullé.*
Péus Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 3, p. 315, 1903.
Type: Péus privus Konow.*
THE GENOTYPES OF SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS. 87
Pheenusa Cameron, Ent. Monthly Mag., vol. 12, p. 131, 1875.
Type: Phxnusa albipes Cameron.
=Messa Leach.
Philomastix Froggatt, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8S. Wales, (2) vol. 5, p. 467, 1890.
Type: Philomastix naucarrowi Froggatt.
Phlebatrophia MacGillivray, Can. Ent., p. 345, October, 1909.
Type: Phlebatrophia mathesoni MacGillivray (designated).
Phenacoperga Cockerell, Science, n. s. vol. 27, p. 113, 1908.
Type: Perga coloradensis Cockerell (designated).
Phrontosoma MacGillivray, Can. Ent., vol. 40, p. 366, October, 1908.
Type: Phrontosoma atrum MacGillivray (designated).
Phylacteophaga Froggatt, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, vol. 24, p. 130, 1899.
Type: Phylacteophaga eucalypti Froggatt.*
Phylicecus E. Newman, Ent. Mag., vol. 5, p. 485, 1838.
Type: Phyllecus faunus E. Newman.
=Janus Stephens.
Phyllotoma Fallén, Mon. Tenthred. Suec., p. 25, 1829.
Type: Phyllotoma vagans Fallén.
Phymatocera Dahlbom, Conspect. Tenthred. Scand., p. 11, no. 2, 1835.
Type: Tenthredo (Allantus) aterrima Klug.*
Pinicola Brébisson, Bul. Soc. Philom. Paris, p. 116, 1818 (non Vieillot, 1805).
Type: Pinicola julii Brébisson.
=Xyela Dalman.
Plagiocera Klug, Jahrb. Insectenkunde, vol. 1, p. 227, no. 2, 1834.
Type: Plagiocera thoracica Klug.*
Plagioperga Shipp, Ent., vol. 27, pp. 339, 340, 1894.
Type: Perga mayrit Westwood (designated).
Platycampus Schiédte, Mag. Zool., vol. 9, p. 20, 1839 (footnote).
Type: Nematus (Leptopus) hypogastricus Hartig.
Pleroneura Konow, Ent. Nachr., vol. 23, p. 56, 1897.
Type: Xyela dahli Hartig.
Peecilosoma Thomson, Scand. Hym., vol. 1, p. 227, 1871.
Emended spelling of Pecilostoma.
Peecilostoma Dahlbom, Conspect. Tenthred. Scand., p. 13, no. 8, 1835.
Type: Tenthredo guttatum Fallén.
=Empria Lepeletier.
Peecilostomidea Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 256, 1898.
Type: Pecilostoma maculata Norton (designated).
=Empria Lepeletier.
Polybates MacGillivray, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 2, p. 264, 1909.
Type: Polybates slossonx MacGillivray (designated).
Polyclonus W. F. Kirby, List Hym. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 97, no. 48, 1882.
Type: Polyclonus atratus W. F. Kirby.*
Polystichophagus Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 310, 1898.
Type: Tenthredo filicis Klug (designated).
=Pseudotaxonus A. Costa.
Pompholyx Freymuth, Protoc. 47™° Séance Soc. Anthrop. Moscou, vol. 8, p. 216,
1870.
Type: Pompholyx dimorpha Freymuth.*
preocc.,=Cacosyndia Kirby.
88 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Pontania O. Costa, Fauna Napoli, Tenthred., p. 20, 1859.
Type: Nematus gallicola Stephens (Marlatt, 1896).
Poppia Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 4, p. 263, 1904.
Type: Poppia athaloides Konow.*
Praia (Wankowitz) André, Spec. Hym. Europe et Algérie, vol. 1, pt. 6, 1880; p. 572,
n. 3°, 1881.
Type: Praia taczanowskii (Wankowitz) André.*
Priophorus Dahlbom, Conspect. Tenthred. Scand., p. 4, no. 1, 1835.
Type: Priophorus pilicornis Dahlbom.
= Tenthredo padi Linnezeus.
Pristiphora Latreille, Consid. Générales, p. 294, 1810.
Type: Pteronus testaceus Jurine (designated).
Pristis Brullé, Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym., vol. 4, p. 665, 1846.
Type: Tenthredo punctigera Lepeletier.
= Tenthredo opaca Fabricius.
=Mesoneura Hartig.
Probleta Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 8, p. 161, 1908.
Type: Probleta langei Konow.
Prototaxonus Rohwer, Can. Ent., vol. 42, p. 49, February, 1910.
Type: Prototaxonus typicus Rohwer (designated).
Protemphytus Rohwer, Can. Ent., vol. 41, p. 92, March, 1909.
Type: Emphytus coloradensis Weldon (designated).
Pseudabia Schrottky, Ent. Rundschau, vol. 27, no. 23, p. 168, December 1, 1910.
Type: Pseudabia fusca Schrottky (designated).
Pseudoclavellaria Schultz, Spolia Hym., p. 87, 1906.
Type: Tenthredo amerinx Linneus.
Pseudocimbex Rohwer, Bul. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 24, p. 526, 1908.
Type: Pseudocimbex clavatus Rohwer (designated).
Pseudocyphona Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 211, 1898.
Type: Pseudocyphona mexicana Ashmead (designated).
Pseudodineura Konow, Wien. ent. Zeit., vol. 4, p. 297, 1885.
Type: Tenthredo (Allantus) parvula Klug.
Pseudoperga Guérin, Icon. Regne Anim., vol. 7, Insectes, p. 398, 1845.
Type: Perga lewisii Westwood (Shipp, 1894).
Pseudoperga Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 232, 1898 (non Guérin).
Type: Perga polita Leach (designated).
Pseudosiobla Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 308, 1898.
Type: Macrophya excavata Norton (designated).
Pseudosirex Weyenbergh, Arch. Mus. Teyler, vol. 3, p. 238, 1873.
Type: Pseudosirex darwintt Weyenbergh.
Pseudotaxonus A. Costa, Proc. Sist. Imenott. Ital., p. 157, 1894.
Type: Tenthredo filicis Klug.*
Ptenos Norton, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 4, p. 77, 1872.
Type: Ptenos niger Norton.
Pteronidea Rohwer (see p. 98).
Type: Nematus ventralis Say (designated).
Pteronus Panzer, Krit. Revis., vol. 2, p. 46, 1806
Type: Tenthredo pini Linneeus.
=Diprion Schrank.
THE GENOTYPES OF SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS. 89
Pterygophorinus Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 230, September, 1898.
Type: Pterygophorus analis O. Costa (designated).
=Pterygophorus Klug.
Pterygophorus Klug, Mag. Ges. naturf. Freunde Berlin, vol. 6, p. 276, 1812.
Type: Pterygophorus cinctus Klug (Ashmead, 1898).
Ptilia Lepeletier, Mon. Tenthred., p. 49, 1823.
Type: Ptilia braziliensis Lepeletier.
Rethrax Cameron, Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc., vol. 48, no. 3, p. 32, 1899.
Type: Rethrax carinata Cameron.*
Rhadinocerza Konow, Wien. ent. Zeit., vol. 5, pp. 184, 211, no. 5, 1886.
Type: Tenthredo (Allantus) micans Klug.
Rhagonyx Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 3, p. 108, 1903.
Type: Rhagonyzx lituratus Konow.*
Rhipidioceros Konow, Ann. k.k. Hofmus., Wien., vol. 12, p. 2, 1897.
. Type: Tarpa flabellicornis Germar.
Rhogogaster Konow, Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr., p. 338, 1884.
Type: Tenthredo viridis Linneus.
Rhogogastera Konow, Wien. ent. Zeit., vol. 4, p. 123, 1885.
(An emended spelling for Rhogogaster.)
Rhopographus Konow, Ent. Nachr., vol. 25, p. 79, 1899 (n. n. for Rhoptroceros).
Type: Rhoptroceros procinctus Konow.
Rhoptroceros Konow, Ent. Nachr., vol. 24, p. 276, 1898.
Type: Rhoptroceros procinctus Konow.*
preocc.,=Rhopographus Konow.
Rusobria Cameron, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 150, 1878.
Type: Rusobria carinata Cameron.
Schizocera Lepeletier, Encycl. Méthod., Ins., vol. 10, pt. 2, p. 572, 1828.
Type: Hylotoma fuscata Villers (Westwood, 1840).
Sciapteryx Stephens, Illustr. Brit. Ent., Mandib., vol. 7, p. 56, no. 19, 1835.
Type: Tenthredo costalis Fabricius.*
Sciopteryx is an incorrect spelling.
Scobina Lepeletier, Encycl. Méthod., Ins., vol. 10, pt. 2, p. 574, 1828.
Type: Hylotoma melanocephala Lepeletier.*
Scolioneura Konow, Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr., p. 249, 1890.
Type: Tenthredo (Allantus) betuleti Klug (MacGillivray, 1909).
Selandria Leach, Zool. Misc., vol. 3, p. 126, no. 3, 1817.
Type: Tenthredo serva Fabricius (Brullé, 1846).
Senoclia Cameron, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 88, 1877 (n. n. for Anisoarthra Cameron).
Type: Anisoarthra cerulea Cameron.
Sericocera Brullé, Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym., vol. 4, p. 669, 1846.
Type: Sericocera spinolx Brullé.
Siobla Cameron, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 88, 1877.
Type: Siobla mooreana Cameron (Ashmead, 1898).
Sirex Linnzeus, Fauna Suec., ed. 29, p. 396, 1761.
Type: Sirex gigas Linneus.
Sjoestedtia Konow, Schwed. Zool. Exp., Kilimandjaro, p. 1, 1907.
Type: Sjoestedtia meruensis Konow.*
Spheecophilus Provancher, Addit., Faun. Canad., p. 427, 1889.
Type: Sphxcophilus crawii Provancher.*
90 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Stevenia Brullé, Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym., vol. 4, p. 667, 1846.
No species.
Stirocorsia Konow, Ent. Nachr., vol. 23, p. 372, 1897.
Type: Stirocorsia kohli Konow.*
Stelidarge Konow, Termes. Fuzetek, vol. 24, p. 58, 1901.
Type: Stelidarge diptycha Konow.*
Stromboceros Konow, Wien. ent. Zeit., vol. 4, pp. 19, 20, 1885.
Type: Tenthredo delicatulus Fallén.
Strongylogaster Dahlbom, Conspect. Tenthred. Scand., p. 13, no. 7, 1835.
Type: Tenthredo cingulata Fabricius (MacGillivray, 1908).
Strongylogasteroidea Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 308, 1898.
Type: Strongylogaster aprilis Say (designated).
Sunoxa Cameron, Mem. & Proc. Manchester Lit. Phil. Soc., vol. 43, no. 3, p. 39, 1899.
Type: Sunoza purpureifrons Cameron.*
Synairema Hartig, Fam. Blatt. Holzwesp., p. 314, 1837.
Type: Tenthredo delicatula Klug.*
Synaptoneura Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 8, p. 160, 1908.
Type: Synaptoneura boliviensis Konow.*
Syrista Konow, Wien. ent. Zeit., vol. 15, p. 152, 1896.
Type: Cephus parreyssi Spinola.*
Syzygonia Klug, Ent. Monogr., p. 175, 1824.
Type: Syzygonia cyanocephala Klug (Ashmead, 1898).
Syzygonidea Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 230, September, 1898.
Type: Syzygonia cyanea Brullé (designated).
Tanymeles Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 6, p. 244, 1906.
Type: Tanymeles hilarulus Konow.*
Tanyphatna Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 6, p. 187, 1906.
Type: Tanyphatna pellos Konow.
Tarpa Fabricius, Syst. Piez., p. 19, no. 2, 1804.
Type: Tarpa cephalotes Fabricius (Westwood, 1840).
=Megalodontes Latreille.
Taxonus Hartig, Fam. Blatt. Holzwesp., p. 297, 1837.
Type: Tenthredo (Allantus) nitida Klug) (= Tenthredo agorum Fallén) (Konow,1896).
Rohwer’s remarks (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 39, no. 1777, p. 111, 1910) are
incorrect. The type must be Tenthredo agorum Fallén. Ermilia O. Costa is
a synonym, being isogenotypic with Tazonus.
Tenthredella Rohwer, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 39, no. 1777, p. 117, 1910.
Type: Tenthredo atra Linneus (designated).
=Tenthredo authors, not Linnzeus.
Tenthredina Rohwer, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 39, no. 1777, p. 116, 1910.
Type: Tenthredo flavida Marlatt (designated).
Tenthredo Linneus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, vol. 1, p. 343, no. 213, p. 555, no. 214, 1758.
Type: Tenthredo scrophularie Linneeus (Latreille, 1810).
Tenthredopsis O. Costa, Fauna Napoli, Tenthred., p. 98, 1859.
Type: Tenthredo tessellata Klug.
Teredon Norton, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 2, p. 366, 1869.
Type: Tremex cubensis Cresson.
Teredonia W. F. Kirby, List Hym. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 386, no. 7, 1882 (n. n. for
Teredon Norton).
Type: Tremex cubensis Cresson.
THE GENOTYPES OF SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS.
Tetratneura Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 256, 1898.
Type: Monostegia ignota Norton (designated).
=Empria Lepeletier.
Themos Norton, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 1, p. 58, no. 19, 1867.
Type: Themos hyalinus Norton.*
Thomsonia Konow, Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr., p. 227, 1884.
Type: Perineura thomsonia Konow.
Thrinax Konow, Wien. ent. Zeit., vol. 4, pp. 19, 22, 1885.
Type: Strongylogaster contigua Konow (MacGillivray, 1908).
Thulea Say, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, no. 3, p. 214, 1836.
Type: Thulea nigra Say.*
Tomostethus Konow, Wien. ent. Zeit., vol. 5, pp. 184, 214, no. 7, 1886.
Type: Tenthredo nigrita Fabricius.
Topotrita W. F. Kirby, List Hym. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 48, no. 27, 1882.
Type: Hylotoma (Schizocera) leucocephala Klug.*
Trachelus Jurine, Nouv. Méthod. Class. Hym., p. 70, pl. 2, fig. 9, 1807.
Type: Sirex tabidus Fabricius.
Trailia Cameron, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 148, 1878.
Type: Trailia analis Cameron.
Tremex Jurine, Nouv. Méthod. Class. Hym., p. 80, 1807.
Type: Sirex fuscicornis Fabricius (Latreille, 1810).
Trichiocampus Hartig, Fam. Blatt. Holzwesp., p. 176, 1837.
Type: Nematus grandis Lepeletier.
= Tenthredo viminalis Fallén.
Trichiosoma Leach, Zool. Misc., vol. 3, p. 108, no. 2, 1817.
Type: Tenthredo lucorum Linneus (Curtis, 1824).
ot
Trichiosomites Brues, Bul. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 51, no. 10, p. 259, March, 1908.
Type: Trichiosomites obliviosus Brues.*
Trichorhachus W. F. Kirby, List Hym. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 39, no. 21, 1882.
Type: Trichorhachus nitidus W. F. Kirby.
Trichorrhachus Konow, Genera Insectorum, fasc. 29, p. 15, 1906.
Misspelling of Trichorhachus.
Trichotaxonus Rohwer, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 12, p. 30, 1910.
Type: Trichotaxonus readi Rohwer (designated).
Tristactus Konow, Ann. k. k. Hofmus., Wien., vol. 12, p. 12, 1897.
Type: Lyda judaicus Lepeletier.*
Tristegus Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 6, p. 370, 1906.
Type: Tristegus mimarius Konow.*
Tritokreion Schilling, Ubers. Arbeit. schles. Ges. Vaterl. cultur., i, j, p. 43, 1825.
No species.
Trochophora Konow, Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 5, p. 158, 1905.
Type: Trochophora duckei Konow.*
Urocerites Heer, Denkschr. schweiz. Ges. Natur., vol. 22, p. 36, 1867.
Type: Urocerites spectabilis Heer.
Urocerus (Geoffroy) Latreille. Geoffroy, Hist. Abr. Ins., vol. 2, p. 264, 1762;
Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins., p. 304, 1802.
Type: Sirex gigas Linneus (Westwood, 1840).
=Sirex Linnzus.
Waldheimia Brullé, Hist. Nat. Ins. Hym., vol. 4, p. 665, 1846.
Type: Waldheimia braziliensis Lepeletier (designated).
"92
Xenapates W. F. Kirby, List. Hym. Brit. Mus., vol. 1, p. 180, no. 67, 1882.
Type: Dineura (?) africana Cameron.*
Xeris A. Costa, Prosp. Sist. Imenn. Ital., vol. 3, p. 259, 1894.
Type: Ichneumon spectrum Linnzeus.*
Xiphidion Provancher, Nat. Can., vol. 7, p. 374, 1875.
Type: Xiphidion canadense Provancher.*
=Xiphydria provancheri Cresson.
Xiphiura Fallén, Spec. Nov. Hym. Disp. Method, p. 11, no. 7, 1813.
No species included.
Xiphydria Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins., vol. 3, p. 304, 1802.
Type: Ichneumon camelus Linnzeus.*
Xyela Dalman, Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. 40, p. 122, no. 3, pl. 6, figs. 1-11, 1899.
Type: Xyela pusilla Dalman (Curtis, 1824).
MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Xyloecermatium L. Heyden, Berl. ent. Zeitschr., vol. 12, p. 227, 1868, (n. n. for
Xyloterus Hartig, non Erichson).
Type: Sirex fuscicornis Fabricius.
=Tremex Jurine.
Xyloperga Shipp, Ent., vol. 27, pp. 339, 340, 1894.
Type: Perga hallidayi Westwood (designated).
Xyloterus Hartig, Fam. Blatt. Holzwesp., p. 385, 1837 (non Erichson, 1836).
Type: Strex fuscicornis Fabricius.
=Tremex Jurine.
Zarza Leach, Zool. Misc., vol. 3, p. 118, no. 4, 1817.
Type Tenthredo fasciata Linneus.*
Zarca Cameron, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 142, 1878.
Type: Zarca apicalis Cameron.*
Zaschizonyx Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 257, 1898.
Type: Hoplocampa montana Cresson (designated).
AN INDEX TO THE GENOTYPES.
EXPLANATORY.
The following index includes (1) the name of the species, (2) the
name of its author, (3) the name of the genus in which it was origi-
nally described, and (4) the name of the genus of which it is the
genotype. When a species given in the index is a synonym of
another genotype, a cross-reference is given to the genotype of which
it isasynonym. When a species was originally placed in the genus of
which it is the genotype, only one generic name is given. Species
placed in subgenera by older writers are cited in the subgenus only.
abbotii W. F. Kirby (Hypolepus).
abdominalis Fabricius (Tenthredo, Mono-
agrorum Fallén (Tenthredo, Ermilia).
‘falba’’ Norton (Monostegia, Periclistop-
stegia).
abdominalis Panzer (Tenthredo, Nema-
tinus).
zeratus Newman (Eurys).
zethiops Fabricius (Tenthredo, Endelom-
yia).
afer Konow (Pampsilota).
africana Cameron (Dineura?, Xenapates).
tera).
albipes Cameron (Pheenusa).
albipes Konow (Anapeptamena).
albipes Gmelin (Tenthredo, Monophad-
nus).
albiventris Klug (Allantus, Periclista).
albodopictus Norton (Taxonus, Epitaxo-
nus).
THE GENOTYPES OF SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS.
alni Linnzeus (Tenthredo, Hemichroa).
alni Linneus (Tenthredo, Leptocerca
[=Hemichroa)}).
alni Linnzeus (Tenthredo, Leptocercus
{[=Hemichroa)).
alternans A. Costa (Anoplolyda).
-amenaida W. F. Kirby (Perga, Neoperga).
amerine Linneus (Tenthredo, Pseudo-
clavellaria).
analis Cameron (Trailia).
analis O. Costa (Pterygophorus, Pterygo-
phorinus).
andrei Konow (Ophrynopus).
annulitarsis Cameron (Hennedyia).
apicalis Cameron (Zarca).
apicalis Say (Strongylogaster, Strongy-
logasteroidea).
apicalis Spinola (Gymnia).
armenius Konow (Ateuchopus).
arizonensis Ashmead (Eriocampidea).
arizonensis Ashmead (Eriocampidea,
Cockerellonis [= Eriocampidea)]).
aterrima Klug (Allantus, Pectinia).
athalioides Konow (Poppia).
atra Linnezeus (Tenthredo, Tenthredella).
atratus W. F. Kirby (Polyclonus).
atroviolaceum Norton (Tenthredo,
Lagium).
atrum MacGillivray (Phrontosoma).
aterrima Klug (Allantus, Phymatocera).
audouinii Westwood (Pachylota).
avingrata Dyar (Pleroneura,
phyes).
bakeri MacGillivray (Neocharactus).
betuleti Klug (Allantus, Scolioneura).
bipunctata Klug (Allantus, Ardis).
boliviensis Konow (Synaptoneura).
bolivari Konow (Labidarge).
braunsi Konow (Didocha).
braziliensis Lepeletier (Ptilia).
braziliensis Lepeletier (Waldheimia).
brevicornis Fallén (Hylotoma, Apros-
thema).
brevis Klug (Allantus, Hoplocampa).
buquetii Spinola (Aulacomerus).
buyssoni Konow (Heptacola).
californica Ashmead (Manoxyela).
californicus Marlatt (Gymnonychus).
camelus Linnzus (Ichneumon, Hybono-
tus).
camelus Linnzeus (Ichneumon, Xiphy-
dria).
cameroni Westwood (Perga,
perga).
Odonto-
Acantho-
93
canadense Provancher (Xiphidion).
caprez Panzer (Tenthredo, Pachynema-
tus).
carinata Cameron (Rethrax).
carinata Cameron (Rusobria).
cephalotes Fabricius (Tarpa).
cephalotes Fabricius (Tenthredo, Mega-
lodontes).
cephalotes Jakowlew (Allantus, Jerma-
kia).
cestatus Konow (Clydostomus).
chalybea Konow (Miocephala).
cinctus Klug (Pterygophorus).
cinctus Linnzeus (Tenthredo, Emphytus).
cingulata Fabricius (Tenthredo, Strongy-
logaster).
cinxia Klug (Allantus, Caliroa).
clavatus Rohwer (Pseudocimbex).
ccerulea Cameron (Anisoarthra [Senoclia]).
ceerulea Cameron (Anisoarthra, Senoc-
lia).
coloradensis Cockerell (Perga, Phenaco-
perga).
coloradensis' Weldon (Emphytus, Pro-
temphytus).
columbiana Provancher. (Labidia.
opimus Cresson. )
compressus Fabricius (Sirex, Ephippi-
notus).
connectens Stephens (Janus).
consobrina Klug (Tenthredo, Eniscia).
contigua Konow (Strongylogaster, Thri-
nax).
coronatus Fabricius (Tenthredo, Orys-
sus).
coronatus Klug (Emphytus, Aneugme-
nus).
coryicolum Dyar (Isodyctium).
costalis Fabricius (Tenthredo,
teryx).
crassa Fallén (Tenthredo, Holcocneme).
craverii A. Costa (Laurentia).
crawii Provancher (Sphacophilus).
cressoni Westwood (Perga, Camptoperga).
crevecoeuri Ashmead (Opisthoneura. See
montana Cresson).
crinitus Konow (Lagideus).
crudum Konow (Eriglenum).
cruentatus Eversmann (Cephus, Evers-
mannella).
cubensis Cresson (Tremex, Teredon[=Ter-
edonia]).
cubensis Cresson (Tremex, Teredonia).
cyanea Brullé (Syzygonia, Syzygonidea).
See
Sciap-
94 MISCELLANEOUS
cyanocephala Klug (Syzygonia).
cyanocephala Klug (Syzygonia, Bergi-
ana).
cyanoptera Klug (Syzygonia, Parasyzygo-
nia).
cynosbati Linnzeus (Cephus, Janus).
cynosbati Linnzeus (Cephus, Phylloecus
[=Janus)]).
dahlbomi Thomson (Czenoneura).
dahlbomi Westwood (Perga, Pergadop-
sis).
dahli Hartig (Xyela, Pleroneura).
darwinii Weyenbergh (Pseudosirex).
debilicornis Konow (Brachyphatnus).
debilis Say (Atomacera).
decora Konow (Acidiophora).
defessus Scudder (Atocus).
degeeri Klug (Allantus, Dineura).
delicatulus Fallén (Tenthredo, Strombo-
ceros).
delicatula Klug (Tenthredo, Synairema).
delta Provancher (Tenthredo, Bivena).
delta Provancher (Tenthredo, Homeeo-
neura [=Bivena)).
difformis Panzer (Tenthredo, Cladius).
dimorpha Freymuth (Pompholyx [=Ca-
cosyndia]).
dimorpha Freymuth (Pompholyx, Caco-
syndia).
diptycha Konow (Stelidarge).
divergens W. F. Kirby (Clarissa).
dohrnii Tischbein (Kaliosysphinga).
dorsalis Say (Acordulecera).
dorsalis Leach (Perga).
dubitatus Norton (Taxonus, Hemitaxo-
nus).
duckei Konow (Trochophora).
eburneiguttatum W. F. Kirby (Aglao-
stigma).
ectrapela Konow (Kokujewia).
eglanteriz Fabricius (Tenthredo, Dosy-
theus).
ellisii Curtis (Dielocerus).
epimelas Konow (Haplostegus).
equiseti Fallén (Tenthredo, Taxonus).
erythrocephala Linneus (Tenthredo,
Acantholyda).
eucalypti Froggatt (Phylacteophaga).
excavata Norton (Macrophya, Pseudosio-
bla).
fabricii Leach (Tarpa, Melanopus).
fallax Lepeletier (Nematus, Amaurone-
matus).
fasciata Linnzeus (Tenthredo, Zarzea).
FOREST INSECTS.
fascipennis Norton (Selandria, Calozarca.
faunus Newman. (Phyllcecus. See cynos-
bati Linneus).
ferruginea Say (Xyela, Macroxyela).
filiceti Klug (Blasticotoma).
filiformis Eversmann (Cephus, Calameu-
ta).
filicis Klug (Tenthredo, Polystichopha-
gus [= Pseudotaxonus)).
filicis Klug (Tenthredo, Pseudotaxonus).
flabellicornis Germar (Tarpa, Rhipidio-
ceros).
flavescens Marlatt (Phyllotoma?, Neso-
taxonus).
flavida Marlatt (Tenthredo, Tenthredina).
floricola O. Costa (Ebolia).
flavens Klug (Tenthredo, Paraselandria).
flavipes Cameron (Lithracia).
flaviventris Linnzeus (Tenthredo, Neuro-
toma).
frontalis Westwood (Lyda, Liolyda).
fulvipes A. Costa (Amestastegia).
fumipennis Ashmead (Parazarca).
fumipennis Westwood (Brachytoma).
fumipennis W. F. Kirby (Acherdocerus).
furcata Fabricius (Hylotoma, Cyphona).
furcata Villers (Hylotoma, Schizocera).
fusca Schrottky (Pseudabia).
fuscicornis Hartig (Diphadnus).
fuscicornis Fabricius (Sirex, Tremex).
fuscicornis Fabricius (Sirex, Xylcecer-
matium [=Tremex]).
fuscicornis Fabricius (Sirex, Xyloterus
[=Tremex]).
gallicola Stephens (Nematus, Pontania).
galle Newman. (Euura. See medullaris
Hartig).
gigas Linneeus (Sirex).
gigas Linnzeus (Sirex, Urocerus [=Sirex]).
gonager Jurine (Dolerus).
grandis Lepeletier. (Trichocampus. See
viminalis Fallén.)
grandis Philippi (Brachyxiphus).
guttatum Fallén (Tenthredo,
stoma).
hallidayi Westwood (Perga, Xyloperga).
healei E. Newman. (Camponiscus. See
luridiventris Fallén.)
herbsti Konow (Lycosceles).
hieroglyphica Christ (Tenthredo, Itycor-
sia). .
hilarulus Konow (Tanymeles).
hirticornis Cameron (Incalia).
histrionicus MacGillivray (Parabates).
Pecilo-
THE GENOTYPES OF SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS.
hortulana Klug (Emphytus, Messa).
hyalinus MacGillivray (Neotomostethus).
hyalinus Norton (Themos).
hyperborea Kiaer (Ischyrocerzea).
hypogastricus Hartig. (See luridiventris
Fallén.)
ianthe E. Newman (Fenusa, Asticta).
ignota Norton (Monostegia, Tetratneura).
imitatrix Ashmead (Paraselandria, Ne-
soselandria).
imperialis Smith (Hylotoma, Atherman-
thus).
incisa Cameron (Allomorpha).
indica W. F. Kirby (Parastitis).
inferentia Norton (Pcecilostoma,
soma).
inferentia Norton (Peecilostoma, Mono-
soma [=Monsoma)]).
infuscatus MacGillivray (Hypargyricus).
inopenus Konow (Canonias).
insolita Konow (Cladiucha).
interruptus Klug (Pterygophorus,
phyrotoma).
jakowlefii Konow (Cznocephus).
jakowleffi Konow (Dinax).
jakowlewi Semenow (Parabia).
jantheria Klug (Hylotoma, Cibdela).
japonica Marlatt (Lophyrus, Nesodi-
prion. )
jucunda W. F. Kirby (Perga, Paraperga).
judaicus Lepeletier (Lyda, Tristactus).
julii Brébisson (Pinicola [= Xyela]).
julii Brébisson (Pinicola, Xyela).
juniperi Linnzus (Tenthredo, Monoc-
tenus).
juvencus Linneeus (Sirex, Paururus).
klugii Burmeister (Athlophorus).
kohli Konow (Stirocorsia).
koreana Konow (Corymbas).
leeta Westwood (Dictynna).
langei Konow (Probleta).
laricis Marlatt (Hoplocampa, Marlattia).
lepida Brullé (Perreyia).
lepidus Klug (Emphytus, Asticta [=Har-
piphorus)).
lepidus Klug (Emphytus, Harpiphorus).
leprieurii Spinola (Camptoprium).
leucocephala Klug (Schizocera, Topo-
trita).
lewisii Westwood (Perga, Pseudoperga).
limacina Retzius (Tenthredo, Eriocam-
poides).
lituratus Konow (Rhagonyx).
lobatus MacGillivray (Aphanisus).
Mon-
Lo-
95
lucorum Linnzeus (Tenthredo, Trichio-
soma).
luridiventris Fallén (Tenthredo, Campo-
niscus [=Platycampus)).
luridiventris Fallén (Tenthredo, Lepto-
pus [=Platycampus]).
luridiventris Fallén (Tenthredo, Platy-
campus).
luridiventris Konow. (Pareophora.
nigripes Klug.)
lutea Linnzus (Tenthredo, Clavellaria).
lutea Linnzeus (Tenthredo, Cimbex).
luteola Klug (Tenthredo, Nematoceros).
luteiventris O. Costa. (Ephippinotus.
See compressus Fabricius.)
macropus Smith (Cladomacra).
maculata Marlatt (Cimbex, Agenocim-
bex).
maculata Norton (Peecilostoma, Peecilos-
tomidea).
maculipennis Stein (Lyda, Celidoptera).
maculipennis Stein (Lyda, Kelidoptera).
magrettii Konow (Colochelyna).
major Cresson (Xyela, Megaxyela).
major O. Costa. (See satyrus Panzer.)
mandibularis Zaddach (Lyda, Gongylo-
corsia).
maria MacGillivray.
Provancher.)
martini Lepeletier (Hylotoma, Didymia).
martini MacGillivray (Neopareophora).
mathesoni MacGillivray (Phlebatrophia).
mayrii Westwood (Perga, Plagioperga).
medullaris Hartig (Cryptocampus).
megapolitana Brauns (Konowia).
melanocephala Lepeletier (Hylotoma,
Scobina).
meruensis Konow (Sjoestedtia).
metallica Rohwer (Neoeurys).
metallicus Mocsary (Oryssus, Mocsarya).
mexicana Ashmead (Neoptilia).
mexicana Ashmead (Pseudocyphona).
mexicanum W. F. Kirby (Loboceras).
nigripes Klug (Allantus, Pareophora).
mimarius Konow (Tristegus).
minutissima O. Costa. (Melina.
nigrita Westwood.)
minutus Hartig (Pelmatopus).
montana Cresson (Hoplocampa, Opistho-
neura [=Zaschizonyx]).
montana Cresson (Hoplocampa, Zaschiz-
onyx).
mooreana Cameron (Siobla).
moricei Konow (Characophygus).
See
(Bivena. See delta
See
96
morio Konow (Dulophanes).
multicolor Norton (Taxonus, Parataxo-
nus).
naucarrowi Froggatt (Philomastix).
nemorata Fallén (Phyllotoma, Druida).
niger Norton (Ptenos).
nigra Cameron (Fethalia).
nigra Say (Thulea).
nigrescens Rohwer (Diphamorphos).
nigrita Fabricius (Tenthredo, Tomoste-
thus).
nigrita Westwood (Fenella).
nigrita Westwood (Fenella, Melinia).
nigricornis W. F Kirby (Hemidianeura).
nitens W. F. Kirby (Euryopsis).
nitidus W. F. Kirby (Trichorhachus).
obliviosus Brues (Trichiosomites).
obscura Linnzus (Tenthredo, Amasis).
obscuratus MacGillivray (Paracharactus).
occidentalis MacGillivray. (Cockerel-
lonis. See arizonensis Ashmead. )
ochroleucus Stephens (Melicerta [= Hep-
tamelus]).
ochroleuca Stephens (Melicerta, Hep-
tamelus).
ochropoda Stephens (Heterarthus, De-
catria).
ochropoda Klug (Emphytus, Heterar-
thus).
ceningensis Heer (Cephites).
opaca Fabricius (Tenthredo, Mesoneura).
opaca Fabricius (Tenthredo, Pristis [=Me-
soneura]).
opimus Cresson (Allantus, Labidia).
oregonensis Ashmead (Macgillivraya [=
Macgillivrayella]).
oregonensis Ashmead.
Macgillivrayella).
ostentus Brues (Paremphytus).
ovata Linnzeus (Tenthredo, Eriocampa).
padi Linneeus (Tenthredo, Priophorus).
parreyssi Spinola (Cephus, Syrista).
pallimacula Lepeletier (Empria).
pallipes Say (Strongylogaster, Hypotaxo-
nus).
(Macgillivraya,
parviceps Newman. (See nemorata
Fallén.)
parvulus Klug (Allantus, Pseudo-
dineura).
parvus Brues (Lithoryssus).
pectoralis Lepeletier (Nematus, Ano-
plonyx).
pellos Konow (Tanyphatna).
perplexus Konow (Emphyoides).
peruanus Konow (Hyperoceros).
MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
picipes W. F. Kirby (Paralypia).
pictipennis Smith (Derecyrta).
pilicornis Dahlbom. (Priophorus.
padi Linneus.)
pinguis Say (Strongylogaster, Dimorpho-
pteryx).
pini Linnzeus (Tenthredo, Anachoreta
[=Diprion]).
pini Linnzeus (Tenthredo, Diprion).
pini Linneus (Tenthredo, Lophyrus
[=Diprion]).
pini Retzius (Nematus, Lygzeonematus).
plumicornis Guérin (Oryssus, Chalinus).
polita Leach (Perga, Pseudoperga).
politissimus A. Costa (Cephus, Peronis-
tilus).
pratorum Fallén (Tenthredo, Loderus).
preecox Foerster (Epitactus).
privus Konow (Péus).
procer Konow (Bathyblepta). ;
procinctus Konow (Rhoptroceros [= Rho-
pographus]).
procinctus Konow (Rhoptroceros, Rhopo-
graphus).
pulchella O. Costa. (Ermilia. See agorum
Fallén.)
pullus Féerster (Nematus, Micronema-
tus).
pumila Klug (Allantus, Entodecta).
pumila Klug (Cephalocera [=Corynophi-
lus]).
pumila Klug (Cephalocera, Corynophi-
lus).
pumila Klug (Emphytus, Aphadnurus
[=Fenusa]).
pumila Klug (Emphytus, Fenusa).
pumilio Westwood (Perantherix).
punctigera Lepeletier. (Pristis.
opaca Fabricius. )
purpureifrons Cameron (Sunoxa).
pusilla Dalman. (Xyela. See julii Bré-
bisson).
pusilla Klug (Allantus, Blennocampa).
pygmzus Linnzeus (Sirex, Cephus).
pygmea Say (Blennocampa, Erythra-
spides).
quattuordecimpunctata
thredo, Neopus).
rapee Linnzeus (Tenthredo, Pachyrotasis).
reedi Rohwer (Trichotaxonus).
reitteri Konow (Rhadinocera).
religiosa Marlatt (Blennocampa, Neso-
tomostethus).
reticulata Linnzeus (Tenthredo, Czeno-
lyda).
See
See
Norton (Ten-
THE GENOTYPES OF SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS.
rose Harris.
Fabricius. )
rose Linnzeus (Tenthredo, Corynia [=Hy-
lotoma]).
rose Linneeus (Tenthredo, Hylotoma).
(Endelomyia. See zethiops
rosarum Imhof et Labram. (See ros
Linnzeus. )
rotundiventris Cameron (Macrophya, Dip-
teromorpha).
rubi Forbes (Metallus).
rubi Harris (Hoplocampa,
noides).
rubi Panzer (Tenthredo, Perineura).
rubripes Cresson (Strongylogaster, Aphilo-
dyctium).
rufocinctus Norton (Strongylogaster, Para-
siobla).
ruficollis Norton (Atomacera, Micrarge).
rufiventris Konow (Netroceros).
rugifrons Cameron (Beldonea).
rusticus Linneus (Tenthredo,
crophya).
saltuum Linnzeus (Tenthredo, Monoplo-
pus).
satyrus Panzer
[=Hartigia)]).
satyrus Panzer (Astatus, Hartigia),
scapularis Lepeletier (Coryna).
scrophularize Linneeus (Tenthredo).
scrophularize Linneus (Tenthredo, Allan-
tus [=Tenthredo]).
scutellata W. F. Kirby (Cerealces).
sebetia O. Costa (Caliroa).
septentrionalis Linnzeus
Croesus [=Nematus]).
septentrionalis Linnzeus (Tenthredo, Ne-
matus).
sericea Linnzus (Tenthredo, Abia).
serva Fabricius (Tenthredo, Selandria).
signata Fabricius (Tenthredo, Cephaleia).
sikkemensis Konow (Conaspidia).
singularis Ashmead (Gymniopterus).
sjostedti Konow (Distega).
slossonz MacGillivray (Polybates).
smyrnensis Stein (Pachycephus).
sodalis Cresson (Selandria, Lycaota).
spectabilis Heer (Urocerites).
spectabilis MacGillivray (Ceratulus).
spectrum Linnzeus(Ichneumon, Xeris).
spinarum Fabricius (Tenthredo, Athalia).
spinole Brullé (Seriocera).
stigmaticalis Cameron (Anisoneura [= Be-
leses]).
Monophad-
Ma-
(Astatus, Cerobactrus
(Tenthredo,
OT
stigmaticalis Cameron (Anisoneura, Be-
leses). :
strahlendorffi Konow (Electrocephalus).
sturnii Klug (Tenthredo, Encarsioneura).
sylvatica Linneus (Tenthredo, Lyda
{[=Pamphilius]).
sylvatica Linneeus (Tenthredo, Pamphil-
ius).
syringee Gradl (Cephosoma).
tabidus Fabricius (Sirex, Trachelus).
taczanowskii André (Praia).
tantillus O. Costa (Aphadnurus).
tessellata Klug (Tenthredo, Tenthre-
dopsis).
testaceus Jurine (Pteronus, Pristiphora).
testacea W. F. Kirby (Decameria).
thomsoni Konow (Perineura, Thomsonia).
thoracica Klug (Plagiocera).
tibialis Klug (Pachylosticta).
trimaculatus Say (Cephus, Adirus).
troglodytes Klug (Astatus).
tropicus Norton (Lophyrus, Lophyridea
[=Lophyroides]).
tropicus Norton (Lophyrus, Lophyroides).
truculenta Konow (Braunsiola).
townsendi Ashmead (Caloptilia).
typica Rohwer (Claremontia).
typica Rohwer (Nortonella).
typicus Brues (Paleeotaxonus).
typicus Rohwer (Prototaxonus).
ulmi Sundevall (Fenusa, Kaliofenusa).
vafer Linnzeus (Tenthredo, Bactroceros).
vagans Fallén (Phyllotoma).
varianus Norton (Harpiphorus, Macrem-
phytus).
varinervis Spinola (Tenthredo, Antho-
leus).
varipes Cameron (Ancyloneura).
ventralis Say (Nematus, Pteronidea).
vexabilis Brues (Scolioneura, Lisconeura).
viduatus Zetterstedt (Nematus, Brachy-
colus).
viminalis Fallén (Tenthredo, Trichio-
campus).
violaceipennis André (Nematoneura).
viridipes Cameron (Busarbia).
viridis Linnzeus (Tenthredo, Rhogogaster).
volupis Konow (Cerospastus).
ulmarize Schlechtendal (Macrocephus).
ustulatus Linnzeus (Tenthredo, Cryptus).
weithii Ashmead (Acanthoptenos).
westwoodii Brullé (Dictynna).
zabriskiei Ashmead (Melanoselandria).
98 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
SYNONYMY OF CERTAIN GENERA.
By cross-reference in the index to the genotypes it was found that
certain genera were isogenotypic. In some of these cases new names
were needed. New names and certain synonymy are given below.
THE SYNONYMS OF HARTIGIA SCHIODTE AND BOIE.
Schiéddte (Kroyers Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, vol. 2, p. 332, 1838)
gave the name /Hartigia for a certain cephid insect which differed from
Cephus pygemus in characters of the antennz. This species was not
named, however, so the genus was without standing until 1855, when
F. Boie (Stett. ent. Zeit., vol. 16, p. 49) stated that Astatus satyrus
was the species which Schiédte had. This gives Hartigia standing
and makes satyrus the type—the genus being monobasic.
The genotypes of the genera Cerobactrus O. Costa and Cephosoma
Gradl are identical specifically with satyrus; consequently these
generic names fall to the older name Hartigia. The species satyrus
is also congeneric with Macrocephus ulmariz Schlechtendal (= Ten-
thredo linearis Schrank), so Macrocephus is a synonym of Hartigia.
The synonymy, therefore, is as follows:
Hartigia Schiédte and Boie, 1855.
Cerobactrus O. Costa, 1860.
Macrocephus Schlechtendal, 1878.
Cephosoma Gradl, 1881.
PTERONUS Panzer=DIPRION Schrank.
Panzer, in the original description of Pteronus, included the fol-
lowing species in the order named: [Hylotoma frutetorum Fabricius,
Hylotoma dorsata Fabricius, Hylotoma juniper Fabricius, Tenthredo
pint Linneeus, and Tenthredo difformis Panzer. As the present-day
conception of Pteronus has to be changed, no species originally
included belonging to Pteronus Konow and authors, Tenthredo pina
Linneus has been chosen as the type, making Pteronus Panzer and
Diprion Schrank isogenotypic. Drprion is the older name, so
Pteronus Panzer is a synonym of Diprion Schrank.
Diprion Schrank, 1802.
Pteronus Panzer, 1806.
PTERONIDEA, N. N. FOR PTERONUS Konow and authors.
Pteronus Panzer being a synonym of Diprion Schrank, Pteronus
Konow and authors is without aname. For this the name PTERON-
IDEA may be used. The type of Pteronidea is Nematus ventralis Say,
which is congeneric with Konow’s interpretation of Tenthredo myosotides
Fabricius.
THE GENOTYPES OF SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS. 99
THE SYNONYMS OF PLATYCAMPUS SCHIODTE.
Hartig, in 1837 (Fam. Blatt. Holzwesp., p. 184), described the
subgenus Leptopus for a new species, hypogastricus, which has proved
to be the same as Tenthredo luridiventris Fallén (1808). The name
Leptopus had already (Latreille, 1809) been used for a genus of
Hemiptera. Schiddte (Magasin de Zool., vol. 9, p. 20, footnote, 1839)
proposed the name Platycampus for Leptopus Hartig.
KE. Newman (Ent., vol. 4, pp. 215-217, 1869) describes the larva and
adult of a sawfly under the name Camponiscus healxi. The adult is
very poorly characterized and unrecognizable, but in 1873 (Ent.
Monthl. Mag., vol. 10, p. 84) P. Cameron says he has reared the same
larva as Newman describes, and that the adult is the same as Nematus
(Leptopus) hypogastricus Hartig. This synonymy establishes the
genus Camponiscus and makes it the same as Leptopus Hartig, the
two genera being isogenotypic.
F. W. Konow (Genera Insectorum, Fasc. 29, p. 48, 1906) uses the
name Leptocercus Thomson (a changed spelling for Leptocerca Hartig)
for this genus, but in this he is wrong, because Thomson divides
Leptocercus into Leptocercus s. s., which contains Tenthredo alni
Linneus, Tenthredo rufa Panzer, and Leptocercus nigriceps Thomson,
and is Hartig’s genus Leptocerca. The second division of Thomson’s
Leptocercus is Leptopus Hartig and contains Tenthredo luridiventris
Fallén. The Leptocercus Thomson s. s. is Leptocerca Hartig, not
Leptopus Hartig as Konow would have it.
The synonymy of this group is as follows:
Platycampus Schiédte, 1839.
Leptopus Hartig, 1837 (non Latreille, 1809).
Camponiscus E. Newman, 1869.
Leptocercus Konow, 1906 (non Thomson, 1871).
CR@SUS Leach=NEMATUS Jurine.
Latreille (Considérations Générales, p. 435, 1810) fixed the. type of
Nematus as Tenthredo septentrionalis Jurine. Nematus septentrionalis
Jurine is the same as Tenthredo septentrionalis Linneus. Leach (Zool.
Misc., vol. 3, p. 129, no. 1, 1817) based his genus Crwsus on Tenthredo
septentrionalis Linnzeus; so Cresus Leach is a synonym of Nematus,
the genera being isogenotypic.
Nematus Jurine, 1807.
Cresus Leach, 1817.
NEMATINUS, N. N. FOR NEMATUS Konow.
The fixing the type of Nematus as Tenthredo septentrionalis Linneeus
and making Cresus synonym of it necessitates a new name for
Nematus of Konow and authors. For Nematus Konow and authors
the name NeMATINUsS may be used.
The type of Nematinus is Tenthredo abdominalis Panzer.
100 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
GYMNONYCHUS Marlatt=DIPHADNUS Hartig.
In 1837 Hartig (Fam. Blatt. Holzwesp., p. 225) formed a new sub-
genus (Diphadnus) of Nematus for a species he called fuscicornis.
Later European writers have proved that Nematus (Diphadnus)
fuscicornis Hartig is an aberrant form of his Nematus appendiculatus,
which for some time was placed in the genus Pristiphora.
Mr. C. L. Marlatt,? in his Revision of the Nematinz of North
America, described a new genus, Gymnonychus, for certain species °
near Pristiphora, which have simple tarsal claws. Nematus appendicu-
latus Hartig belongs to this genus, but in 1837 a generic name was
given to an aberrant form of this species, so Mr. Marlatt’s name must
fall as a synonym of Diphadnus Hartig.
Diphadnus Hartig, 1837.
Gymnonychus Marlatt, 1896.
CALIROA O. Costa AND ERIOCAMPOIDES Konow.
In 1859 (Fauna Napoli, Tenthred., p. 59) O. Costa described the
genus Caliroa and included one species, C. sebetia O. Costa, which is
therefore the genotype. Later it was proved that Caliroa sebetia is
the same as Tenthredo (Allantus) cinxia Klug.
Rev. F. W. Konow in 1890 (Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr., 1890, p. 239)
described his genus Eriocampoides and in his list of species, page 248,
considers sebetia O. Costa as a synonym of cinzia Klug, but makes no
mention of the genus Caliroa.
Dr. William H. Ashmead in 1898 (Can. Ent., p. 256) divided
Konow’s genus Lriocampoides into two genera, naming Monostegia
rose Harris as the type of his new genus Hndelomyia.
The group of species placed in the genus Eriocampoides by Konow
can well be separated into two distinct sections, one of which, Konow
to the contrary notwithstanding (for he says Caliroa was founded on a
male and not sufficiently characterized, Genera Insectorum, Fasc. 29,
p. 75, 1906), must be called Caliroa. The type of Hriocampordes being
the common pear slug limacina, that subgenus will contain those
species which have the clypeus emarginate, the pedicel subequal in
length with the scape, and the hind wings with usually two closed
discal cells in the female. The type of Hndelomyia Ashmead is
Monostegia rose Harris, which is the same as the European rose slug
zthiops Fabricius. The subgenus Endelomyia is characterized as
having the clypeus truncate, the pedicel shorter than the scape (much
wider than long), and the hind wings with usually only one discal cell
in the female. Endelomyia is, however, a synonym of Caliroa, their
genotypes being strictly congeneric.
aU.S. Dept. Agr., Div. Ent., Tech. ser. 3, 1896.
THE GENOTYPES OF SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS. 101
The differences between these two groups are hardly of generic
importance and could better be treated as subgenera, the arrangement
being as follows:
Genus Caliroa O. Costa, 1859.
Subgenus Caliroa O. Costa, 1859.
Endelomyia Ashmead, 1898.
Subgenus Eriocampoides Konow, 1890. (See Perielistoptera, p. 86.)
CIMBEX AND ALLIES.
Olivier (Encycl. Méthod., vol. 4, p. 22,1789) characterized his genus
Clavellarius, but included no species in it. No species was ever placed
in the genus, but in 1791 (Encycl. Méthod., vol. 6, p. 18) Olivier says
that he changed the name to Cimbezx because of the resemblance to the
botanical genus Clavaria. In the Encyclopédie Méthodique, volume
5, page 764, 1790, the genus Cimbez is described and sixteen species are
placed in it. Since Clavellarius had no standing until 1791 it must
rank as a synonym of Cimbex as Olivier would have it.
Lamarck (Systéme des Animaux sans vertébrés, p. 264, 1801) char-
acterized the genus Clavellaria, accrediting it to Olivier, but Olivier’s
genus was Clavellarius. The only species placed in Clavellaria by
Lamarck was Tenthredo lutea Linneus, the genus being monobasic with
Tenthredo lutea as the type. Latreille (Considérations Générales,
1810), however, gave, as the type of Cimbex, Tenthredo lutea Linneus,
so Olavellaria Lamarck is a synonym of Cimbez, the genera being
isogenotypic.
W.A.Schultz (Spolia Hymenopterologica, p. 87, 1906) proposed the
name Pseudoclavellaria for Clavellaria Leach and authors.
The synonymy is as follows:
Cimbex Olivier (Encycl. Méthod., vol. 5, p. 764, 1790).
Clavellarius Olivier (Encycl. Méthod., vol. 4, p. 22, 1789; Encycl. Méthod., vol. 6,
p. 18, 1791).
Clavellaria Lamarck (Syst. Anim. sans. Vert., p. 264, 1801).
Pseudoclavellaria Schultz (Spolia Hym., p. 87, 1906).
Clavellaria Leach (Zool. Misc., vol. 3, p. 111, 1817; and authors).
The above conclusions differ somewhat from those reached by
Schultz (Spolia Hym., 1906), but it is believed that they are correct.
SYZYGONIA AND ALLIES.
Klug (Ent. Mon., p. 175, 1824) described his genus Syzygonia and
included two species, cyanoptera Klug and cyanocephala Klug. Dr.
William H. Ashmead (Can. Ent., p. 230, September, 1898) fixed the
type of Klug’s genus as cyanocephala and described a genus which he
called Syzygonidea for Syzygonia cyanea Brullé. Brullé (Hist. Nat.
Ins. Hym., vol. 4, p. 671, 1846), in his remarks on Syzygonia, mentions
no species, but refers to plate 48 (fig. 2), where he figures Syzygonia
102 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
cyanea and accredits it to Klug, but Klug described no such species
and the figure must stand as a description of cyanea Brullé, as it does
not agree with any described species.
Rev. F. W. Konow (Anal. Mus. Buenos Aires, vol. 6, pp. 397, 398,
1899) argues that Syzygonia cyanoptera Klug should be taken as the
type of Syzygonia, as this species came first in the list and forms the
first group. On these grounds he makes a new genus, Bergiana, for
Syzygonia cyanocephala Klug. Bergiana and Syzygonia are isogeno-
typic, so Bergiana falls as a synonym of Syzygonia.
PARASYZYGONIA, N. N. FOR SYZYGONIA Konow.
Since Bergiana Konow is a synonym of Syzygonia, Syzygonia Konow
must have a new name, as it is different from Syzygonidea Ashmead.
For Syzygonia Konow ParasyzyGoniA may be used.
The above-mentioned genera may be separated in the following
Manner:
Radial cell of the fore wings not appendiculate (four cubital cells, the second
and third each receiving a recurrent nervure; antennz 6-jointed,
the third joint longer than the fourth, and the club gradually formed)
Syzygonidea Ashmead.
Radial cell of the fore wings distinctly appendiculate.
Antenne 5-jointed; third cubital cell receiving the second recurrent
NOLVULG? 0s. chek eka oe ge eee aoe atom com Une eae Syzygonia Klug.
Antenne 6-jointed; the second recurrent nervure interstitial with the
second transverse" cubituss.2- 2 ttc.) +e asece ee ar Parasyzygonia Rohwer.
Syzygonidea Ashmead.
Syzygonia cyanea Brullé.
Syzygonia Klug (Syn., Bergiana Konow).
Syzygonia cyanocephala Klug.
Parasyzygonia n.
Syzygonia cyanoptera Klug (type).
Syzygonia xnea Perty.
THE WORK OF WILLIAM H. ASHMEAD ON THE TENTHRED-
INOIDEA.
The late Dr. William H. Ashmead’s work on Tenthredinoidea was
confined almost entirely to the genera, very little being done on the
species. It was Doctor Ashmead’s desire to give generic tables to
all the genera of Hymenoptera. Such an enormous task would never
have been undertaken by one less enthusiastic or energetic than
Doctor Ashmead. With all the routine duties connected with the
position held by this untiring worker there was but a limited time
for his researches, so of necessity a great deal of the work was done
ina hurry. This hurry caused mistakes, and the founding of genera
on what would seem to be trivial characters; but the greater number
of the genera founded by Ashmead are at least of subgeneric impor-
tance. In unpublished manuscript many of the mistakes and omis-
THE GENOTYPES OF SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS. 103
sions were corrected by Doctor Ashmead, and it is most unfortunate
that these were not left in condition in which they could be published.
In the tables of the genera of Tenthredinoidea many genera were
described as new, and some of these were based on species hitherto
undescribed. The characters given in the tables are sufficient to
satisfy the technical requirements, so the generic and specific names
should date from their publication in the tables. Various writers
have considered the characters given in the tables to be of no value,
and in some cases this is correct. On this basis they have sunk into
the synonymy genera which have as good standing as many which
they recognize.
In the present paper the new genera founded on new species in
the tables in the Canadian Entomologist for 1898 are characterized
more completely, and a list of all the genera described, with the
synonymy, as far as it has been determined, is given. Unless other-
wise stated the types have been studied, and the conclusions based
on these studies.
AN ALPHABETICAL LIST OF THE GENERA OF TENTHREDINOIDEA
DESCRIBED BY WILLIAM H. ASHMEAD, WITH THE DETERMINED
SYNONYMY.
1. Acanthoptenos Ashmead. (=Arge Schrank.)
2. Aomodyctium Ashmead. (A genus without a species.)
3. Aphilodyctium Ashmead. (Syn.: Parataxonus MacGillivray.)
4, Caloptilia Ashmead. (Syn.: Labidarge Konow.)
5. Calozarca Ashmead. (=Parazarca Ashmead.)
6. Dimorphopteryx Ashmead.
7. Endelomyia Ashmead. (=Caliroa O. Costa.)
8. Eriocampidea Ashmead. (Syn.: Cockerellonis MacGillivray.)
9. Erythraspides Ashmead.
10. Gymniopterus Ashmead. (Type species lost.)
11. Hemitaxonus Ashmead.
12. Homeoneura Ashmead. (=Bivena MacGillivray.)
13. Hypotaxonus Ashmead.
14. Liolyda Ashmead. (—Cephaleia Panzer.)
15. Lophyridea Ashmead. (=Lophyroides Cameron.)
16. Lophyrotoma Ashmead. (—Pterygophorus Klug.)
17. Macgillivraya Ashmead. (=Macgillivrayella Ashmead.)
18. Macgillivrayella Ashmead.
19. Manoxyela Ashmead. (=Pleroneura Konow.)
20. Marlattia Ashmead.
21. Megaxyela Ashmead.
22. Melanoselandria Ashmead. (=Hypargyricus MacGillivray.)
Listed in Catalogue of Insects from New Jersey and without standing until
1909, when Doctor MacGillivray stated that it was a synonym of Hypargyricus
MacGillivray. The synonymy is:
Melanoselandria (Ashmead) MacGillivray, 1909, =Hypargyricus
MacGillivray, 1908.
23. Micrarge Ashmead. (Syn.: Braunsiola Konow.)
24. Monophadnoides Ashmead.
104 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
25. Neoperga Ashmead.
26. Neoptilia Ashmead.
27. Opisthoneura Ashmead. (=Zaschizonyx Ashmead.)
28. Paraperga Ashmead.
29. Paraselandria Ashmead. (—Selandria Leach.)
30. Parasiobla Ashmead.
31. Parazarca Ashmead. (Syn.: Calozarca Ashmead.)
32. Periclistoptera Ashmead. (=—Eriocampoides Konow.)
33. Peecilostomidea Ashmead. (=Empria Lepeletier.)
34. Polystichophagus Ashmead. (=Pseudotaxonus A. Costa.)
35. Pseudoperga Ashmead (non Guérin).
36. Pseudosiobla Ashmead.
37. Pterygophorinus Ashmead. (=Pterygophorus Klug.)
38. Strongylogasteroidea Ashmead.
39. Syzygonidea Ashmead.
40. Tetratneura Ashmead. (=Empria Lepeletier.)
41. Zaschizonyx Ashmead.
In all, Ashmead described 41 genera of Tenthredinoidea. Of these
41 genera, 17 have been determined to be synonyms of older genera
and 5 have later genera for synonyms. Some of the segregates of
Perga defined by Ashmead will be classed as synonyms of the segre-
gates formed by Shipp. These will be discussed in a later paper.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE MORE IMPORTANT WRITINGS OF WILLIAM
H. ASHMEAD ON TENTHREDINOIDEA.
Table of genera of Xyelide. < In Dyar: Psyche, vol. 8, p. 214, 1898.
A generic table of the Blennocampine. < In Dyar: Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., vol. 6,
pp. 127-129, 1898.
Classification of the horntails and sawflies, or the suborder Phytophaga. In 7 parts.
< Can. Ent., vol. 30, 1898 (1), pp. 141-145; (2) pp. 177-188; (3) pp. 205-213; (4)
pp. 225-232; (5) pp. 249-257; (6) pp. 280-287; (7) pp. 305-316.
Order Hymenoptera. < In Smith: Insects of New Jersey, pp. 501-613, 1900.
A new oryssid from Chatham Islands, Bismarck Archipelago. < Psyche, vol. 10,
p. 73, 1903.
Two new phytophagous Hymenoptera. < Can. Ent., vol. 35, p. 233, 1903.
Descriptions of four new horn-tails. < Can. Ent., vol. 36, pp. 63-64, 1904.
DESCRIPTION OF THE GENERA AND SPECIES.
MANOXYELA Ashmead—=PLERONEURA Konow.
The type of Manozyela californica Ashmead belongs to the genus
Pleroneura Konow, so Manozxyela is a synonym of Pleroneura.
Pleroneura Konow, Ent. Nachr., vol. 23, p. 56, 1897.
Manoxyelaw Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 206, 1898.
PLERONEURA CALIFORNICA (Ashmead).
Manozyela californica Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 206, 1898.
Length to the end of the second abdominal segment, 2.5 mm.; length of fore wing,
4 mm. Lateral angles and middle production of the clypeus rounded; antennal
furrows wanting above the anterior ocellus; middle foveze elongate; anterior ocellus
in a slightly depressed basin, which is sharply angled above; postocellar line slightly
THE GENOTYPES OF SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS. 105
shorter than the ocellocular line, but longer than the ocelloccipital line; right mandible
with 2 inner teeth; head and parts of the thorax irregularly granular; tarsal claws
with a long bristle near the middle; stigma more than twice as long as wide, angled
below; venation very like Xyela juli; four posterior legs and abdomen beyond the
third segment wanting. Black; antenne, palpi, and legs reddish-yellow; wings
hyaline, venation pallid.
Type locality—Alameda County, California. One specimen col-
lected in June.
Type.—Cat. No. 8887, U.S. National Museum.
Related to Pleroneura fulvicornis Rohwer.
ACANTHOPTENOS Ashmead=ARGE Schrank.
Ashmead (Can. Ent., p. 212, 1898) described his genus Acan-
thoptenos for Acanthoptenos weithii Ashmead. The genus is founded
upon an abberant specimen of Arge macleayi authors, the intercostal
vein being absent in the only perfect fore wing. Acanthoptenos is
therefore a synonym of Arge.
Arge Schrank, 1802.
Acanthoptenos Ashmead, 1898.
CALOPTILIA Ashmead.
Caloptilia Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 212, 1898.
Type.—Caloptilia townsendi Ashmead.
Ashmead placed his genus Caloptilia in his subfamily Schizocerine,
but in this he is wrong. The type of Caloptilia townsendi Ashmead
has the cross-vein in the intercostal cell present and belongs to his
Hylotomine. It is the same as Labidarge Konow.
LABIDARGE Konow=CALOPTILIA Ashmead.
The error of Doctor Ashmead in placing Caloptilia in the Schizo-
cerine caused Rev. F. W. Konow to form a new genus Labidarge for
the same group of species. As Konow’s genus was described a year
later than Ashmead’s, it must rank as a synonym of Caloptilia.
Caloptilia Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 212, 1898.
Labidarge Konow, Ent. Nachr., vol. 25, p. 309, 1899.
CALOPTILIA TOWNSENDI Ashmead.
Caloptilia townsendi, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 212, 1898.
Reddish-yellow; head, spot on lateral lobe, four posterior tibiz and tarsi, and apex
of abdomen black; wings dusky hyaline with a broad yellow band behind the stigma.
Female.—Length, 8mm. Labrum arcuately emarginate anteriorly; clypeus with a
V-shaped notch in the middle; supraclypeal area in cross section triangular; the usual
frontal basin sharply defined, the middle foveal area separated from the upper area
by a low, complete, transverse carina; the middle fovea with a spherical tubercle;
postocellar furrow angled; the postocellar area with longitudinal impressed line;
flagellum hairy, very slightly thickening apically; transverse median vein received
beyond the middle of the first discoidal cell; stigma elongate, rounded on the lower
106 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
margin; saw with regular triangularly-shaped teeth; sheath at the apex obliquely
truncate. Reddish-yellow; flagellum, head (labrum and palpi excepted), a spot on
the lateral lobe of the mesonotum, four posterior tibize and tarsi, and apical four
abdominal segments black; anterior tarsi dusky. Wings dusky hyaline, witha broad
yellow band behind the stigma; venation in the dusky part brown, in the yellow
part yellowish, basal part of the stigma yellowish.
Male.—Length, 8 mm. The male agrees with the characters given for the female
except that the supraclypeal area and clypeus are pale. Hypopygidium rounded
apically.
Type locality.—San Rafael, Jicoltepec, Mexico. Five females and
one male collected by C. H. T. Townsend (from the Ashmead collec-
tion). Also two females from Cordoba, Mexico, collected by Mr.
Frederick Knab.
Type.—Cat. No. 13134, U.S. National Museum.
PSEUDOCYPHONA Ashmead.
Pseudocyphona Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 211, 1898.
Type.—Pseudocyphona mexicana Ashmead.
This genus belongs to the Schizocerinz and is related to Schizocera, but is readily —
separated from Schizocera and allies by the toothed tarsal claws. Habitus similar to
Schizocera. Clypeus and labrum emarginate; antennal carina present; eyes elongate
oval, slightly converging to the clypeus; malar space almost wanting; ocelli in a low
triangle, the lateral ones very little before the supraorbital line; antennz inserted
near the middle of the face, the third joint simple in the female and somewhat flat-
tened; thorax and abdomen normal for the group; tibize without lateral spurs; post-
basitarsis shorter than the following joints; claws with an erect inner tooth near the
middle; radial cell not appendiculate; four cubital cells, the second receiving both
recurrent veins; basal vein joining the subcosta at the origin of the cubitus; trans-
verse median received near the middle of the first discoidal cell; anal cell broadly
contracted; radial cell of the hind wings open at the apex; two closed discal cells in
the hind wing; the anal cell longly petiolate, the petiole longer than the cell.
PSEUDOCYPHONA MEXICANA Ashmead.
Pseudocyphona mexicana Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 211, 1898.
Black; mesonotum, scutellum, and upper part of the pleurz reddish; legs black;
wings dark.
Female.—Length, 7mm. Labrum and clypeus very slightly arcuately emarginate;
supraclypeal area convex, triangular in outline, meeting the prominent middle carina
between the antenn; antennal foveze large and joining the supraclypeal fovea;
antennal furrows not well defined; ocellar basin represented by a gently depressed
area; postocellar furrow almost wanting; postocellar line shorter than the ocellocular
line; antenne short, the third joint broad, flattened; thorax normal; transverse median
slightly beyond the middle of the first discoidal cell; third cubital cell about one-
third longer on the radius than on the cubitus; stigma robust, broadest at the base;
sheath with the lower margin marginate; saw with very small, close teeth. Black;
pronotum, mesonotum, scutellum, tegulee, and upper part of the mesopleurz reddish;
wings and venation blackish-brown.
Type locality.—San Rafael, Jicoltepec, Mexico. One female from
the Ashmead collection, collected by Mr. C. H. T. Townsend.
Type.—Cat. No. 13135, U. S. National Museum.
THE GENOTYPES OF SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS. 107
NEOPTILIA Ashmead.
Neoptilia Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 213, 1898.
Type.— Neoptilia mexicana Ashmead.
Belongs to the Schizocerides of Konow, and runs, in Konow’s tables (Genera Insec-
torum, Fasc. 29, p. 13, 1906), in with Hemidianeura W. F. Kirby and Ptilia Lepeletier,
or to Rhagonyx Konow. Elongate, robust species; head not especially small or trans-
verse, not as wide as the thorax, much broader than high; clypeus and labrum emargi-
nate anteriorly; ocelli in a curved line, the lateral ones in front of the supraorbital line;
eyes slightly converging to the clypeus; malar space very narrow, antennal furrows
present; ocellocular line subequal with the postocellar line; antennze inserted in the
middle of the face, ciliate, furcate in the male, simple in the female and scarcely
thickening apically; tibiz without lateral spurs; post-basitarsis not as long as the
following joints; tarsal claws cleft, the inner tooth larger and shorter in the female;
thorax normal for the group. Venation of females as follows: Intercostal cell without
a cross-vein; radial cell with a strong appendiculation; four cubital cells, the second
receiving both recurrent veins, the second near the middle, the first near the base; basal
vein slightly basad of the origin of the cubitus, bent basally and not exactly parallel
with the first recurrent; transverse median slightly basad of the middle of the first
discoidal; anal cell very broadly contracted; in the hind wings the radial cell is long
and not closed at the apex; two closed discal cells, the upper one much longer; trans-
verse median at right angles with the anal vein; anal cell shorter than the rest of the
anal vein. The venation of the male differs from that of the female in the absence
of the second transverse cubitus. Basal plate with a narrow longitudinal suture.
Rhagonyx Konow (Zeitschr. syst. Hym. Dipt., vol. 3, p. 108, 1903)
has the claws cleft, and is perhaps related to Neoptilia Ashmead.
NEOPTILIA MEXICANA Ashmead. ;
Neoptilia mexicana Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 213, 1898.
Colored simliarly to Hylotoma biramosa Klug, which has been placed
in different genera by different authors. There are some minor dif-
ferences, however, and the standing of b¢ramosa is so uncertain that
mexicana should be held distinct until Klug’s type can be studied.
Female.—Length, 11 mm. Labrum deeply arcuately emarginate; clypeus with a
deep V-shaped notch; labrum, clypeus, and supraclypeal area with rather large punc-
tures; front with small well-separated punctures; vertex impunctate; supraclypeal
area broadly convex, triangular; carina between the antennze high but not sharp;
postocellar area parted, with a median furrow, wider than the cephalocaudad length;
postocellar furrow not sharply defined; postocellar line subequal with the ocellocular
line; thorax shining; third cubital cell more than twice as long on the radius as on
cubitus. Black; angles of the pronotum broadly pallid; abdomen, except the black
second and third dorsal segments, pallid at the base and reddish yellow at the apex;
legs, except the anterior tibiz at base beneath, black; wings beyond the basal nervure
distinctly brown, basad hyaline; venation black; head with pale hair.
Male.—Length, 9.5 mm. The male differs from the female in the usual sexual
characters and the arcuately emarginate clypeus. Hypopygidium very large, apex
truncate.
Type locality.—San Rafael, Jicoltepec, Mexico. Three females and
one male in the collection of Dr. William H. Ashmead.
Type.—Cat. No. 13133, U. S. National Museum.
108 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
MARLATTIA Ashmead.
Marlattia Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 287, 1898.
Type.—Hemichroa laricis Marlatt.
Clypeus shallowly emarginate; malar space present; pentagonal area present;
antenne slender, filiform, fourth joint longer than the third; thorax normal for the
group; legs normal except for the simple tarsal claws; venation normal except the
intercostal vein, which is interstitial with the basal, and the third cubital cell, which is
short as in Pteronus. .
Easily known from Hemichroa by the simple tarsal claws.
OPISTHONEURA Ashmead=ZASCHIZONYX Ashmead.
The type of Opisthoneura crevecoeuri Ashmead is the same as Hop-
locampa montana Cresson, which is the type of Zaschizonyx Ashmead.
Zaschizonyx Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 257, 1898.
Opisthoneura Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 287, 1898.
PARAZARCA Ashmead.
Parazarca Ashmead, in Dyar, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., p. 128, 1898; Can.
Ent., p. 252, October, 1898. (Type, Parazarca fumipennis Ashmead.)
Calozarca Ashmead, in Dyar, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., p. 129, 1898; Can. Ent.,
p. 252, October, 1898. (Type, Selandria fascipennis Norton.)
Eyes large, subparallel or slightly converging to clypeus; malar space very narrow
so as to be nearly wanting; clypeus truncate, rather large as is the labrum; lateral
ocelli below the supraorbital line, the posterior orbits therefore rather narrow; antennee
hairy, pedicellum much longer than wide, third joint the longest, apical joints short
and narrowing apically; mesosternum with a distinct, triangular-shaped preesternum;
mesopleure without a suture separating off a prepectus, metanotum with a distinct
“‘scutellum;” tarsal claws with a large inner tooth appearing cleft, also a small post-
basal tooth, basitarsis subequal with the following joints; wings of the normal blenno-
campid type; transverse median in the middle of first discoidal cell; third cubital
cell longer on the radius than the first and third combined; radial cell of the hind
wings appendiculate; no closed discal cell in the hind wings and the anal cell distinctly
petiolate.
PARAZARCA FUMIPENNIS Ashmead.
Parazarca fumipennis Ashmead, through Dyar, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., p. 128,
1898.
Female.—Length, 7 mm. Lateral angles of the clypeus rounded; frontal foveze
broad, shallow, the lateral ones somewhat circular in outline; the middle fovea joining
with the ocellar basin and forming a broad, shallow, depressed area; antennal furrows
obsolete; postocellar furrow faintly indicated; lateral boundaries of the postocellar
area sharply defined; postocellar line a very little shorter than the ocelloccipital line;
stigma broadest at base, tapering gradually to the apex; second recurrent vein quite
free from the second transverse cubitus; sheath very robust, straight above, the apex
truncate, the oblique lower part emarginate; saw obliquely ribbed, the teeth small;
sharp, and regular. Shining reddish yellow; flagellum, spot inclosing ocelli, apex of
saw, and four posterior legs below middle of tibize black; anterior tarsi brownish,
wings brown, venation brownish black.
Male.—Length, 6 mm. Almost exactly as in female. Hypopygidium one and
one-fourth times as long as wide, the apex gently rounded.
THE GENOTYPES OF SAWFLIES AND WOODWASPS. 109
Type locality.—Frontero, Tabasco, Mexico. A male and female
from the Ashmead collection.
Type.—Cat. No. 13136, U. S. National Museum.
COCKERELLONIS MacGillivray—ERIOCAMPIDEA Ashmead.
Comparison of a specimen, from the original lot collected by Prof.
T. D. A. Cockerell and sent to the U. S. National Museum, of Cock-
erellonis occidentalis MacGillivray proves that this species is the same
as Eriocampidea arizonensis Ashmead. Cockerellonis MacGillivray is
therefore a synonym of Eriocampidea Ashmead.
Eriocampidea Ashmead, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 256, 1898.
Cockerellonis MacGillivray, Can. Ent., vol. 30, p. 365, 1908.
Inasmuch as MacGillivray has described Cockerellonis occidentalis
(Can. Ent., p. 365, 1908) completely, a description of Eriocampidea
arizonensis is not given here.
HYPOTAXONUS Ashmead.
Rohwer? gave this genus as a synonym of Ermilia O. Costa. As
his remarks on the type of Yazonus Hartig® are incorrect, this is
wrong, and for the present Hypotaxonus should be treated as a good
subgenus.
@ Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 38, no. 1739, p. 203, 1910.
b Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 39, no. 1777, p. 111, 1910.
O
RR eer Cate eae &
Be reload Seaiee No. 20, Part Il. ee
Ba G Yee, Ss. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE,
is yo BUREAU OF ENTOMOLOGY.
aR) |
( L. O. HOWARD, Entomologist and Chief of Bureau.
TECHNICAL PAPERS ON MISCELLANEOUS
FOREST INSECTS.
; ‘TIL A REVISION OF THE POWDER-POST BEETLES
OF THE FAMILY LYCTIDA OF THE
UNITED STATES AND EUROPE,
BY
E. J, KRAUS,
Expert Preparator, Forest Insect Investigations.
\ ~ .
APPENDIX.
NOTES ON HABITS AND DISTRIBUTION WITH
LIST OF DESCRIBED SPECIES. ~-
‘. BY
: A. D. HOPKINS, Pu. D.,
; In Charge of Forest Insect Investigations.
Issu—eD May 5, 1911.
—— #, aa ek,
: = pas
pe mS AT 1 => ‘
a Ris W;,. ri
; af, ce
- ‘Ofial (hus
P i. rs
4
;
F WASHINGTON
ae GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
a 1911
;
4
d
4
3
y;
‘
TECHNICAL SERIES, No. 20, Part III.
PS OE PAR LMENT OF AGRICULTURE,
BUREAU OF HNTOMOLOGY.
L. O. HOWARD, Entomologist and Chief of Bureau.
£ *
TECHNICAL PAPERS ON MISCELLANEOUS
FOREST INSECTS.
Hl. A REVISION OF THE POWDER-POST BEETLES
OF THE FAMILY LYCTIDA OF THE
UNITED STATES AND EUROPE.
Ey RRADS,
Expert Preparator, Forest Insect Investigations.
APPENDIX.
NOTES ON HABITS AND DISTRIBUTION WITH
LIST OF DESCRIBED SPECIES.
BY
Ay OD HOPKINS, Pa. DD:
In Charge of Forest Insect Investigations.
IssuED May 5, 1911.
WASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICH
1911
BUREAU OF ENTOMOLOG Y.
L. O. Howarp, Entomologist and Chief of Bureau.
C. L. Maruarr, Entomologist and Acting Chief in Absence of Chief.
R. 8S. Currron, Executive Assistant.
W. F. Taster, Chief Clerk.
F. H. CurrrenveEn, «in charge of truck crop and stored product insect investigations.
A. D. Hopkins, in charge of forest insect investigations.
W. D. Hunter, in charge of southern field crop insect investigations.
F. M. Wesster, tn charge of cereal and forage insect investigations.
A. L. QuaINTANCE, in charge of deciduous fruit insect investigations.
E. F. Putuies, in charge of bee culture.
D. M. Rogers, in charge of preventing spread of moths, field work.
Rouia P. Curriz, in charge of editorial work.
Mase. Cotcorp, librarian.
Forest Insect INVESTIGATIONS.
A. D. Hopkins, in charge.
H. E. BurKE, J. L. Wess, Joser Brunner, S. A. Ronwer, T. E. Snyper, W. D.
Epmonston, W. B. Turner, agents and experts.
E. J. Kraus, expert preparator.@
Mary E. Faunce, preparator.
Witu1AM MippLeTon, Mary C. JoHnson, student assistants.
@ Resigned June 19, 1909.
ul
CONE EN ES:
Page
he Sd SUBGAME SSS eee oe a Eee art Aa cal
OOS UR geeele kee fie Sire tee EAP ee a ee ees Se ee er ey 112
The principal characters of the family Lyctide...........-.......-2-25:-+2+-5 114
SU CURES) GT EE See Ee Ee Coa nes retort 8 115
SOLS WRITALTEO US Ee Lg eden SUNS SS ee ae a eee a 115
Saaiopeis ot species of the penus Lyetus.....-.20 2s... ..- 2 - se en aeee eee e ee 116
eR NeMB Medea cla toe ano = = Selo paste owe Sew gis = clas HE Se wey See 121
eat Mae riis HATAGUUS ene ance ee ee ds wea 2 De eee wee 121
Toile DERE Ties CIE MOTE E1 2 (0) | The NE SAN SSE Se ee Ney f 121
arma punerarus (Le Gotitie)o 2 s8-. 25. fe ei fee garni 2a a nea scee, © EE
Mes aRER UL OTIVEC.S. Cane Verte e ates tee 222 2d G2 as ne ses eens iPAl
Waco poraielopipedus | Melsheimer)......202...-2. 22-22 2265-- eee iPAl
EVEL TESICURULUESC OSE Vt meets: oe eee! Se chs oe oe Slot le fee se ee ee 122
Lyctus politus n. sp-.- ee EE eh et 8 7 BES OL See me
Lyctus brunneus Seen es meee Me Bee NE Shag tin Safe iS aan Mie Oe 123
LER EATON ESOT Os VERN EV AS) gas IS = oe a 123
CES Oona lel OMLGe yas ener S|, aaehyerse sy clin ssa - ME ae 123
icnrmautinais MALOeCrMmammn nea. 5 oki at aang = Aa) 2 + 22a aelae 124
GH TaN ARIE O I Nis) Wen OOM Bees oye ncn i a Mae WE Sage > aoe 58! BSS 124
WIC DIAMICOM ie eH COM Us. ar <5 2a a8 ote bane ees ans +2 25 124
IDG BAY ofa OO ARTE OP SOT toes eee a ee ee 125
1ST CREE IE NUE OGY RE OIE ee 125
(rms YChOLLON, WROUCIn = 8a e425 Senn OS eee os a se egies 126
Ticlo nylon ja paniiny HOGER. o=- S2s2058 32.24% 05 2ez cei eiae eens hae 28 126
PpetitigmiTitied LonCOee. me toni oae ao ttle anya te oer -,s 2 oS 3 ee a 126
UL TOLRED TALGUCOLLTS ( WWRLUEOD) = sents tae re ao ES crass ao ree 2 Sera 127
WGI IE SUICROUTTIY CEOULON) a 08 ae Sa elo ao te a Se We eae aes 127
Remniepra ye Ware a Ned arse rae ayaa seme eee a ee 2 = sip oe a eS eae 128
Appendix. Notes on habits and distribution, with list of described species. - 130
11d NS one Re eee OEP ec Boer Bae ache © CE OCE RE Sy CeCe ee er ee nee 130
PEEP RUD TY LOU r = a ae eeiares Se Senne eh ge ae ere eee OS oo at Ss wwe wean ede axe are 13
The Lyctidz represented in the collections examined by Kraus and Hop-
Jcins: (classification according to Kraus). -:2.-..-2.-.+-2....+-.2------5- 136
List of described species, with synonymy according to the literature and
recent studies by the authonses--yaene ns 2 ees = 52-25 ene a cln te - = 137
aeete ese s iF fees,
ih Te Ce “eae ats ec aeee sd |
Poh He Oia SE Oe eee
atl ‘eee ihe buss cee _ Ae te
Se Sy, bation Mina ie my or na
5 chess Pec Piak vals
hae x
=" Lae © wd Ue ae bY A Od be A hae i> s <.
J q ' i a.
7, y Ain ib i lei ee c-*
ah -) ei “nee = ,
i “vs
Neh 28 Dnt alae ay
Ne a De ee re ive) So ee
| - at ed ities pT cob ep y
> ; be Pee Ui AL a0 Lie Re
‘ . ater) 0 oY ales ‘es Manes =f
i 7 aoe Pe oS Apel ng en
r, iil Solo t 0) AS
‘ iia < wi wiLy Tau “ihe eal =.
> ok aythe” fe na
Pts Aateal hy Soi) iis
- ie y eM pet Sock
Trig ON Deer Sa
ser eters sy ah EOL 22S Sida aa
eh, 7 PUPP pi aie, pe
Te nyt . wy 4 od ott, Dae
a, ; wants (TAT? calend av Ae ee
i (yisitace) | ae
+
red re i phase) Hy aot 1 Pir ee eda ge pie ae
‘fall
4 A, i
= Tete = *Geaegune ly ereays
im an wes 7 ; +f rer A Ne
| sé 1] ‘ i pa ¥ ie : 4 rere ea 7 ae
ay ~ : Sy ti atiy Fl oe ee ie
te } , a= 7
roma) u A sah ael, 1 whew hoe ay dcx: ‘ 13%
4
= ¥ 2
eM
v
U.S. D.A., B. E. Tech. Ser. 20, Pt. IIT. F. I. I, May 5, 1911.
TECHNICAL PAPERS ON MISCELLANEOUS FOREST
INSECTS.
I]. A REVISION OF THE POWDER-POST BEETLES OF THE FAMILY
LYCTIDA OF THE UNITED STATES AND EUROPE.
By E. J. Kraus,
Expert Preparator, Forest Insect Investigations.
INTRODUCTORY NOTE.
[By A. D. HopxIns.]
This contribution by Mr. Kraus is based on a study (1) of the material in the
forest insect collection and general collections of the Bureau of Entomology and of the
United States National Museum and (2) of the types of species described by Doctor
Le Conte and Colonel Casey, and of specimens of European species submitted by Mr.
Edmund Reitter, of Austria. The family Lyctide is represented in North America
by certain species which are of special economic importance as causing the injury to
seasoned wood products known as “‘powder post.’’ These species have been the sub-
ject of extended investigation by the writer and his associates to determine their
habits, seasonal history, and practical methods of control. There has, therefore, been
special need of a revision of the group to bring the knowledge of systematic facts up to
date and to furnish a reliable basis for working up the biological data.
INTRODUCTION.
Much has been written regarding the members of the family
Lyctide, especially with respect to their economic importance.
There has, however, been considerable doubt as to the correct iden-
tity of some of the species, perhaps more especially on account of
their enormous variability. In this paper the author has attempted
to point out the more prominent specific characters and give some-
thing of the range of variation within the species as he has recognized
them. For the determination of some of the species he has had occa-
sion to examine a series of several hundred specimens.
Through the courtesy of Col. T. L. Casey, the author has been per-
mitted to examine the types of his species. Mr. Samuel Henshaw, of
the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, Mass., has kindly
permitted him to make a personal examination of the Le Conte types;
Dr. Henry Skinner, of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadel-
11a
/
ib MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
phia, has generously afforded him a like privilege with the Horn col-
lection, and Mr. Edmund Reitter, of Paskau, Austria, has sent him
representatives of some of the European species.
In this connection the author desires to express his appreciation of
the facilities offered by Mr. E. A. Schwarz, of the Bureau of Ento-
mology, of the valuable assistance rendered by him in the study of the
material in the U.S. National Museum, and of his helpful advice in the
systematic work, and by Dr. A. D. Hopkins in allowing unlimited use
of the large series of specimens and notes of the forest insect collec-
tion of the Bureau of Entomology.
HISTORY.
dh he genus Lyctus and allied genera constitute a group which has
always been a source of perplexity to systematists, and the opinions
as to their relationship have been almost as many and varied as the
number of writers:who have ventured them, as may in a general way
be gained from the following summary:
The first reference to an insect belonging to the present family
Lyctide was made by Geoffroy (1762), whose description reads thus:
Dermestes oblongus fuscus, elytris striatis. Le dermeste levrier & stries.
The next reference is by Goeze (1777), who described the same
insect as Dermestes linearis. In 1783 Herbst again described and
figured the species as Dermestoides unipunctatus. Olivier, first in 1790,
and again in 1792, describes it as [ps oblonga and gives a very good
figure of it; Fabricius (1792) erected the genus Lyctus and referred
to it 13 species, only one of which, L. canaliculatus Fabricius (linearis
Goeze), belongs to the genus as now recognized. L. linearis (Goeze)
is therefore the type of the genus. Herbst (1793) erected the genus
Bitoma, to which he referred his Dermestoides unipunctatus, together
with three other species. Latreille (1803) placed Lyctus, together
with Bostrichus and several other genera, in the family Xylophages,
and in 1807 under the Bostrichini. In 1830 Stephens described
another species, brunneus, and erected for it the genus Xylotrogus,
and referred both this genus and Lyctus to the Engide, to which
family Melsheimer (1844) also referred several new species of Lyctus
and Xylotrogus (Trogoxylon) described by him. Wollaston (1854),
after comparison and dissection, considered Xylotrogus as synony-
mous with Lyctus and placed it in the Colydiadz. Lacordaire (1857)
considered Lyctus, including X ylotrogus Stephens, under the Cissides,
but remarked that the forms are in many ways aberrant and not well
placed there, especially because of the 5-segmented tarsi. He placed
(Xylotrogus) Trogoxylon parallelopipedus Melsheimer in Pycnomerus
under the Colydiide. Mellié (1848), in his monograph of the old
genus Cis, does not mention Lyctus. ‘Thomson (1863), in his sequence
THE FAMILY LYCTIDH. : 113
of families, followed the Bostrichide with the Lyctide, of which he
gives the following synopsis:
Caput pone oculos rotundos valde prominulos in collum globosum constrictum;
sulcis antennariis nullis; clypeo sutura frontali discreta; mento magno lato. Tro-
chanteres apice fere recta truncato. Antenne sub tuberculo frontali insert, clava
2-3 articulata, compressa, prothoracis basin haud attingentes. Mesopleura coxas
intermedias haud attingentia. Coxe anticze subglobosee, parum exsertz, contigue,
posticee marginem elytrorum attingentes, transverse, parum distantes. Episterna
metathoracis linearia, libera. Tibiz calcari antico uncinato. Tarsi 5-articulati,
compressi, articulo 1:0 obsoleto, 5:0 reliquis simul sumtis longiore.
He divided the family into two tribes, Dinoderina and Lyctina, -
the latter of which he diagnosed thus:
Antenne |1l-articulatz, clava biarticulata. Labrum transversum, apice emargi-
nato, libero. Coxe anteriores rotundz parum, postice, latius distantes. Tibi
externe haud denticulatz. Acetabula antica occlusa.
Pascoe (1863) described the genus Minthea and remarked that in
Erichson’s arrangement this genus, owing to the position of the
coxee and the large basal abdominal segment, would be placed with
Bothrideres and Sosylus in the Colydiide. Redtenbacher (1874)
placed Lyctus in the Cryptophagides. In 1877 Kiesenwetter, in his
revision of the Anobiadz, divides the family into the Bostrichini,
Anobiini, and Ptinini, and again divides the Bostrichini into five
groups, Psoini, Sphindini, Lyctini, Bostrichini veri, and Hendeca-
tomini. Lyctus, in which he included Xylotrogus Stephens, was the
only representative of the Lyctini. He further remarked that while
this group is related to the Bostrichini it might well be considered
as a connection between the Anobiadz and the Colydii, but that it
was widely separated from Cis by its mouthparts and the antennal
and tarsal structure, and that eventually a separate family might
well be erected for it. He probably had not seen Thomson’s work.
The following year (1878) Reitter published an article, ‘‘ Beitrag zur
Kenntniss der, Lyctide.’’ He assigned no characters to the family,
but referred to it Lyctus Fabricius, Trogoxylon Le Conte, Lyctorylon
Reitter, new genus, and Lyctopholis Reitter, new genus (Minthea
Pascoe), and described several new species. Le Conte and Horn
(1883) divided the Ptinidz into four subfamilies, Ptinine, Anobiine,
Bostrichine, and Lyctine. To the Lyctine are assigned Lyctus
Fabricius and Tvrogoxylon Le Conte. In 1885 Reitter again gave a
synopsis of the European species of Lyctus and Trogoxylon and
assigns them as before to the family Lyctide. Casey (1890) de-
scribed several new species of Lyctus under the Ptinide, but in the
appendix of the same paper referred the genus to his more broadly
conceived Cucujid, and gave a discussion on its apparent relation-
ship to other families and genera. Lesne (1896-1898), in his revi-
sion of the Bostrichids, divided that family into four tribes—
114 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Psoine, Polycaonine, Dinoderine, and Bostrychine, but made no
mention of Lyctus. Kolbe (1901) has retained the Lyctide as a family
and placed it in his Heterorrhabden under the suborder Heterophaga;
and Ganglbauer (1903) placed the family between the Anobiidee and
Sphindide in his Diversicornia under the suborder Polyphaga.
Reitter, in 1906, has the family between the Bostrychide and the
Anobiide.
Without doubt the family Lyctide is a valid one, its members
possessing characters which will not readily admit of their being
placed in any other family. The family Ptinide of Le Conte and
Horn is a composite one, and the subfamilies Ptinine, Anobiine,
Bostrichine, and Lyctine are deserving of family rank and in fact
have already been so treated by European coleopterists. While it
is not intended to treat extensively on the exact position of the
Lyctide, it may be said that the family is apparently most closely
allied to the Bostrychide, especially by the pentamerous tarsi with
the first segment very short, the method and point of insertion of
the antenne, and the only too well-known destructive habits of the
larvee, which bore into the solid wood. The larva possesses three pairs
of well-developed prothoracic legs, and in form and structure is
scarcely to be distinguished from the bostrychid larva, but is totally
different from any scolytid larva to which it has been likened, the
resemblance being scarcely even superficial. The mouthparts of the
adult Lyctus are very similar to those of Dinoderus, especially in the
structure of the labium, maxille, and the broad mentum. The
family has very little in common with the Cucujide. As pointed
out above, the larva is of a wholly different character in form and
habits, and the adults, while agreeing in one character or another
with those found in certain other genera included by Colonel Casey in
his broadly conceived Cucujide, have probably derived those char-
acters independently of any real connection with them. The family
seems best placed as in the latest (1906) edition of the Catalogus
Coleopterorum Europe, i. e., immediately after the Bostrychide and
preceding the Ptinide.
THE PRINCIPAL CHARACTERS OF THE FAMILY LYCTIDZ.
Mentum large, transverse, corneous; glossa coriaceous, ciliated;
palpi with 3 flexible segments.
Mazxillz not exposed at base; galea subchitinous, densely ciliate at
apex, more strongly chitinized at base; lacinia subchitinous, fringed
with long cilix; palpi moderately short, with four rather stout
segments.
Antenne at the sides of the head beneath the produced frontal
angles and before the eyes, eleven-segmented, clavate, the club
two-segmented and without porous sensitive areas.
THE FAMILY LYCTIDE. bates
Head prominent, constricted behind the eyes; oral organs small;
epistoma distinct, labrum distinct.
Prothoraz with the episterna and epimera fused; lateral margin
distinct or obsolete; coxal cavities rounded, closed behind.
Mesosternum small, surrounding the coxe anteriorly and at the
sides; mesepisternum and mesepimeron not attaining the coxa.
Metasternum long.
Elytra entire, completely covering the abdomen, epipleure narrow,
Abdomen with five visible ventral segments, the first * always longer
than the second.
Anterior coxe subcontiguous or widely separated, subglobose,
moderately prominent; middle coxe similar to anterior; posterior
coxe widely separated, transverse, subprominent internally, exter-
nally grooved for the reception of the thighs.
Legs not contractile, slender; tibiz slender; tarsi five-segmented,
- the first segment very short.
SYNOPSIS OF GENERA.
At present but three distinct genera belonging to this family are
recognized. They may be separated as follows:
Antennal club with both segments subequal, neither decidedly elongated; pronotum
varying in shape from subquadrate with all angles acute to cordate with the angles
rounded; elytra punctate, the punctures confused or distinctly seriate; pubes-
cence confused or seriate; anterior tibie slender, acutely produced externally;
(lanet SGC ete s oda e pp anda sdd Soon ae eben a eee nena Lyctus Fabricius.
Antennal club with both segments very strongly elongated, the segments much
longer than broad, the terminal one very much narrower than the preceding;
sides of head with three hooklike teeth; the prothorax asin Lyctus (Trogoxylon), the
margins, however, clothed with bristles; elytra punctured in not very regular rows,
the pubescence, however, scarcely in rows; anterior tibiz on either side strongly
widened into a tooth externally, with a large tooth, straight at the base and hook-
like at the apex; tarsiratherslender; claw-segmentsimple...... Lyctoxylon Reitter.
Antennal club with terminal segment elongate, sides of head with three weak teeth at
either side; margins of pronotum denticulated and, like the margins of the body,
with bristles; elytra striately punctured, with rows of erect bristles. Tibiz at the
outer angle unequal, curved, the anterior widened into a tooth at the apex, with
a somewhat large curved spine; tarsal segments short, claw segment strongly
clavately thickened, claws simple, rather small; form of body and prothorax as in
ACES Os tee afoot e ei Pee ee es a claiee aise elena seiecies = «+ Minthea Pascoe.
REVISIONAL NOTES.
In the foregoing generic synopsis Trogoxrylon Le Conte has been
placed with Lyctus, as has been done by Colonel Casey (1891).
Le Conte, in separating the genera, did so on the ground that Trogoxy-
lon did not have the anterior tibiz prolonged at the outer apical
@The first visible ventral segment in the Lyctide is the third abdominal sternite.
(See Hopkins, Tech. Ser. 17, Pt. I, Bur, Ent., U, 8, Dept, Agr., p. 55, fig. 38, 1909.)
76686°—11——-2
116 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
angle. Asstated by Reitter, later by Casey, and as is easily seen, they
are produced and in some species as strongly as in any true Lyctus.
Reitter in his synopsis states that in T’rogoxylon the sides of the head
are provided with three hooklike teeth, that the pronotum has all its
angles sharp, and that the elytra are without rows of punctures or
hairs, but that these are irregularly disposed. As a matter of fact,
Lyctus (Trogoxylon) impressus Comolli does have the three elevations
mentioned, but in all the species so far recognized in the United States
not only the tooth over the eye is obsolete, but the posterior angles
and margin of the epistoma are closely joined to the angles of the
front, so that the epistoma is but slightly depressed below the level
of the front, and the two elevations seen in many species of Liyctus
are not traceable—a character also observable in L. (CX ylotrogus)
politus n. sp. The shape of the pronotum is of little value; in L.
brunneus Stephens all the angles are acute. The elytral punctures in
L. (Trogoxylon) californicus Casey are decidedly striate and there is
a tendency to the same thing in L. curtulus Casey.
The first visible ventral segment in most species which would fall
in Trogoxylon is as long as the second and third combined, but in
others it is not longer than the second and one-half of the third.
Xylotrogus has long since been shown by Wollaston (1854) and
other writers to be synonymous with Lyctus, and Trogorylon must
also be so considered, though it might well be regarded as repre-
senting a well-marked subgenus.
The species of the family Lyctidz are very variable, especially in
size. Well-developed individuals are frequently four or five times
larger than others, the difference in size perhaps depending largely
on food supply; for the offspring of those individuals which have
bred in the same piece of wood for four, five, or six generations are
very much smaller and quite different in some of the structural
details from the first individuals reared. Accompanying the decrease
in size are found such changes as in the shape and punctation of the
pronotum and the punctation and pubescence of the elytra. As a
result, one must allow for much variation within the limits of the
species, and characters which might be of specific importance in
groups more constant in character can only be held to be individual.
SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES OF THE GENUS LYCTUS.
Elytral pubescence confused over the entire surface or sometimes in single rows,
never in double series separated by wide intervals; apical angles of the prothorax
usually decidedly prominent—if not, at least subprominent and the sides of
pronotum decidedly convergent posteriorly........-- Division I, pages 117-119.
Elytral pubescence always arranged in distinct series, the series at the sides at least
separated by a double row of fine, deep punctures or a single row of large, shallow,
Circular pimchuresis <6). 2 eb ee eek ee cme aes Division II, pages 119-120,
THE FAMILY LYCTID. 7
DIVISION T.
Elytral punctures confused, or somewhat striate, but if so, the series never impressed.
Subdivision A, pages 117-118.
Elytral punctures distinctly seriate, the series distinctly impressed.
Subdivision B, pages 118-119.
Suppivision A. (Trogoxylon Le Conte.)
Head with a distinct tubercle over the eye; pronotum quadrate, with the sides not
Pater ee Mb OSORIO He So. hoc 2S. ab deesden Oo on Section 21, page 117.
Head without tubercle over the eye; pronotum with the sides more or less convergent
BEMIOE iaeeraer eee ney i Se i tle eh) Bd Section a2, page 117.
Section al.
Length 3 to 4.5 mm.; ferruginous. Pronotum opaque, very densely, evenly punc-
tured; anterior margin slightly trisinuate; sides sinuate, scarcely convergent
posteriorly; anterior and posterior angles very prominent, right, not at all
rounded; median impression narrow, deep near the center of the disk, broadly
expanded toward anterior and posterior margins. Elytra subparallel, just visibly
wider at base than prothorax, extremely finely, densely, confusedly punctured;
pubescence fine, decumbent, confused. Head with front subconvex, densely,
evenly punctured; frontal angles very prominent, narrowly rounded; side mar-
gins of epistoma forming an acute, slightly reflexed tooth; antenne slender, club
feeble, ovate. Abdomen slightly shiny below, excessively minutely punctured.
impressus Comolli, page 121.
Section a2.
:
Pronotum broader than long, the vestiture very short, coarse, and bristling; pro-
~ sternum distinctly punctured throughout............_. Subsection bl, page 117.
Prothorax as long or longer than wide anteriorly, the pubescence rather long, fine, and
decumbent or subdecumbent; prosternum not punctured or but very feebly so
[ig pxersisel Of stgaiy: Wee Lots eed a ake Oe a se ae ep ee as Subsection b2, page 117.
Subsection 61.
Length 3 mm.; body nigro-piceous, short, broad, stout, subconvex, densely clothed
with short, stiff bristles. Prothorax feebly shiny; side margins strongly con-
vergent posteriorly; anterior margin broadly rounded; punctures large, deep,
more dense posteriorly; median impression shallow, broad; pro-episternal area
coarsely, distinctly punctured. Elytra broad, shiny, subparallel, densely,
coarsely punctured, the punctures feebly seriate. Head with front subconvex,
densely, evenly punctured; epistoma slightly depressed, side margins scarcely
reflexed, with a dense fringe of coarse bristles, which also occur on the angles of
the front; antennz stout. Abdomen subopaque below.
punctatus Le Conte, page 121.
Subsection 62.
Elytral punctures in distinct series; epistoma with side margins strongly reflexed.
Series cl, page 117.
Elytral punctures confused, without distinct serial arrangement; epistoma not reflexed
ei paE CHES oae SAE MS tern Ee et Reale G95 te Series c2, page 118.
Series c1.
Length 2.2 to 2.5 mm.; very slender, parallel, compressed, castaneous throughout,
strongly shining. Prothorax with side margins rather strongly convergent pos-
teriorly; anterior margin strongly arcuate; anterior angles strongly rounded,
118 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
posterior obtusely rounded; median impression very broad and shallow; punc-
tures coarse, rather dense, sparser and finer anteriorly. Elytra elongate, the
punctures small and arranged in distinct series, becoming confused toward suture
and base, the pubescence sparse and recumbent. Head with front scarcely con-
vex, densely, finely punctured; epistoma depressed, side margins strongly
reflexed; antennz slender. Abdomen shiny below, densely, exceedingly finely
puncrured....-5-£-cce hn eeceer eet eat Lee maa californicus Casey, page 121.
Series c2.
Length 2 to 4 mm.; elongate, rather slender, ferruginous to nigro-piceous. Prothorax
with side margins strongly convergent posteriorly; anterior margin strongly
trisinuate; anterior angles acutely rounded; posterior right, not at all rounded;
median impression very shallow, broad, deeper posteriorly; punctures fine and
dense. Elytra subparallel, slightly narrowed posteriorly; punctures very fine,
dense, confused; pubescence yellowish, fine, and dense. Head with front
subconvex, finely, densely punctured, the pubescence very short, reflexed at
the sides; antennez slender, the club large and prominent. Abdomen subopaque
below, densely, coarsely punctured. ..... parallelopipedus Melsheimer, page 121.
Length 2.7 to 3.3 mm.; stout, comparatively broad, castaneous to nigro-piceous. Pro-
thorax with the sides slightly convergent posteriorly; anterior margin broadly
rounded or faintly trisinuate; anterior angles acutely rounded; posterior obtuse
and blunt; median impression broad, rather deep, more so posteriorly; punctures
coarse and dense, less so anteriorly. Elytra stout, slightly narrowed toward
the base; punctures coarse, dense, faintly, subseriately arranged toward sides;
pubescence rather coarse, sparse, decumbent, and arranged in faint series. Head
with front convex, densely, subrugosely punctured, the pubescence short and
fine; epistoma nearly flat, coarsely punctured, side margins very faintly reflexed;
antenn stout, the club robust, small, oval. Abdomen polished below, extremely
finely and sparsely punctured. “..27 22. spe eee ee curtulus Casey, page 122.
ae a £7
:
LEGuaAle la
‘6
Supprvision B. (Xylotrogus Stephens.)
Length 2.5 to 3.5 mm.; castaneous throughout. Pronotum shiny, strongly punctured
posteriorly, the punctures becoming very small or obsolete anteriorly; side
margins strongly sinuate; anterior angles very broadly rounded. Elytra with
the sides nearly parallel; strial punctures fine, close-set, confused near suture;
interspaces flat; pubescence fine, decumbent, sparse. Head with front densely,
evenly punctured, feebly shiny, scarcely impressed before the eyes; epistoma
convex, finely punctured, not at all elevated at lateral margins.
politus n. sp., page 122.
Length 3 to 5 mm.; rufo-fuscous throughout. Pronotum subopaque; side margins
nearly straight, densely, finely serrulate and strongly convergent posteriorly;
anterior angles acute, slightly prominent, blunt, but scarcely rounded ; punctures
more dense posteriorly, finer, not becoming obsolete anteriorly. Elytra with
the sides nearly parallel; strial punctures fine, impressed; interspaces, especially
toward sides, subconvex; pubescence fine, decumbent. Head with front densely,
rather coarsely punctured, convex, strongly impressed at the sides before the eyes;
epistoma subconvex, its anterior angles distinctly elevated.
brunneus Stephens, page 123.
Length 4.5 to 5 mm.; rufo-testaceous, head and prothorax piceous. Pronotum opaque,
punctato-scabrous; anterior margin very broadly curved; side margins feebly
sinuate, rather strongly convergent posteriorly; anterior angles subprominent,
obtuse, very broadly rounded, posterior obtuse, not rounded; median impres-
sion merely a narrow, feebly impressed furrow extending from near anterior
—_—e
THE FAMILY LYCTIDA. 119
margin to posterior margin. Elytra shiny, subparallel, a little broader than
prothorax; punctures large, distinct, deep, circular, strongly seriate, the series
impressed; interspaces slightly convex; pubescence fine, sparse, seriate. Head
with front convex, opaque, densely, rugosely punctate; epistoma strongly de-
pressed, not at all elevated at the sides; antennz stout, the club large, elongate
He RACE, tag FE ee pubescens Panzer, page 123.
DIVISION II.
Elytral stris composed of a double or sometimes a single row of fine, elongate, deeply
iMANECESCO HUMIC GUVCA =~. 2522.8. Se diese bbe se Subsection b2, pages 119-120.
Subsection 61.
Length 2.1 to 4 mm.; castaneous. Pronotum opaque, punctato-scabrous; anterior
margin broadly rounded; side margins straight or slightly sinuate and convergent
posteriorly; anterior angles subobsolete; posterior sharp, everted. Elytra slightly
narrowed toward base; interspaces toward the sides feebly to rather strongly
elevated; punctures coarse, elongate, and in double series between the inter-
spaces; pubescence fine, short, dense, decumbent. Head with front strongly
convex, densely punctured and granulose; epistoma narrow, depressed, side
margins strongly divergent posteriorly, anterior deeply emarginate, its anterior
angles not elevated; antenne slender, the club stout, narrowly oval. Abdomen
subopaque below, densely, finely, granulately punctured.
opaculus Le Conte, pages 123- 424,
Subsection 62.
Length 3 to 5 mm.; ferruginous, head and prothorax slightly darker. Pronotum
opaque, punctate, scabrous; anterior margin broadly rounded; side margins
nearly straight, finely denticulate, acute, parallel or very faintly convergent
posteriorly; anterior angles subprominent, obtuse, blunt; posterior angles right,
prominent, not rounded; median impression broadly oval, deep. Elytra sub-
parallel, scarcely narrower anteriorly, convex but not more noticeably so at
their middle; strial punctures very fine, elongate, arranged in single or sometimes
in double series, especially toward sides; pubescence seriate, fine, sparse, decum-
bent. Head with front strongly convex, opaque, densely punctato-granulate,
sides slightly elevated over the eye; epistoma strongly depressed, narrow, its
anterior angles not elevated; antennz stout, the club strong, oval. Abdomen
_subopaque below, densely, finely punctured... .suturalis Faldermann, page 124.
120 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Length, 3.5 to 4.5 mm.; ferruginous. Pronotum shiny, rather densely, but not at
all scabrous or rugosely punctured, the punctures smaller and less dense ante-
riorly; median impression broadly oval, deep, not approaching anterior margin;
anterior margin broadly rounded, sides parallel, straight or faintly sinuate;
anterior angles obtusely rounded; posterior angles right, prominent, not at all
or very feebly rounded. Elytra broad, distinctly narrowed toward base, more
strongly convex at about their middle; interspaces not at all elevated; punctures
very fine, elongate, seriate as in opaculus; pubescence of medium length, fine,
decumbent, strongly seriate in arrangement. Head with front strongly convex,
smooth, shiny, evenly but not densely punctured; epistoma depressed, its
anterior margin broadly emarginate, the anterior angles elevated and with coarse
pubescence; antennze very slender, the club weak, narrowly oval. Abdomen
feebly shiny below, exceedingly finely, densely punctured.
cavicollis Le Conte, page 124.
Section at.
Length, 2.5 to 5.56 mm.; black. Pronotum shiny, rather densely but not at all
rugosely punctured, median impression broad, shallow, narrow from posterior
margin to middle, where it becomes broadly, gradually expanded to the anterior
margin, rarely deep, suboval and scarcely expanded anteriorly; anterior margin
broadly rounded; side margins strongly arcuate and convergent posteriorly
or nearly straight and subparallel; anterior angles broadly rounded, not at all
prominent, posterior obtuse and feebly rounded or subrectangular and sharp.
Elytra elongate, convergent toward base, the interspaces flat or just visibly con-
vex; punctures very fine, seriate as in opaculus; pubescence fine, sparse, decum-
‘bent, distinctly seriate. Head with front strongly convex, densely, subrugosely
punctured; epistoma depressed, anterior margin broadly emarginate, anterior
angles not elevated; antennz stout, club prominent; abdomen shiny below,
densely, finely punctured. <..-5..2. -5-22222 planicollis Le Conte, pages 124-125.
Length, 2.4 to 4.7 mm.; black. .Pronotum opaque, punctato-scabrous; median
impression reduced to a shallow, narrow line from anterior to posterior margin;
anterior margin very strongly, broadly arcuate; side margins strongly curved
and convergent posteriorly; anterior angles very broadly, obtusely rounded;
posterior angles obtuse, not rounded. Elytra narrowed toward base; interspaces
noticeably convex; punctures coarse, narrow, elongate, deep, seriate; pubescence
fine, sparse, seriate. Head with front strongly convex, scabrous; epistoma small,
depressed; anterior margin broadly emarginate; antennze slender, club strong,
compact, oval. Abdomen subopaque below, very densely, finely punctured.
parvulus Casey, page 125.
Suspiviston D.
Length 2.5 to 5 mm.; ferruginous. Pronotum opaque; surface very finely granulate
and pubescent; median impression oval, deep, extending from anterior fourth
to posterior fourth and thence very narrowly to posterior margin; anterior margin
strongly arcuate, sides straight or feebly sinuate, not at all or but scarcely nar-
rowed behind; anterior angles obtuse, broadly rounded; posterior angles right,
not at all rounded. Elytra just visibly narrowed toward base; interspaces flat;
punctures shallow, circular, arranged in single series except at costal border, where
they are in double series; pubescence sparse, fine, decidedly seriate in arrange-
ment. Head with front strongly convex, side margins distinctly elevated over
the eye, densely, finely granulato-punctate; epistoma narrow, its anterior margin
broadly, deeply emarginate; anterior angles not elevated; antennz slender,
noticeably pubescent, club large and prominent. Abdomen feebly shiny below,
densely, finely punctate: an 2 eres eee ee linearis Goeze, pages 125-126.
THE FAMILY LYCTID. 121
SYSTEMATIC NOTES.
Genus LYCTUS Fabricius.
Lyctus Fabricius, 1792, p. 502.
Xylotrogus Stephens, 1830, pp. 116-117.
Trogoxylon Le Conte, 1861, p. 209.
Lyctus impressus Comolli.
Lyctus impressus Comolli, 1837, pp. 40-85; Seidlitz, 1875, p. 160; Erichson, 1877,
Deelite
_ Trogoxylon impressus (Comolli) Reitter, 1885, p. 100.,
This species is the largest of the Trogoxylon group which the
author has seen. It is very distinct in the quadrate prothorax and in
the possession of the three elevations at the sides of the head, one over
the eye, another just before it at the frontal angle, and another at
the lateral angle of the epistoma.
Material examined.—A series of 5 specimens, very constant in
character, except in size. The species occurs in southern Europe,
but has not as yet been recorded from the United States.
Lyctus punctatus (Le Conte).
Trogoxylon punctatum Le Conte, 1866, p. 104.
Lyctus punctatus (Le Conte) Casey, 1891, pp. 18, 16.
This species is easily known by its short, broad form, coarse punc-
tation of the pronotum and elytra, and the stiff, short, almost squa-
mose pubescence. :
Material examined.—A single specimen from Santa Rosa, Lower
California, and Le Conte’s type, which is from Cape San Lucas, Lower
California.
Lyctus californicus Casey.
Lyctus californicus Casey, 1891, p. 14.
This species is readily recognized by its elongate, highly polished
body, and by the finely but definitely striated punctures of the elytra,
the pubescence of which is fine and sparse. _ It is easily distinguished
from L. curtulus, to which it is probably most closely allied, by its
more slender, parallel, elongate form, finer elytral punctures, and
other minor details. There is some variation in size and density of
color, but other characters are quite constant.
Material examined.—A series of 5 specimens from Santa Rosa,
Lower California. Colonel Casey’s specimens are from Fort Yuma,
Cal.
Lyctus parallelopipedus (Melsheimer).
Xylotrogus parallelopipedus Melsheimer, 1844, p. 112.
Trogoxylon parallelopipedum (Melsheimer) Le Conte, 1861, p. 209; Le Conte and
Horn, 1883, p. 229.
Lyctus parallelopipedus (Melsheimer) Casey, 1891, p. 13.
122 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Most readily recognized by the very finely, densely, confusedly
punctured elytra, with the pubescence long, dense, fine, and decum-
bent, and the margin of the prothorax strongly trisinuate.
There is great variation in size, as usual. The side margins of the
prothorax are generally straight, sometimes slightly curved inward,
and the prothoracic punctures are generally fine.
Material examined.—A series of more than 100 specimens. Dis-
tributed throughout the eastern and southeastern United States.
Lyctus curtulus Casey.
Lyctus curtulus Casey, 1891, p. 15.
One of the smaller species, easily separated from parallelopipedus
Melsheimer by its coarse elytral punctation, average smaller size,
and prothoracic structure, and from californicus Casey by its much
shorter, robust form, denser elytral pubescence, coarser and less
sinuate arrangement of elytral punctures, and in being much less
shiny.
There is considerable variation, more especially in size and colora-
tion, and likewise in the density and size of the prothoracic and
elytral punctures, in the convergence of the sides of pronotum, in
the sinuation of its anterior margin (the latter sometimes becoming
feebly trisinuate), and in the degree of depression of the epistoma.
A single specimen from Bonner, Mont., differs quite noticeably in
several respects from the more typical examples of curtulus, and may
represent an undescribed species. However, it is placed here until
more specimens show it to be distinct.
Material examined.—A series of more than 300 specimens. Dis-
tributed throughout the southwestern United States.
Lyctus politus n. sp.
Type.—Cat. No. 7432, United States National Museum; U. S.
Department of Agriculture, No. 7414; one of 21 specimens collected
and reared by Dr. F. H. Chittenden from licorice at Washington,
1D Be
This species is readily separated from brunneus Stephens by its
much shorter, broader form, more shiny, finely and less densely punc-
tured prothorax, and by the structure of the front as outlined in
the synopsis (p. 118).
There is considerable variation in size, and to a less extent in the
convergence of the sides of the prothorax posteriorly, and in the
pronotal punctation.
It is possible that this species has been already described, but the
author has been unable to place it in any of the species of which he has
had specimens or descriptions and has, in consequence, described
it as being new.
THE FAMILY LYCTID®. a5
Lyctus brunneus (Stephens).
Lyctus parasiticus Stephens, 1829, p. 94.
Xylotrogus brunneus Stephens, 1830, p. 116, pl. 18, fig. 4; Seidlitz, 1875, p. 160.
Lyctus glycyrrhize Chevrolat, 1829-1838, pp. 191-192, pl. 41, fig. 3.
Lyctus rugulosus Montrouzier, 1861, p. 266.
Lyctus brunneus (Stephens) Wollaston, 1854, p. 152; Erichson, 1877, p. 17; Reitter,
1885, p. 100; Reitter, 1906, p. 423.
Lyctus caroline Casey, 1891, pp. 13-14.
This species, while allied to L. politus n. sp., is readily distinguished
by its larger size and coarser structure throughout and more acute
anterior angles of prothorax; the epistoma also is more depressed, its
posterior angles as in planicollis Le Conte. The series of specimens
is very constant, except that there is the usual variation in size
and color. A single specimen from Philadelphia, Pa., is more slen-
der, the prothorax narrower and more constricted behind, with the
sides straight, and the anterior margin more strongly arcuate. It is
probably best placed here for the present. A series of 3 specimens
from Mr. Reitter shows considerable variations, more especially in the
shape of the prothorax, and one individual has the pronotum much
more coarsely punctured.
Material examined.—A series of 14 specimens. The species is
widely distributed throughout the world.
Lyctus pubescens Panzer.
Lyctus pubescens Panzer, 1793, fasc. 4, fig. 17; Erichson, 1877, p. 16; Reitter, 1878,
p. 196; Reitter, 1885, p. 99.
Lyctus bicolor Comolli, 1837, p. 41; Seidlitz, 1875, p. 160.
Lyctus caucasicus Tournier, 1874, p. 412; Reitter, 1878, p. 196; Reitter, 1885, p. 99.
Lyctus pubescens v. caucasicus (Tournier) Reitter, 1906, p. 423.
The species is very distinct. It is perhaps more closely allied to
brunneus Stephens than any other, both in elytral and prothoracic
structure, though very distinct from it. It is remarkable in having
the prothorax very much darker than the elytra, a character seldom
met with in this family. ;
Material examined.—Two specimens from Mr. Reitter are labeled
‘‘Silesia, on Willow.’’ One of them has the prothorax strongly nar-
rowed posteriorly, the other much less, although distinctly so. The
species occurs in Europe, but up to the present time it has not been
recorded from the United States.
Lyctus opaculus Le Conte.
Lyctus opaculus Le Conte, 1866, p. 103; Casey, 1890, p. 324; Casey, 1891, p. 138.
This species is remarkably distinct and easily separated by the
narrow, convex prothorax, the anterior angles being very broadly
rounded, the side margins strongly convergent posteriorly, the sur-
face opaque and very densely subrugosely punctured, the median
124 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
impression long, shallow, and narrow, and the strial punctures of the
elytra deep and coarse.
There is considerable variation, more especially in size, in the
acuteness of the posterior angles of the prothorax, in the convergence
of its side margins posteriorly, and in the elevation of the elytral
interspaces.
Material examined.—A series of 60 specimens. The species is
distributed throughout the eastern United States.
Lyctus suturalis Faldermann.
Lyctus suturalis Faldermann, 1837, p. 225; Reitter, 1878, p. 196; Reitter, 1885,
p. 99; Reitter, 1906, p. 423.
Lyctus deyrollei Tournier, 1874, p. 411.
This species is related to linearis Goeze in prothoracic structure,
but is wholly different in elycral structure, resembling, in this respect,
planicollis Le Conte, though quite different in that for the most part the
striz are made up of but a single row of exceedingly fine punctures.
The specimens are quite constant in character, though there is
considerable variation in the prominence and roundness of the
anterior angles of the prothorax.
Material. excamined.—-A series of four specimens from Mr. Reitter.
The species occurs in the Caucasus. Up to the present time it has not
been recorded from the United States.
Lyctus cavicollis Le Conte.
Lyctus cavicollis Le Conte, 1866, p. 103; Casey, 1890, p. 324; Casey, 1891, p. 13.
This species is very distinct, and is readily separated from the other
species by the shining, narrow, subquadrate, subconvex prothorax
with the sides parallel, the posterior angles sharply rectangular, and
the form generally stout. It is not closely allied to any other species.
It resembles planicollis Le Conte in elytral structure, but the pro-
thorax is totally different. There is some variation in size, but the
structural details are quite constant.
Material examined.—A series of 25 specimens, all from California.
Lyctus planicollis Le Conte.
Lyctus planicollis Le Conte, 1858, p. 74; Le Conte, 1866, p. 103; Dugés, 1883,
pp. 54-58; Casey, 1890, p. 324; Casey, 1891, p. 18.
(?)Lyctus carbonarvus Waltl, 1832, p. 167.
This species is extremely variable; perhaps more so than any others
of the genus. Individuals range in length from 2.5 to 5.5 mm. The
prothorax varies from broader than long, with the side margins
strongly sinuate and convergent posteriorly, to subquadrate and the
sides parallel; it is, however, always as wide anteriorly as the elytra
at base, the anterior angles always rounded, the posterior never so.
THE FAMILY LYCTID. 125
The pronotum may be densely, evenly punctured over the entire
surface, or have the punctures less dense and the surface polished
anteriorly, but is never scabrous; the median impression varies
from very deep and becoming broadly expanded anteriorly, with a
small circular impression at either side, to subobsolete in the smaller
specimens.
Whether this species and carbonarius Waltl are synonymous the
author can not say, since he has not seen Waltl’s description. How-
ever, he has 2 specimens which Mr. E. A. Schwarz tells him are
from Mexico, received through Dr. E. Dugés from Guanajuato.
These specimens are probably from among the series on which Doctor
Dugés based his ‘‘Metamorphoses du Lyctus planicollis.’ They
_ differ in some of the minor details from planicollis, more especially in
having the pronotal punctures coarser and less dense; and the median
impression is deep, oval, and not broadly expanded anteriorly. Should
these characters prove constant in a larger series they might well be
considered as representing a distinct species, probably carbonarius
Waltl, very closely allied to planicollis.
Material ecamined.—A series of over 500 specimens. The species
is found widely distributed throughout the entire United States
at least.
Lyctus parvulus Casey.
Lyctus parvulus Casey, 1884, p. 175; Casey, 1890, p. 325; Casey, 1891, p. 13.
This species is remarkably distinct and is separated at once from
the other species by the broad cordate prothorax and its dense,
coarse, subrugose punctation.
There is great variation in size and to a less degree in the shape
of the prothorax and in the acuteness of the posterior angles. In
general form it resembles planicollis Le Conte, but in structural details
resembles opaculus Le Conte. It is readily separated from either,
and is far removed ‘from linearis Goeze, with which species it has
very little in common.
Material eramined.—A series of about 50 specimens. Distributed
throughout the western and southwestern United States.
Lyctus linearis (Goeze).
Dermestes oblongus fuscus, elytris striatis, Geoffroy, 1762, p. 103.
Dermestes linearis Goeze, 1777, p. 148; Thunberg, 1784, p. 4, no. 4.
Lyctus linearis (Goeze) Reitter, 1906, p. 423.
Dermestes oblongus (Olivier) Fourcroy, 1785, p. 19, no. 9.
Ips oblonga Olivier, 1790, vol. 2, no. 18, sp. 8, pl. 1, fig. 5, a, b; 1792, p. 405,
no. 9.
Lyctus oblongus (Olivier) Latreille, 1804, p. 241; Latreille, 1807, p. 16, sp. 1;
Stephens, 1830, p. 117.
Dermestoides unipunctatus Herbst, 1783, p. 40, pl. 21, fig. H, h.
Bitoma unipunctata Herbst, 1793, p. 26, pl. 46, fig. 3.
126 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Lyctus unipunctatus (Herbst) Kiesenwetter, 1877, p. 15; Reitter, 1885, p. 99.
Lyctus canaliculatus Fabricius, 1792, p. 504, no. 11; Panzer, 1793, fase. 4, fig. 16;
Paykull, 1800, p. 332, no. 9; Fabricius, 1801, vol. 2, p. 562, no. 13; Gyllenhal,
1813, vol. 1, pt. 3, pp. 408-409, no. 1; Thomson, 1863, vol. 5, p. 204; Tournier,
1874, vol. 6, p. 411, no. 103.
Synchita canaliculata (Fabricius) Hellwig, 1792, vol. 4, p. 405, no. 8.
Lyctus striatus Melsheimer, 1844, vol. 2, p. 112; Casey, 1890, vol. 5, p. 324; Casey,
1891, vol. 6, p. 13.
Lyctus axillaris Melsheimer, 1844, vol. 2, p. 118.
Lyctus pubescens Duftschmid, 1825, vol. 3, p. 148.
Lyctus fuscus Seidlitz, 1875, p. 16.
This species is at once and easily recognized by its peculiar, large,
shallow, circular punctures of the elytral striz, not observable in
any other of our species. There is considerable variation in size,
but in other respects the species is quite constant.
Material excamined.—A series of several hundred specimens. Occurs
throughout the United States, Europe, and probably the entire
world.
Genus LYCTOXYLON Reitter.
Lyctoxylon Reitter, 1878.
Lyctoxylon japonum Reitter.
Tyctorylon japonum Reitter, 1878, p. 199.
Subdepressed, ferruginous, feebly shiny, rather densely clothed
with very short subsquamose bristles. Segments 1—4 of the antenne
subelongate, 5—9 subtransverse, club strongly elongate, cylindrical,
segments nearly three times as long as broad, the terminal one a
little narrower than the preceding. Head and prothorax densely
confusedly punctured, the punctures subpapillate. Prothorax a
little broader than long, more narrow toward the base, anterior
angles obtuse, posterior right, the sides setulose-ciliate, at the middle
of the dorsum longitudinally foveately impressed and with a short,
strongly excavate line before the scutellum. Elytra a little broader
than prothorax, parallel, more than twice as long as wide, either
elytron seriately, near the suture irregularly punctured, with short,
dense, just visibly seriate, subsetulose scales. Length 1.5 to 2 mm.
[Reitter.]
Material examined.—A series of 4 specimens from New Jersey,
reared from Japanese cane. The species was described from speci-
mens from Japan and China.
Genus MINTHEA Pascoe.
Minthea Pascoe, 1863, p. 97; Reitter, 1906, p. 423.
Lyctopholis Reitter, 1878, p. 196; Everts, 1899, p. 565,
THE FAMILY LYCTIDA. 137
Minthea rugicollis (Walker).
Ditoma rugicollis Walker, 1858, p. 206.
Minthea similata Pascoe, 1863, p. 141.
Minthea rugicollis (Walker) Waterhouse, 1894, p. 68; Arrow, 1904, pp. 35-36;
Reitter, 1906, p. 423.
Eulachus hispidus Blackburn, 1885, p. 141.
Lyctopholis foveicollis Reitter, 1878, p. 199.
Prothorax at the middle of the dorsum with an oblong-oval, deeply
impressed foveola. Subcylindrical, ferruginous, feebly shiny, some-
what densely clothed with erect, white, subsquamose bristles thick-
ened at the apex. First segment of club of antenne subquadrately
transverse, the terminal half again as long as it, elongate oval. Pro-
thorax somewhat densely punctate, the punctures scarcely separated,
not at all deeply impressed; elytra a little wider than prothorax, par-
allel, lightly seriately punctured, the punctures very feebly impressed,
interspaces just visibly rugose, feebly shining, the alternate ones with
erect seriate bristles. Length about 2 mm. [Translated from
Reitter’s original description of fovercollis. ]
Minthea stichothrix (Reitter).
Lyctopholis stichothrix Reitter, 1878, p. 199.
Thorax with the dorsum scarcely excavated, but with an almost
obsolete longitudinal line at the middle, becoming less anteriorly at
the apex. Subcylindrical, ferruginous, rather densely clothed with
long, white, erect setz thickened at the apex. First segment of
antennal club transverse, the terminal segment three times as long
as the former, subcylindrical. Head and thorax confusedly, rugosely
punctured, opaque, the sides of the latter evidently denticulate and
ciliate; elytra seriately punctate, interspaces densely, rather strongly,
rugosely punctured, the alternate ones with seriate erect -sete.
Length 2.7 mm. [Reitter.]
Described from specimen from Bogota, Colombia. The species
occurs also in Europe.
Materval examined.—One specimen from Mr. Reitter, labeled
“Styria; another in the Horn collection, without name, labeled
“N. Y.,” and with light-green square.
Representatives of the genus occur throughout the world, I. rugi-
collis Walker being recorded from the West Indies, Ceylon, Malay
Archipelago, Hawaiian Islands, and Europe. The single specimen
in the Horn collection, mentioned above, is, so far as the author is
aware, the only record of the genus in the United States,
128
1762.
AWW re
1783.
1784.
1785.
1790.
1792.
1792.
1792.
1793.
1793.
1800.
1801.
1803.
1804.
1807.
1815.
1825.
MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Georrroy, E. L.—Histoire abrégée des insectes qui se trouvent aux environs
de Paris, vol. 1, p. 103, no. 9.
Gorze, J. A. E—Entomologische Beitriige, vol. 1, p. 148, no. 43.
Hersst, J. ¥. W.—in Fiiessly, Archiv der Insectengeschichte, p. 40, pl. 21,
fig. H, h.
TuunBere, ©. P.—Nove insectorum species descriptee. tot Meee pe Me ol! 2 6 5 pda pe ticle mip Sco inl wae 6
Algesaenusia, host of Megastiqmus Pinus. 2'.)/36- 26-2 <<< p> pctee p's s=,2 abe eae 2 160
Acanthocwmes Nerve atnared Dy W ODD 245 4 )aim'-as- adic ic oasis a visas smeecieba cae 151
mcriboderes, VArves Stud ted DY) WER DE 6+ orn eo oo pic since Hore hese mas oe Rea n 151
OTT ILCIO8 — ALOE Net Maat fs tia ain BADR DADA ot 5 oto eas po nie 4 oid aoe ses 105
Adobe wall, Lyctus californicus recorded breeding therein...............-.--- 131
Amelanchier canadensis, reported host of Hoplocampa (Hoplocampa) halcyon.. 145-146
Rt UPI DIE NOL MON VNCHDDHONR: 2. aida a -n ecle pes Ae pila aaa nS lala & 9
Aomodychtum, & genus Without: SPeCleS = o/c) 22s caja Gs dee ews weg enee 103
Apple, hostiol Syniomaxpis Gri PaTUMe sin ajon «d\n Sis ale SS a win vine sc epip cine td sie = 158
Apple-seed chalcidid. (See Syntomaspis druparum.) ve
Arie. ACUnthOBIOnOn BR AVNOUY IN Ui oe6)2 3s oa uaa ida 2s et oeeinia e's <= abs ge Acase as 105
Asemide—
TASUUNY YEO IO eas fst en a ty Nat ote sits adic Sinfaley~) Sete = wise eh st sie eee we 149
genera:of larves studied bi; Webb. .0cn an brine 4keoiatken 4e-ce ness 151
in table of families and genera of cerambycoid larve..............-.- 151, 155
25170—21——2 165
166 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Asemum— Page.
In table of families and genera of cerambycoid larve............--.-.--- 155
inttable of larvee by Perris’. 2. |). 22 snes See REE Se Se 149
larve studied by Webbe. ole oe. soca coneen oe Gee ores ee 151
Ash, mountain. (See Sorbus scandica and S. latifolia.)
Ash, seasoned—
infestation by Lyctus linearis..........-..- bwibis «fide ute mab. Se Cae eee 132
infestation by Lajcttls olantcollis.eidsachuasesies -25c04s ate ce een eee 131
sapwood produets infested by Lyctus parallelopipedus.............-+--- 131
Atimia—
in table of families and genera of cerambycoid larve...............---- 155
Tarvie BhudIed by” Webb ere res Pee ECS SS fie eee 151
Bamboo—
infestation by Lycloaglon japon... 22-7 ccc cow sea c ence enon eenaeee 132°
seasoned, infestation by Lyctus carbonarius............-.----++-2-+-+--- 131
seasoned sapwood products infested by Lyctus parallelopipedus......... 131
Hark. weevils of the penis Pissodes 00 eso oc cece cee ee cocee c Mowe eee 1-68
Bellamira— i
in table of families and genera of cerambycoid larve..................- 154
larvee Std (by! Webb tas: asec cen ace On eine o eeinte > een eee eee 151
Bergind=—Ayeng onic (Me. hob. ce dono aes o ote velo Sala Dacca eee ict eee 102
Bisulphid of carbon, remedy against Megastigmus spermotrophus.........----- 161
Bitoma; reterencé to original description: : =. 250255220220 Seed w ce ceeese ees 112
Calaroas BYNOUYIDY. sss soe ciciaaiaers < sste eh aoe. ein Water ple apsteciee Meine Se eie nee 100-101
Cathidvum: larvee studied by Webb:....<--sc..cabwcsip ec pore eset e eee 151
Callidium xreum, in table of families and genera of cerambycoid larve........ 154
Callidium antennatum, in table of families and genera of cerambycoid larve... 154
Caloptilia, Lobwiange # Synonym: 2. ice. oo cee kete ae ee oe oe eine oe ee 103, 105
Caloplilia lownsend, deseription s.. 222. 2... we. a Seek teem ake eee 105-106
Camponiscus=Platycampus: .o. 0.0... t lt ce ee Micke Seis ¢ aye eee ape 99
Ci OZared =F OTAZOTOh . 0 ita nolecn em neees cate ce ae pe tema y spink cmlone tag itne 108
Catalogue of genotypes of sawflies and wood wasps.................----------- 72-92
Cedrus deodara, host of Pissodes deodar#.........2..0.0cc0- een e cece nenees 34, 41, 42, 53
CE DNOSONUE — OTG UE S225 aim oki niein.o a/o min em tetats ale aioie e See as alee eee 98
Cerambycidze—
genera of larve studied by Webbi:2:: .s22c 5332540 oce See cmomee 151
in table of families and genera of cerambycoid larve............. 151, 153-154
family proposed... Stott See tet to Pe ccc cree eee 149
Ceramby coid larvae, articles 0558222022248 Seen oneness aetaweis sae cee 149-155
Cerambycoidea—
genera the larve of which were studied by Webb...............----- 150-151
superiamily proposed... 223i 0oi ioc escstsccee sccee sc cee Salts eee 149
table of familiés and penera of lary... can. ---5.0 beeen so - nome tee 151-155
Oerobactt ig Hangin. = occu senate tis aia s otin kinins cele nels en alee aes a's eae ae eee 98
Chalcidids injurious to forest-tree seeds—
RPTCIS oe ine nieke hc ee Pe cae tee iets ae ticare Retest C wiala eet 157-163
bipHOprApRYy se .6- 2S. 2 ee hee ces oe ernetoes ie eine ome alee 162-163
general life history... 21.2. Ye ar-cntats +e > «eee ae tine aie ee oe eee 157-158
SUMMA REY’ = aoe oll. Sees ee tne ee hen oe OS epitome 162
Cherry, wild, seasoned, infested by Lyctus linearis..........-.--+--+-+++-+++- 132
Chion—
in table of families and genera of cerambycoid larve............------- 153
larVeristudied Dy WDD... co. atten omeaecc cles ttt: seta nat acne emer 151
Cimber, SY HOY WY soso cisions che oo wrapater aa lete als eins ssl diore leis shore Ae ane 101
INDEX.
Clytanthus— ’
in table of families and genera of cerambycoid larve................-.-
PAtVer StUGIPO DY; WieDDe ss cede nciseL Sek 2cc el ota aoe ee aah he
Cekerel Onis = Mrvocain Paden... can vies berse viv carnwt avin adanegeta meats ens
Collimanidza—
IEMIOETA DIRE TOLETEN CO: soho. c dle am at sjaiate's a tse ota gag es ciesie wc hele ae
Samal epocion PUY tOphaglen 260i. .52.G.coec ct anos y eee Ovesecede nt ecet
Cotton stems, dead, infestation by Lyctus curtulus..........-...-0-200-0-00e-
Cratzgus—
WIDLIGPrApIIG FELEraNCh es - io ool ose oe ya wlohe battot aere go de shen
BGSt-OR SUNEOINGS PTS PUNE DATUM a cto, on nx vies mere 22 tom cnlameiaia davon We enic aia ste ee aia ae ck ale eo mints 143
MATS G ean erect ater, See ee crt rene 2 Sie cif cicit sata eyeieiiatet x nial Saaraiace ayaa 146
ber (#24 7 Lo Voy Ms) 012’ eihs Se BIER 133
igeTei se) ane ee UN eee RARE CMMI DUM Ean lab dee ie PROPER NE Osos 8 131
mist Of described ‘Species sige) Puc Ck ys Hei ie ae ols V9 Gab 158
BYR LOMIAIC NOtGS, A VMORY IS. 2.) 55h. 4 YS SE Ie CeO canted 121-122
Lyctus parvulus—
description in synopsis of species of genus...............---.-----+---- 120
URGENT GLI sie we eens ee rtarans AS ae NIN CI ALIS RCRA i am Sh SICA 135
MIRREN OSS Sia eS ee Noi oma Ce UN iby ain ath at aa of naires Be 131
imvlist of described species. wi. a Sees ce eae 138
BY HEGMIN ITC ROLOS LS Se crc hwc ee elata Sey tte on Pal ay cect: A) rae UNE HR ee APACE 125
Lyctus planicollis—
bibliographic reference ut): ain SoU eye te vase PULA PoE aeh de sates. 129
Comparison width ws) Orunitelss 5 5 eh Wa as OOO UE De Ri 38 See Sk 123
conmiparisoniwitniis, eapicollg.s san wee Wa bulge ays Siri beeaah SA edi lle 124
comparison qwith)J),, panvwlus. «we vec de PACER e Ss. sees 125
comparison with) L,., sutunaliss - 2-222 D EEL I eo 124
description in synopsis of species of genus............--...------------ 120
disiritratamny 0, AU dss ee: bude Hatha Milde ga coiiet an 134
habutees ty owas o casas. es IROL EFie ON) ld ea A 131
in dist Ol deschibed Specieswcke ..05 02 2S RIO Lr aed Se eta 138
SYStOMaLiC NOLEN, SYNOM YIN: 2 )s.jo 28S oc 5 ole sicecilelsye)s 2 ste SIE 124-125
Lyctus politus—
COMIPATISOW WIEN, LDF NEUS . ons aec else elses ee RI EES US
Pe RTey res Up e be meet Ma Reay s ORGS aR Eas ae RAN ete nse A BAN Ns ROR ON bt 134
Bae OWNS) pea on aul eee aot pay al a ea AI aL oe Seana BU oe ge Mn PEE 131
ii ist) OF Geseriped Spaces ss sie see Te Ys rr eS kane fern 138
n. sp., description in synopsis of species of genus............----..----- 118
new species, systematic noteshsLy ee ar ces Ue dee ceed 122
Lyctus preustus—
GSS OEREUUGEO Mist Seachetasoras Sake ats oe Bd Secs tent a cs ch toy cnes DOD Lod noes A ch ee ae Te 133
« aPSTES OS Dies oils Hever wae mle PRR OMS AV NTS tk i tel ic ainda oh esto 131
invlist of described species...) 2.3.50.) uot a edbysrys bee Sele 138
Lyctus prostomoides, in list of described species.............-....--222-2eee0 138
174 MISCELLANEOUS FOREST INSECTS.
Lyctus pubescens— Page.
description in synopsis of species of genus..........---.---2-2e eee eee ee 119.
GISUIDUION 5.0/2.2! 25 PLES Ae eon cent eke eel eee ee ee ene 134
abies. nck cts SR cheek oe lee meee ke eerie ohare et NI ala ed ree 131.
in list of described species, SyNONYMS.. ..........0..-ecee eee e cece eeeees 138
systematic notes, SyMODYMs2..1-...200sha0->eéens cUn Jee deeedanluenaee 123:
Lyctus punctatus—
description in synopsis of species of genuS.......-..--... 2. eee eee eeee 117
distribution, 5. 2,252...2 220 aan be eee Feet ine 2 teh Be eee 133
habits aes) ces ta tec nou G omits aha Sie aire te oe 130
in list of described ispecies... -.. (3... 222... nein... b LAS ea eee 138
systematic notes, SyNONYM. «.. o6 si) be cb este 1s Seah en Mb eeu eee 121
Lyctus punctipennis, in list of described species.........-.-.-.-------++-+---+-- 138:
Lyetus recticolli, m)list of described species. -..nn.. 2 .)-.ci <> = ils) tefl inwel ab tems ae ule b Ole 159
Megastigmus pinus—
bibliography i 22-79) FOR re Cee Piao Ss oe pom male eta 160
bibliographic reference..............----- eRe. 0 SER eee ores 163
Tavis eee Se Ne ee IE Lie 2 Se ete ieoa meg > Siero oO ee 160
Megastigmus sp., reared from Abies mariesti, bibliography.......-.---.------- 159
Megastigmus spp.—
bibliography 142. 2... 32 0re So eee. Ik Sl oe se Se Ries Se eit eel 15%
destruction of seed of Abies pectinata, oviposition habit.............---- 158
Megastigmus spermotrophus—
bibliographic felerence .....2c 6 Sad oe + web nine ne aiers pe ce 55 ee 163
comparison of larva of M. strobilobius therewith..............--..-++.-- 160
destruction of Douglas fir seed /.0 2200.02.42 dedsasd seus to fark ge 158
OR eR his Ce Re aa tome ee ees Ue aael Sie neice es eles 161
habits; hose) ..5 Oi SH ece Se Maa wire aces sahereictealeiate le lole eis iateen eee tee teetete 160
injury, oviposition, remedy against... 0.0). sos occ n we casincedeels 161
INDEX. 175
Page.
Megastigmus strobilobius, bibliography, recorded from Abies excelsa, A. pecti-
nata, and: Tsuga mertensiana hookeriana. .... 2.2.22 -cc-ceeseecceecceecodes 160
Mesquite, dead wood infested by Lyctus curtulus..........--..0--+20++-0-+--- 131
Mimosa, dead wood infested by Lyctus curtulus..........--+---+--+2-2+-+0-05- 131
Minthea—
CSCER ITI GINS Svs Fd os orkis ateionatey ot crahar pea LR Aes oe ae Oa ee et ake anh e a ee 115
(isikIPULMOE GE AHOCIOS: © 25.) so tac ok nls cee le cent oalancmene sea eee 135
HA pa OL BPOGLES kee nau ae Arto de URIs Phin te See Ee Ie tek 132
an synopsis Of senora Of familyi.2- 0.20.5 23945 ho. LN ee 115
SYMON ee eerie t ue ce ota nta sO ela © alee ote Ncrateaerevelensea tes @soiinde AM aes. 126
BYSteMatic NOLES ON Specs... V4... NAS A a ok Se OPS 126-127
Minthea rugicollis—
GURBEELOUILION hors Ao Gs Vs goo 3 has os to dad ware One Ses amine le Genet omer 135
MANNS Sey ty Mets ne AM chal tas oat wi iad owas Wi mt SEA Te ON EN ME SVEN) SR 132
in list of described species, synonyms!) )).2...0.0.... 000d le 138
RYSLeMatiCc Notes, SYNONYMS. ...\.. 6. SU Ls Pe TSO a 127
Minthea stichothrix—
CEISETARIMEGHONLC Mies roles ar atcrer chard ceo cis RYO SSIES EU NONE SU ENR Pe 135
HaHa. SOMO RL Pho aa COUR STINE IRE ee te 132
In Histol desertbed species, SyNOMyM ~ 26... eee kewego. sees ewes 138
systematic notes, synonym?!) Joes owen Sele Tine ee ak 127
Monobase, detintiqon: of terml<-4 Ts loan Seta ne cdc o dss OIE BY 72
Monohammus—
in table of families and genera of cerambycoid larve.............-.---- 152
PREV GHUGIGG LY WOOD o.2)---'- aie nteraare tine micincciwin wg deelete ted 4 Sete eS 151
Mountain ash. (See Sorbus scandica and S. latifolia.)
Nearctic species of the subgenus Hoplocampa, synoptic table.............-. 147-148
Nematus—
Groesusia synonyms swiss ss aa PAOOL EOE Base ce ee pete n sits 99
Nematinus new name therefor. ..........-------- TN ee nee Eg 99
VEMUlHUB: NEWs GAME TOL ENCTLALLS sac aso jas 32 «coe Sele setniclaiclepmicla a= o ee ee ee 10
statistical taxonomy... <.2)..2.< cece chia eRe 63.
Pissodes engelmanni—
GeSCRIDIGBS (545" a2 00. ei aha Na) Me ah a en 33:
distinctive Characters, <2: .¢6as2 sce el _>
fst: Say T haar 2) at ar Cate inet 1 YNT tant
RAR DRAART 5 LA a duals faa iy
ua) MARAaAi fe ULL A nen perry ME TTLED Q LITT te
| ae, AROb Aab "
Gea PIN aenaea ~ aapbahoane ee ictdae ulAAlA) pp atte we Sat iia el
NER bones IAIRAEDRAARDAAATER @nRBRANMCOREMIRRRDR, ““AMLMER Ee *Ra,
aR NALA i tamnioa PLT Pt TLE EPS TP Res ean Balta.
_ _ u ay inet Fire MiAahha | Stat “? Aa +P
: fqact*= By
eeitie! | : a a A anes wa p allied maki an hoe
a= en Hain ome : ;
aa las PAS gt wen UR of Bap Danae \
prrrs mer Beeeeal ee et
a,ce ‘lo A aleaues pansion laid
° a mA at r CORT
biane aA ae
-
SL wae el!
we im >
la I~ a ~— iS nag
ya & ie aT ah
“a Nay) wat RaRApA
ai ow
meg eeteuy be 58
Nag
“Soe
|
Wage Q
aes
wey yA, +e
pn OE A WEE
a Me
|
“ 7 aacaad
eee Ault } mee
}
Way
| |
wl ALAA